Index of /wp-content/uploads/2020/08/
Audi A3 Sedan S3 Sedan 2015 Owner's Manual – PDF Download
-
Owner's Manual 2015 Audi A3 Sedan I S3 Sedan
am Vors pr ung durch Tee~~?~
2015 Audi A3 Sedan 2015 Audi 53 Sedan
Foreword Thank you for choosing an Audi - we·value your trust in us. Your new Audi will allow you to experience the best in groundbreaking technology and premium quality equipment a vehicle has to offer. We recommend that you read your Owner's Manual thoroughly so that you quickly become acquainted with your Audi and make use of all of its features . In addition to explaining how the different features work, we provide many useful tips and information concerning your safety, how to care for your vehicle and how to maintain your vehicle's value. We also give you useful tips and information on how to drive your vehicle more efficiently and in an environmentally friendly manner . In the Owner's Manual, you will also find the Operating Manual for your Infotainment system and the vehicle maintenance schedule. We hope you enjoy driving your Audi and we wish you safe and pleasant motoring. AUDIAG
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
Table of contents
Owne r 's L iterature
5
About this Owner's Manual . . . . . . 6
Cockpi t . . . . ..... . ..........
....... 8
Cockpi t overview ........ . . . . . . . . . 8
Controls at a glance . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Instrument s and indicator lights
10
I nstruments . . . . . ..........
. . . . . . . . . 10
I ndicator ligh t s . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
On-Board Diagnostic system (OBD) . . . . . . 25
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Econom ical and envi ronmentally-friendly driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Starting and stopp ing the engine (vehicles w ith an ign ition lock) . . . . . . . . . 73 Start ing and stopp ing the engine (vehicl es w ith a convenience key) . . . . . . . 75 Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Electromechanica l parking brake . . . . . . . 78 Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Driver inform a tion system ... . . . 27
Overview . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . 27
Operation . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . 28
Boost indicator . ... . ..........
. . . . . . . 29
Efficiency program ............
. . . . . . . 29
Lap t imer and engine oil temperature
indicator . . . . . . . ..........
. ..... . . . . 30
Start and drive ............
. . . . . . . 33
Opening and c lo s ing ... . . . . . . . . . . 33
Centra l locking . . ..............
. . . . . . 33
Luggage compa rtment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Child safety loc k ... . ........ . . . . . . . . . 4 0
Power windows . . ............
. . . . . . . 40
Panorama sunroof . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Light and Vi s ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 I nterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 V1s1on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7 W indshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Digita l compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Seats and storage .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
General information ..........
. . . . . . . 53
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Head rest raints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Sto rage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Luggage compa rtmen t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2
Automatic tran s mission . . . . . . . . . 82 S tr oni c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Trailer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Driving with a t railer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Trailer mode notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Driver assi s tance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Assi st . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 94
Electronic speed limiter* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Speed warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Cruise contro l system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Audi adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Audi pre sense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 General informa ti on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Audi pre sense basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Audi pre sense front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 4 Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Audi active lane assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Audi side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Audi drive select (drive settings) . . . . . . . . 112
Parking systems
115
General information
115
Rear par king system
116
Parking system pl us. . . . ..........
. . . . 116
Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Warm and cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Climate cont rol syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2
Table of contents
Adju sting the disp lay and the warning tones . ... . . . . . . . ... .... . . . . . . . . ... . 121 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 1
Intelligent Technology . . . . . . . . . . 122
Notice about data recorded by the Event
Data Recorder and vehicle cont rol
modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Electronic stabilization control (ESC) . . . . 123
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Electromechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
All wheel drive (quatt ro) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Energy management
128
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Driving safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Correct passenger seating positions.....
131
Driver's and front passenger's footwe ll . . 13 5
Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Storing cargo correct ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Safety belt s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Why use safety belts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Airb a g s y s tem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Monito ring the Advanced Airbag System . 160 Knee airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 I mportant information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Securing child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 LATCHsystem (Lower anchorages and tethers for children) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Additional information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,., ....,,..,,
,....,
Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Checking and Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Diesel f uel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Refueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Selective catalytic reduction . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Engine compartm ent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 1
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Windshield washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Service interval display
212
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . 232
Care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23S
Car washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23S
Cleaning and care information
236
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Emergency assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Luggage compartment lid emergency
release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
General informat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Equipm ent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Replacing whee ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Fu s e s and bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Electrica l f uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 8 Bulbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Emergency situation s . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Starting by pushing or towing . . . . . . . . . . 252 Starting with jumper cables . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Using ju mp start cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Towing with a tow truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
3
Table of contents
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Vehicle ident ificat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Gasoline engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Consumer information
. . . . . . . . . . 262
Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Operating your vehicle outside the U.S.A.
or Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Audi Service Repair Manuals and
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Accessories and technical changes . . . . . . 264
Declaration of Compliance,
Telecommunication and Electronic
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Index . . . . . . . . ................
. . . .. 266
4
Owner 's Literature
I n addition to t his Owner's Manual , your Audi comes w ith the
- MMI Operating I nstr uction s
- Warranty & Maintenanc e booklet .
If you are missing one of these publicat ions, or if you beli eve that the information is not complete, contact your author ized Audi dealer for assistanc e.
MMI Operating Instructions
contain detailed description of the Audi Multi Media I nterface (MMI) including t he navigation system , t he sound system and the hand held phone.
The Warranty & Maintenance booklet
explains how you can keep your Audi in top driving cond ition by having it serviced regu larly and contains detailed inf ormation about the war ranties covering your Audi. Always have the booklet with you w hen you ta ke your vehicl e to an autho rized Audi dealer for service. Your Audi Service Advisor w ill record each scheduled service and can answer any quest ions you may have regarding how to maintain your vehicle.
In Canada,
the vehicle lite ratu re is also availab le in French. To obt ain a copy, cont act your deale r or write t o:
Au Canada, on peut se procure r un exemp laire en fran~ais de ce docume nt aupres du concessionnaire ou de:
Audi Canada Client Assistance Assistanc e a la Clientel e 777 Bayly St reet, West, Aj ax, Ontario Ll S 7G7
If you sell your Audi
all literature should be left in the vehicle to make the War ranty terms as well as all operating, safety and mai nte nance informa ti on available t o the next owner .
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
If you change your address or if you bought this Audi used be sure to send in a "Notice of Address Change"/ "Not ice of Used Car Purchase" post card. This card can be found in the Warranty & Maintena nce booklet or obtai ned from you r authorized Aud i dealer . It is in your own interest that we are able to contact you should the need arise .
5
About this Owner's Manual
This manual contains important information, tips, suggestions and warnings for using your vehicle.
Keep th is manual in your vehicle at all t imes. This is especially important if you loan your vehicle to others or sell it.
This owner's manua l describes the equipment range specified for this mode l at the t im e of printing. Individua l equipment options described may only be available at a later date or may only be offered in certain countries.
Some sections in this manua l do not apply to all vehicles. When this is the case, the beginning of the section indicates the validity, for example "Applies to vehicles: with auxiliary heating". Optional or vehicle-specific equipment is also identi fied with an asterisk"*".
The illustrations are designed as a general guide and on your vehicle may look slight ly different than what is illustrated.
There is a Table of Contents at the beginning of this owner's manua l that lists all of the topics covered in this book in the order that they appear. There is also an alphabetical Inde x at the end of this owner's manual.
All directions, such as " left", "right", "front" and "rear", are based on the vehicle's direction of travel.
* Optiona l or vehicle -specific equipment .,._ The section continues on the next page.
~ .&. Cross reference to a "WARNI NG"within a
section. If a page number is indicated, the WARNING is located outs ide of the section.
&, WARNING
-
Text w ith this symbol contains information
about safety and how to reduce the risk of se-
rious persona l injury or death.
([) Note
Text w ith this symbol contains information about reducing the risk of damage to your vehicle.
® For the sake of the environment
Text with this symbo l contains information on protecting the environment .
@ Tips
Text with this symbo l contains additional useful information.
6
""!'
0
&..\.
IO ~
""..'.'..
7
Cockpit overview
Cockpit overview Controls at a glance
Fig. 1 Cockpit : left section
Fig. 2 Cockpit: right section
8
CDPower windows
@ Door hand le
® Audi side assist ........ . ... . . . © Centra l locking switch . . . . . . . . . . ® Power exter ior mir ror adjustment ® Headlight cont rol swit ch . . . . . . .
(J) Vents
® Lever fo r:
- Turn signals and high beams . . .
- Audi act ive lane assist . . . . . . . .
® Steer ing whee l w ith horn and
- Driver's airbag .... . . . . . . . . . .
- On-board computer controls . . .
- MMI, telephone , navigat ion and voice recogn ition system controls
- t iptron ic shift paddles (automatic transmission)
@ I nst rumen t clust er ..... . . . . . . .
© W indshield washer system lever .
@ Steer ing column with:
- Ignit ion emergency operation (in vehicles with convenience key) .
- Ignit ion lock (in vehicles wi t h mechanical key) . . .... . . . . . . . . . .
@ Adjustable steer ing column
(B) Depending on equipment:
- Cruise contro l lever . . . . . . . . . .
- adaptive cruise cont rol . . . . . . . .
Driver's knee airbag .... . . . . . . .
I nst rumen t illum ination . . . . . . . .
Hood release . . . .... . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage compartment release ..
Child safety lock but ton . . . . . . . .
MMI disp lay (navigation, radio, TV/ video)
Glove compartment (lockable) . . .
Front passenger's airbag . . . . . . .
Treble speakers
Front passenger's knee airbag . . .
Depending on equipment, buttons
M
f or:
N
0 c> o
- Audi dr ive select ...... . . . . . . .
......
- Parking aid plus (or with rearview
\.!.) ,., ....,,..,,
camera)
......
Co c kpit over vi ew
40
- Eme rgency flashers . .... . . . . .
44
- Electron ic Stabiliza t ion Control
109
(ESC) . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . .
123
37
- MMI Display
47
- Airbag Off indicato r ..... . ... .
160
4 3 @ Depending on equipment:
64
- Manual climate contro l system .
6S
- Automatic climate control
system ... . . . ............
. .
66
45 @ Socket . . ... . . . . . ..........
. .
57
106
S tronic selector lever . .... . . . . .
82
Cup holder . . . . ..........
. ... .
58
152
28
MM I On/ Off button
MMI control panel
Parking bra ke
78
I @) STAR T ENGI N E STOPI button
87
(vehicles with convenie nce key)
75
10 (J} Tips
49 - Some the equipment listed here is only in-
sta ll ed in certa in models or is available as
77
an option .
- Operat ion of t he Multi Media I nt erface
(MMI) is described in a separate operating
73
instructions manual. You can also find infor-
72
mation on Audi connect there.
94 96 164 47 199 39 40
58 152
164
1 12 116
9
Instruments
and indi cato r Lights
Instruments
and indicator Lights
Instruments
Instrument cluster overview
The instrument cluster is the central information center for the driver.
Fig. 3 Instrument cluster overview
(D Tachometer with ind icator lights
@ Coolant temperature ind icator* or
Boost* (boost press ure indicato r)
® Turn signa l indicator lights
@ Display
- Indicator lights or . . . . . . . . . . . .
- Driver information system . . . . .
- Date and time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- Mileage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- Service interval display . . . . . . .
® Speedometer w ith indicator lights
® Fue l level . . . . ..............
. .
0 Display for: Central indicator light
or system displays . . ... ... . . . . .
@ Trip odometer reset button 10.01
12,29
13 27 10 11 212
11
13 11
(D Tips
The needles in the instrument cluster are illuminated when the ignition is switched on. The gauges are also illuminated when the lights are turned on . The instrument illum inat ion dims automatically as the amount of light outside decreases. This helps to remind the driver to turn the headlights on as it becomes darker outside.
Setting the time/date g..,
0:>
CX)
m
Fig. 4 Instrument cluste r: time and date
The date, time of day, time and date format can be set in the MMI. Refer to the MMI owner's manua l for instructions .
(0 Tips
- When you switch the ignition off or open the driver's door, the date and time are displayed for approximately 30 seconds.
- You can also turn on the display with the
IO.O!button when the ignition is switched
off I:=;)page 10, fig. 3.
10
Instruments
and indicator lights
Tachometer
The tachometer shows the number of engine revolutions per minutes .
The beginning of the red zone in the tachometer indicates the maximum permissible engine speed for all gears once the engine has been broken in and when it is warm. You should select the "0/ S" (Drive) selector lever position or take your foot off the accelerator pedal before reaching th is area.
It is best to avoid high engine speeds, even when driving in tiptronic mode <=p>age 87.
(D Note
The tachometer needle © c::p>age 10, fig . 3 should only be in the red zone briefly:
@ For the sake of the environment
Upshifting early helps you to save fuel and reduce operating noise .
Odometer
Fig. S Instrument cluster : odometer and reset button
The distance driven is shown in miles "mi" or kilometers "km" . The measuremen t units (miles
"mi" I kilometers "km") can be changed in the
MMI. For more information, refer to your MMI operat ing instructions .
Odometer/trip odometer
@ - The odometer shows the total distance that
the vehicle has been driven .
M
N
0c>o @ - The trip odometer shows the distance that
,...., the vehicle has been driven since the last time
\!)
1.1'1 1.1'1
the trip odometer was reset. It can be used to
1,..1..'1.,
measure short distances. The last digit indicates 1/10 mi les or 100 meter increments.
The trip odometer can be reset to zero by press-
ing the 10.0b1utton <=p>age 10, fig . 3.
Malfunction indicator
If there is a malfunct ion in the instrument cluster, DEFwill appear in the tr ip odometer display . Have the malfunction repaired as soon as possible.
@ Tips
- When you switch the ign it ion off or open the driver's door, the odometer is disp layed for approximately 30 seconds.
- You can also turn on the display w ith the
!O.OIbutton when the ignition is switched
off c::p>age 10, fig. 3.
Outside temperature display
The instrument cluster display shows the outside temperature . At temperatures below 41 °F
(+S°C), a snowflakesymbol appearsin front of
the temperature display .
If your vehicle is stationary or if you are driving at
very low speeds, the temperature displayed may be slightly higher than the actual temperature outside due to the heat radiating from the engine.
-A WARNING Do not assume the roads are free of ice based on the outside temperature display . Be aware that there may be ice on roads even when the outside temperature is around 41 °F (+5 °() and that ice can increase the risk of accidents.
@ Tips
You can change the measurement units, for example for temperature or speed, in the MMI.
Fuel level
The disp lay @ c::p>age10, fig. 3 on ly works when the ignition is switched on. When the display has .,.
11
Instruments
and indicator lights
reached the reserve mark, the bottom LEDwill
turn red and the ljJ indicator light turns on
¢ page 23. The bottom LEDblinks red when the fuel level is very low.
The on-board computer shows the range based on the fuel level ¢ page 28, On-board computer display.
For the tank capacity in your vehicle, refer to the Technical Data ¢ page 260.
(D Note
Never drive until the tank is completely empty. The irregular supply of fuel that results from that can cause engine misfires. Uncombusted fuel will then enter the exhaust system. This can cause overheating and damage to the catalytic converter.
Coolant temperature indicator
In vehicles without a coolant temperature indicator, an indicator light . will turn on when the coolant temperature is too high ¢ page 19. Refer to ¢ (1).
The coolant temperature indicator @ c:>page 10, fig . 3 only works when the ignition is switched on . To prevent engine damage, please observe the following notes about the temperature ranges.
Cold range
If only the LEDs at the bottom of the gauge turn on, the engine has not reached operating temperature yet. Avoid high engine speeds, full accelerating and heavy engine loads.
Normal range
The engine has reached its operating temperature once the LEDs up to the center of the gauge turn on under normal driving conditions . The LEDs higher up may turn on if the engine is under heavy load or the outside temperature is high. This is no cause for concern as long as the. indicator light in the instrument cluster does not turn on.
Hot range
If the LEDs in the upper area of the display and the . indicator light in the instrument cluster display turn on, the coolant temperature is too high c:>page 19 .
A WARNING
- Never open the hood if you can see or hear steam or coolant escaping from the engine compartment. This increases the risk of burns. Wait until you no longer see or hear steam or coolant escaping.
- The engine compartment in any vehicle can be a dangerous area . Stop the engine and allow it to cool before working in the engine compartment. Always follow the information found in ¢ page 198, Working in the engine compartment.
(D Note
- In vehicles with a boost pressure indicator* , this indicator replaces the temperature display. To promote a long engine service life, avoiding high engine speeds, full acceleration and heavy engine loads during approximately the first 15 minutes when the engine is cold is recommended . The amount of time until the engine is warm depends on the outside temperature . Check the engine oil temperature* if necessary . c:>page 30
- Auxiliary headlights and other accessories in front of the cooling-air intake impair the cooling effect of the coolant. This increases the risk of the engine overheating during high outside temperatures and heavy engine load.
- The front spoiler also helps to distribute cooling air correctly while driving. If the spoiler is damaged, the cooling effect will be impaired and the risk of the engine overheating will increase. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
12
@ Tips
Diesel engines: Due to the high efficiency of these engines, the engine may not a lways reach operating temperature in cold outside temperatures. This is normal and not a cause for concern.
Indicator
Description
lights
Instruments
and indicator lights
with some indicato r lights. A warning tone a lso sounds at the same time.
If t here are m ult iple malfunctions, the indicator lights will appear br iefly one after another in the display.
The ind icators and messages in the display can be covered over by other displays . In cases where the indicator light @ is covered over, the centra l indicator light @ will remain visible until the malfunction is repaired .
The messages can be displayed again in the dr iver information system ~ page 28, Operation.
Fig. 6 Instrument cluster : example of a display in vehicles wit h a monochrome display
@ Indicator light
® Message
© Status line:
- · I D I. Central indicator light or additional d isplays for active systems such as
- - (USAmodels)
(Canada models)
electromechanical parking brake
-·I. Iii - [ij;(i)~(U1S4Amodels) / (Canada models) cruise control system*
Active lane assist*
The indicator lights in the instrument cluster
blink or turn on. They indicate functions or mal-
functions.
a The central indicator light @ · or also
turns on with some indicator lights @ .
If the centra l indicator light @ turns on, check the additiona l information in the instrument cluster display @ and @ .
In addition to the indicator lights in the display, ...., there are add it ional ind icators in the tachometer .
N
0c>o They blink or turn on to ind icate functions or malrl functions. Messages @ may also appear briefly
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Overview
Some indicator lights turn on briefly to check the function of that system when you switch the ignition on . These systems are marked with a./ in the following tables. If one of these indicator lights does not turn on, there is a malfunction in that system .
Your vehicle has either a monochrome display or a multicolored display, depending on veh icle equipment . In a monochrome display, the indicator lights @ only appear in white Q page 13,
D fig . 6. The central indicator light © . / also
appea rs to indicate the prio rity of these indicator lights. Refer to the exp lan at ions for red or yellow indicator lights.
Examples of indicator lights in a monochrome display:
11@
.©
m@ II © D@
-- ©
Priority 1 (high priority) Refer to red indicator lights
Priority 2 (medium priority) Refer to yellow indicator lights
Priority 3 (low priority) These a re informative indicator lights
13
Instruments
and indicator light s
Red indicator light s Centra l indicator light (note additional informat ion in the instru-
ment cluster display) © <=p>age 13, fig. 6 USA model s : Brake system ../ <=p>age 17 Canada models : Brake system ../ <=p>age 17 USA models : Electromechan ical parking brake <=p>age 18 Canada mod e ls : Electromechanica l parking brake <=p>age 18 Cooling system <=>page19 or
Steering lock <=p>age20 Engine start system <=p>age20 or
Engine stop whi le driving <=p>age 20 or
Transmission malfunction <=p>age 88 or
Eng ine oil pressure <=>page19 or
Alt ernator <=>page19 or
Fro nt safety belt <=>page20 St eer ing../ <=>page126
14
Adaptive cruise control*./ <=p>age 98
USA mod e ls: Speed warning system <=p>age 94
Canada mo del s: Speed warning system <=p>age 94
Fill Ad Blue*
or
<=p>age 195
AdBlue malfunct ion*
or
<=p>age 195
Yellow indicato r light s Centra l ind icator light (note additional information in the instrument cluste r display) © c>page 13, fig . 6 Electr onic St abilization Control (ESC) ./ c::p>age 21 Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC)./ c>page21 Electronic St abili zat ion Control (ESC) c::p>age 123 USA models: Anti-lo ck braking syst em (ABS) ./ c::p>age 21 Canada models: Anti-loc k braki ng system (ABS) ./ c::p>age 21 USA models: Speed warn ing systern./ c::p>age 20 Canada models: Speed warn ing syst em./ c::p>age 20 Brake pads c::p>age 21
Elect romechanical par king brake c::p>age 18
Hill hold* c::p>age 22
or
·~
&
(D
Tire pressure monitor ing syst em ./ c::p>age 232
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
TPMSTire pressure monitor ing system c::p>age 232
\.!.) ,.,
....,,..,,
,....,
Instruments
and indicator lights
Adaptive dampers * c>page 25
or
Engine control (gasoline eng ine) ./ c>page 22
Engine contro l (diesel eng ine) ./ c>page 22
Emissions cont rol syst em ./ c>page 22 Diesel particulate fi lter * c>page 22 or
Engine speed limitation c>page 23 or
Engine oil level (min.) c::p>age 23 or
Engine oil sensor c::p>age 23 or
15
Instruments
and indicator light s
Engine temperature ¢page 19
or
Convenience key ¢ page 77
or
Battery charge ¢page 19 or
Tank system ¢page23 Washer fluid level ¢page24 or
Windshield wipers ¢page24 or
Steer ing ./ / steer ing lock ¢ page 126 Steering lock ¢page20 Engine start system ¢ page20 or
y>)} Convenience key ¢page 77 Battery in remote control key ¢page34 Defective light bulb warning ¢ page24 or
Headlight range control system * ¢ page24 or
Adaptive light* ¢ page24 or
Light/rain sensor* ¢ page24 or
Active lane assist* ¢ page 107
16
Transm ission ¢ page88
or
AdBlue /9 Fill Ad Blue*
or
¢page 195
AdBlue 00
&
AdBlue -I' AdBlue ma lf unction*
or
¢page 195
AdBlue -I'
&
Other indicator lights
--------------
Turn signa ls ¢page25
USA models: Cruise control syst em* ¢page94
Canda model s: Cruise cont rol system * ¢page94
Adapt ive cruise control * ¢page98
-
Adapt ive cruise cont rol *
~
¢page98
Adapti ve cruise cont rol* ¢page98
Active lane assist* ¢ page 107
High beams
¢ page45
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
y>)) Convenience key ¢ page 77
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
Instruments
and indicator lights
Electromechanica l parking brake ¢ page 18
Adaptive cruise contro l* ¢ page 98
Active lane assist* ¢ page 107
Audi side assist* ¢ page 111
Transmis sion ¢ page 88
USA models : Electromechan ical parking brake ¢ page 18
Canada models: Elect romechanica l parking bra ke ¢ page 18 Fill Ad Blue* ¢ page 195
BRA/(K(D)EBrake system
If this indicato r light tur ns on, the re is a ma lfunct ion in the brake system.
1111(USA models ) / . (Canada models)
Please stop vehicle and check brake fluid level!
Stop t he vehicle and check the brake fluid level. See an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance if necessary.
1111(USA model s) / . (Canada model s)
Warning! Brake servo inoperative!
If brake assist (br ake booster) is not work ing, you
have to use much mo re fo rce when braking the
vehicle. See an authorized Audi dealer or autho r-
ized Audi Service Facility fo r assistance .
1111(USA model s) / . (Canada model s)
Warning! Fault in brake system. Please contact
Service
ril3 If t he ABS ind icator light
(USA models) /
!IJ Gl (Canada mo dels), the ESC indi cator light
1111 and the brake syst em indicator light
(USA
models)/ . (Canada models) t urn on and this
message appears, then the ABS, ESCand braking
dist ribution are ma lfunctioning ¢ &, .
.,_
17
Instruments
and indicator light s
Drive to your autho rized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the
malfunct ion corrected ¢ .&..
1111(USA models) / . (Canada models) Park-
ing brake system f ault! See owner' s manual
- If the indicato r light and the message appear
when th e vehicle is stationar y or aft er swit ch-
ing the ignit ion on, check if you can release the
parking brake. If you cannot release the parking
brake, see your authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility. If you can release
the parking brake and the message st ill ap-
pears, see an authori zed Audi dealer or author-
ized Audi Service Facility immediately to have
the malfunct ion corrected .
- If the indica t or light and message appear whil e
driving , the hill start assist or emergency brak-
ing function may be malfunct ioning . It may not
be possib le to set the parking brake or release
it once it has been set. Do not park your vehicl e
on hill s and see an authorized Audi dealer or
authorized Audi Service Facility f or assistance .
1111 El If the
and warning lights turn on to-
gethe r, take you r vehicle to an author ized Audi
dealer or autho rized Aud i Service Facility immedi-
ately to have the brake pads inspected
¢ page 21 .
There is also a war ning tone when the lights t ur n on .
_& WARNING
- Read and fo llow ing the warn ings in
¢ page 198, Working in the engine compartment before opening the hood and
checking the brake fluid level. - If the brake system indicator light does not
turn off or it turns on wh ile driving, the brake flu id level in the reservoir is too low, and this increases the risk of an accident. Stop the vehicle and do not continue dr iving . See an author ized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi Service Facili ty for assistance. - If the brake system indicator light tu rns on together with the ABS and ESCind icator lights, the ABS/ESCregu lating fu nction may be malfunctioning. Functions th at stabilize
the vehicle are no longer available . This could cause the rear of the vehicle to swerve, which increases the risk that the vehicle will slide. Drive carefully to the nearest author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facil ity and have the malfunction corrected.
PARK/(®~)/ Electromechanical parking
brake
If the - (USA mode ls) / . (Canada mode ls) indicato r light turns on, t he parking brake was set.
- (USA model s) / . (Canada model s) Caution: Vehicle parked too steep
If t he indicato r ligh t blink s and t he message appears, there is not enough braking powe r to secure the vehicle. The brakes have overheated. The vehicle could roll away even on a small incline.
- (USA models) / . (Canada model s) Please press brake pedal t o release parking brake
To release the park ing brake, press the brake pedal and press t he~ button at the same time, or
star t driving with hill start assist ¢page 80, Starting from a stop.
Ill Parking brake!
There is a malfunc t ion in the parking brake. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immed iately to have the malfunction corrected .
Ill Parking brake: limited functionality !
There is a malfunction in the parking brake. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authori zed Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the ma lfunction correct ed.
!~;;J11:)J; ;1(3US~A models) / ¢@'<ACanada models)
Please release parking brake.
Release the par king brake if this message ap-
pears.
lt1;J1:;)t:JH(USA models) / iiJ(Canada models)
Parking brake auto release unavailable
...
18
Instruments
and indicator lights
If th is message appears, press t he brake pedal f irst and the n release the parking brake.
IZ,;1:);1MJ(U~SA models) / [i] (Canada models)
Caution: Vehicle parked too steep
If the indicator lig ht blinks and t he message appears, there is not enoug h brakin g power to secure t he vehicle. The brakes have overheate d. The vehicle could roll away even on a small incli ne.
l:(;1;1:t(U:)S;AMmJod~els) / [i] (Canada models)
Parking brake is applied
If th is message appears, press t he brake pedal f irst and the n release the parking brake if necessary.
(D Tips
For addit ional information on the park ing
brake, ref er t o ¢ page 78.
_L Cooling system
· Switch off engine and check coolant level!
The coolant level is too low or the coolant temperatu re is too hig h.
Do not cont inue driving and switc h the engine
off. Check the coolant level ¢ page 205.
- If the coolant level is too low, add coolant ¢ page 206 . Only cont inue driv ing once t he in-
dicator light turns off. - If the coolant is at the correct level , the prob-
lem may be caused by a ma lf unction in the radiator fan. Do not cont inue driv ing. See an aut horized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili ty for assistance .
· Coolant temperature too high! Let engine run with vehicle stationary
Let t he engi ne cool by runnin g it in idle for a few minutes .
A WARNING
- Never open t he hood if you can see or hear
M N
steam or coolant escaping from the engine
0 c> o
compartment. This increases the ris k of
,....,
bur ns. Wait until you no lo nger see or hear
\!)
1.1'1 1.1'1
steam or coolan t escaping .
1,..1..'1.,
- The engine compa rt ment in any vehicle can be a dangerous area. Sto p the engine and allow it t o cool befo re working in the engine compa rtment. Always fo llow the informa-
tion f ound in ¢ page 198, Working in the engine compartment .
(D Note
Do not cont inue dr iving if the . indicato r light tur ns on - this increases the risk of engine damage.
"1::::7E: ngine oil pressure
· Switch off engine! Oil pressure too low
Stop t he engine and do not cont inue drivi ng.
Check the eng ine oi l level ¢ page 203 .
- If the engine oil level is too low, add engine oi l
¢ page 201 . Only continue dr iving once the in-
dicator light turns off. - If the engine oil level is correct and the indica-
to r li ght still turns on, turn t he engine off and do not cont inue drivi ng. See an authorized Audi dealer or aut horized Audi Service Facility fo r assist ance.
(D Tips
The oil pressure war ning is not an oi l level indicator . Always check the oil level regular ly.
0 Alternator/battery
· Alternator fault : battery is not being charged
There is a malfunction in the alt ernator or t he vehicle electr ical system .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi Service Facility immed iately. Becauset he vehicle battery is draining, tu rn off all unnecessary elect rical equip ment such as t he MMI. Seek profe ssional assistance if t he battery charge level is too low.
(·) Low battery charge: Battery will be charged while driving
The starting abili ty may be impaired.
19
Instruments
and indicator light s
If th is message turns off after a little while, the battery charged enough while driving .
I f the message does not turn off, have and author ized Audi dealer or aut horized Audi Service Facility repair the ma lfunction.
t/ll!i.:Safety systems
II m The (USA models)/
(Canada mode ls) indi-
cator li ght monitors the safety systems.
Safety system
II Im If the (USA mode ls)
(Canada mode ls) in-
dicator light turns on or blinks, there is a mal -
function in a safety system.
Drive to an aut horized Aud i dealer or aut horized Audi Service Facili ty immediately to have the malfunct ion corrected .
A WARNING Have the safety systems inspected immediately. Otherwise, there is a risk that the systems may not activate during a collision, wh ich increases the risk of serious injury or death .
t Front safety belt
The . indicator light stays on until the driver 's and front passenger's safety belts are buckled . Above a certain speed, there w ill also be a warning tone .
@ Tips
For addit ional information on safety belts, re-
fe r to c::p>age 140.
~ - Steering lock
· Do not drive vehicle: steerin g defective
There is a malfunct ion in the electron ic steering lock. You cannot turn the ignition on .
Do not tow your vehicle because it cannot be
steered . Seean authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance .
II!!Steering lock: system fault! Please contact
Service
There is a malfunction in the elect ronic steer ing lock.
Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the malfunction correct ed.
A WARNING Do not tow yo ur vehicle when t here is a malf unction in the electronic steering loc k - this increases the risk of an accident .
~ Engine start system
· Engine start system malfunction. Please contact Service
Do not switch the ignition off because you may
not be able to switch it on again.
Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or aut hori zed Audi Service Facility immed iate ly t o have t he malfunction corrected.
¥·1Engine start system malfunction. Please
conta ct Service
There is a malfunction in the eng ine starting system .
- Vehicles with ign ition lock c::p>age 73, Automatic start malfunction
- Vehicles with convenience key c::p>age 76, Automatic start malfunction
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the malfunction corrected.
~ Engine
· Engine stopped : brake servo and power steering not possible
There is a malfunction in the eng ine or in the fuel supply syst em.
More fo rce is needed to steer and bra ke t he moving vehicle when the engine is stopped. If the vehicle is roll ing, try to br ing it to a stop off to the side from moving traffic. See an authori zed Audi .,.
20
Instruments
and indicator lights
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
A WARNING
If the engine stops while driving, you will need to use more force to brake the vehicle. This increases the risk of an accident. There will still be power steering if the ignition is switched on while the vehicle is rolling and there is sufficient battery charge. Otherwise, you must use greater force when steering.
!;.! ~ Electronic stabilization control (ESC)
and (8) anti-lock braking system (ABS)
DJ If the indicator light blinks while driving, the
ESCor ASR (Anti-Slip Regulation) is actively regulating.
DJ If the indicator light turns on, the system has
switched the ESCoff. In this case , you can switch the ignition off and then on to switch the ESCon again. The indicator light turns off when the system is functioning fully.
Stabilization control (ESC): sport. Warning! Re-
stricted stability
II If the indicator light turns on, ESC sport
mode was switched on using the i.i,O FF I button
¢ page 124. You can turn the ESC on again by
press the i.i,OFFI button again .
Stabilization control (ESC): off. Warning! Re-
stricted stability
II If the indicator light turns on, the ESCwas re-
stricted or switched off using the I.$O FF I button
r::!:p>age 124. The message ESCOFF also appears.
You can turn the ESCon again by press the
i.i,OF F! button again.
The system switched on when the ignition is
II switched on. The indicator light turns off
when the system is functioning fully.
Stabilization control (ESC) malfunction! See owner's manual
M N
Stabilization control (ESC/ABS) malfunction!
0iii See owner's manual
,....,
\!) 1.1"1
1.1"1
1,..1..".1,
ABS malfunction! See owner's manual
Bl If the indicator light and the ABS indicator
light[!] (USA models) / ¢0) (Canada models)
turn on and this message appears, there is a malfunction in the ABS system or electronic differential lock. This also causes the ESCto malfunction. The brakes still function with their normal power, but ABS is not active.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
A WARNING
1111 If the
(USA models) /.
(Canada mod-
els) brake system indicator light turns on to-
gether with the ABS and ESC indicator lights,
the ABS/ESC regulating function may have
failed . Functions that stabilize the vehicle are
no longer available. This could cause the vehi-
cle to swerve, which increases the risk that
the vehicle will slide. Drive carefully to the
nearest authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility and have the malfunction
corrected.
(D Tips
For additional information on ESC and ABS, refer tor::!:p>age 123.
BRAKOE:Btr<ake pads
1111(USA models) / [IJ (Canada models)
Brake pads!
If the warning light illuminates, immediately contact your authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop to have all brake pads inspected. Both sets of brake pads on an axle must always be replaced at the same time.
-A WARNING Driving with bad brakes can cause a collision and serious personal injury .
21
Instruments
and indicator light s
EiJ - If t he warnin g light or t he warning
1111 light
1) w ith the message Brake pads!
comes on in the instrument cluster display,
immediately contact your author ized Audi
dealer or qualified workshop to have all
brake pads checked or replaced if necessary.
·~ Hill hold
Hill hold assi st: unavailable
If thell ind icator light turns on and this message appears, hill hold is not ava ilable.
II Manual control!
If t his message appears, press the brake peda l.
Continue dr iving with the help of the parking
bra ke ¢ page 78
EPECngine control (gasoline engine)
Applies t o vehicles: with gasoline engine
If t he ~ ind ica t or ligh t turns on if there is a malfunct ion in t he engine contro l.
Drive s low ly to an author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Se rvice Facility to have the eng ine checked.
If the ~ indicator light turns on when you sta rt the eng ine, the re is an automatic start ma lfunction. To sta rt the eng ine, fo llow t hese steps:
- Vehicles with a mechanical igni t ion
c:>page 73, Automatic start malfunction - Vehicles with a conven ience key c:>page 76,
Automatic start malfunction .
W Engine control (diesel engine)
Applies to vehicles: with diesel engi ne
II The engine is prewa rmi ng if t he indicato r
light t ur ns on when th e igni t ion is sw itched on .
If the ind icator light blinks while dr iving , t he re is
a ma lfunct ion in the engine cont ro l.
Drive slowly to an a uthorized Audi dea ler or au thorized Audi Service Facility to have the malfunct ion corrected .
II If t he ind icator light tu rns on w hen you st art
t he engine, t here is a n automatic start mal func tion . To start the engine, follow these ste ps:
Vehicles with a mechanical ignition ¢ page 73, vehicles with a convenience key c:>page 76
o System indicator light (MIL)
The system indicator light (MIL) is part of the On
Board Diagnostic system (OBD II). ThP ¢..isfyim -
bo l turns on whe n t he ignition is switched on and tu rns off agai n once t he eng ine is started and run ning at a steady id le speed. This ind icate s t hat t he MIL is func t ioning correc t ly.
The ind icator light turns on if t here is a malfunct ion in t he engine electronics. See an author ized Audi de aler or au t hori zed Audi Service Facility t o have the mal fu nct io n corrected.
The system indicato r light (MIL) may turn o n if the fue l filler cap is not closed co rrectly
¢page 192.
For additional information, refer to c:>page 25.
... Diesel particulate filter
Appli es to vehicles: wit h diesel engine and diesel particulate filter
· Particulate filter: System fault See owner's manual
The diese l part icu late filter requires regenera tion. To support the filter's self-cleaning function:
Drive for app roximately 15 minutes at 40 mph
(60 km/h) or above in the S se lector lever posi -
tion. Keep the eng ine speed around 2,000 RPM.
The temperat ure increase that w ill result from
th is can burn off the soot in the filter. The ind ica-
tor light w ill turn off when the cleani ng has com-
pleted successfully.
.,..
l) -
: USAmode ls only
22
Instruments
and indicator lights
If the indicator light does not turn off, drive immediately to an authorized Audi dea ler or author ized Audi Service Facility to have the malfunction corrected.
_& WARNING
Always adapt your speed to the current weather, road and traffic conditions. You should never disobey traffic laws in order to follow driving recommendations .
@ Tips
For additional information on the diesel particulate filter, refer to ¢ page 195.
!7l Engine speed limitation
Applies to vehicles: with engine speed limitat ion
(II Max. engine speed: XXXXrpm
The engine speed is automatically limited to the speed d isplayed in the driver information system. This protects the eng ine from overheat ing .
The engine speed limitation deactivates once the engine is no longer in the critical temperature range and you have released the accelerator pedal once.
If the engine speed limitation was activated by an engine control malfunction, the ~ indicator light also turns on . Make sure the engine speed does not go above the speed d isplayed, for example when downshifting. Drive to an author ized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunct ion corrected.
~.. Engine oil level (min.)
l!I Check oil level
You may continue driving for the t ime being. Check the oi l level as soon as poss ible ¢page 201.
- If the engine oil level is too low, add engine oil
~ page 203.
M N
- If the engine oil level is correct and the indica -
0 c> o
tor light st ill turns on, drive at low engine
,...., speed to an authorized Audi dealer or author-
\.!.) ,.,
....,,..,, ized Audi Service Facility .
,....,
'I::?"';,. Engine oil sensor
· Oil level sensor: system fault!
The sensor to check the engine oi l level has failed. Drive to an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
· Oil level sens.: oil change necessary. Please contact Service
The engine oil level is too high.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
(D Note
Refer to the description in the Owner's Manual~ page 203, Checking the engine oil level and ¢ page 203, Adding engine oil <t::;r._
BilTank system
D Please refuel
If the indicator light turns first turns on and this message appears , the tank contains the fol lowing amount of fuel:
- Front wheel drive: approximate ly 1.8 gallons (7 liters)
- All whee l dr ive: approximately 2.2 gallons (8.5 liters)
HidPlease refuel immediately
If the indicator light turns on the message appears, the fuel tank is almost empty. Refuel the vehicle immediately.
D Fuel tank malfunction! Please contact Serv-
ice
If the indicator light turns on and the message appears:
- there is a malfunction in the fuel tank system,
or
- in vehicles with diesel engines, water may have
collected in the fuel filter.
1111>
23
Instruments
and indicator light s
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili ty immediately to have the malfunct ion corrected .
(D Note
Applies to vehicles with diesel engines: If the diesel fue l quality is poor, it may be necessary to have the water drained from the water sep-
arator l) in the fuel filter more often than
specified in the ma intenance schedule. This can help reduce engine malfunct ions.
@ For the sake of the environment
Fuel should never enter the sewer system or come into contact w ith the ground.
More information on refueling is available on
page c:>page 192.
~ Washer fluid level ~ Pleas e add washer flu id
Fill the washer fluid with the ignition switched
off c:>page 212.
~~ Windshield wipers
mWindshield wiper: syst em fault!
There is a malfunction with the windshield wipers.
Drive to an autho rized Aud i dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili ty immediately to have the malfunct ion corrected .
~ Defective light bulb warning
Applies to vehicles: with driver information system
S:i If the indicator light turns on, a bulb has
fa iled. The message indicates the location of the bu l b.
Replace the bulb immediate ly.
Vehicle light s: syste m fault!
There is a malfunction in the headlights or the light switch . Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Aud i Service Facility immediately to have the malfunct ion corrected.
A- WARNING
-
- Light bulbs are under pressure and can ex-
plode when bulbs are replaced - risk of in-
jury .
- With gas-discharge lamps* (xenon head-
lights), the high -voltage component must
be handled appropr iately. Otherwise, there
is a risk of fatal injury.
~(D Dynamic Headlight range control system
Appli es to vehicles: wit h Xenon lights
II Headlight range control system: system
fault!
There is a malfunction in the dynamic headlight range contro l system, which may cause glare for othe r drive rs.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immed iately to have the malfunction corrected.
go Audi adaptive light
Appli es to vehicles : wi th Audi adapt ive ligh t
l'!JAudi adaptive light : system fault!
There is a malfunction in the adapt ive lights . The headlights sti ll function.
Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or authori zed Audi Service Facility immed iately to have the malfunction corrected.
@ Light/rain sensor
Appli es to vehicles: wit h l ight/rain sensor
II Automat ic headlight s: system fault!
ElAutomat ic wipe rs: system fault !
The light/rain sensor is malfunctioning .
For safety reasons, the low beams are turned on permanently wi t h the switch in AUTO. You can .,..
l) This fun ct ion is not avail able in all count ri es.
24
continue to turn the lights on and off using the light switch. Youcan still contro l all wiper functions that are independent of the rain sensor .
Driveto an autho rized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the malfunction corrected.
; Adaptive dampers
Applies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
R Suspension: system fault!
There is an adaptive damper ma lfunction.
Drive to an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the malfunction corrected.
Instruments
and indicator lights
indicator turns on, the cata lytic conve rter may be damaged.
Drive with reduced engine performance (avoid high speeds for extended per iods of t ime and/or fast acceleration) and have the ma lfunction corrected . See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
The indicator may turn on if the e lectronic speed limiter is faulty. For add itiona l information, refer to ¢ page 94, Electronic speed limiter*.
The MILmay also turn on if the fuel filler cap is not closed correctly ¢ page 192.
On-Board Diagnostics
¢¢ Turn signals
B DI If the or indicator light blinks, a turn sig -
nal is turned on. If both indicator lights are blinking, the emergency flashers are on.
In an indicator light blinks twice as fast as usual then a blinker bulb has failed. Carefully drive to your authorized Audi dealer immed iate ly to have the ma lfunction corrected.
(D Tips
For more information on the turn signals, refer to q page 45.
On-Board Diagnostic system (OBD)
System indicator light (MIL)
¢4 The system indicator light (MIL) in the instru -
ment cluster is part of the On Board Diagnostic System (OBDII).
The warning/indicator light turns on when the ig-
nition is switched on and turns off once the en-
gine is started and is running in idle at a stab le
speed. This ind icates that the MILis funct ion ing
...., correctly .
N
0 c> o
rl
If the light does not turn off after starting the engine or turns on while driving, this may indi-
I.O
"'
cate there is a ma lfunction in the engine. If the
""rl ''
Fig. 7 Locat ion of Data Link Connector (DLC)
On-Board Diagnostics monitors the components of your emission control system. Each monitored component in your engine system has been as signed a code . In case of a malfunction, the component will be identified and the fault stored as a code in the control module memory.
The MIL light may also illuminate if t here is a leak in the on-board fuel vapor recovery system. If the light illuminates after a refuelling, stop the vehicle and make sure the fuel filler cap is properly closed qpage 192.
In order to make an accurate diagnosis, the stor ed data can only be displayed using special diagnostic equipment (generic scan tool for OBD).
In order to connect the spec ial diagnostic equip-
ment, push the plug into the Data LinkConnector
(DLC).The DLCis located to the right of the hood
release ¢ fig. 7.
..,.
25
Instruments
and indicator light s
Your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service station can interpret the code and perform the necessary repair.
A WARNING . Do not use the diagnostic connector for personal use. Incorrect usage can cause malfunctions, wh ich can increase the risk of a collision!
26
Dri ver information system
Driver information system Overview
Applies to vehicles: with driver information syste m ~
M
0:>
CX) ID
Fig. 8 Instr um ent cluster : dr iver informat ion system (examp le}
Data is automatically recorded , processed and displayed in the driver information system . Settings for special equipment can be adjusted in
the MMI. Select the IMENU ! button >C ar > Sys-
tems* control button. Introduction The driver information system is controlled through the multifunction steering wheel
¢ page 28, fig . 9 .
The Driver Information System ¢ fig. 8 contains the following information: - @ Tab (register)
- ® Vehicle info rmation - © Status line (selector lever position, out side
temperature ¢ page 11) - @ On-board computer The follow ing funct ions are possible, depending on vehicle equipment:
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
@
®
First tab ~ Vehicle functions:
On-board computer, time, date ¢page28
Efficiency program ¢ page29
Digital speedometer
Assist Audi adaptive cruise control* ¢pag e 96 Audi active lane assist* ¢page 106
Lap timer* ¢page 30
Reduced display
Second -!;/1Lt Messages and indicator lights
tab
=< Service reminder indicator
¢ page 212
I Third tab fl I Audio/ l'>lRadio
Fourth tab Fifth tab
,.,. Telephone* ~I~ Navigation *
The second tab is only visib le if at least one indicator light or message is shown or if that system is switched on.
Display
In the driver information system you will see:
Radio station or CD
time and date
¢page 10
Odometer, trip odometer
¢ page 11
Outside air temperature
¢page 11
Service interval disp lay
¢ page 212
Indicator lights and messages ¢ page 13
Digital speedometer
Lap t imer*
¢page30
Cruise control system
¢ page 94
Speed warn ing
¢page 94
Selector lever positions
¢page82
On-board computer display
¢page28
...
27
Dr ive r in f ormation sys t e m
On-board comput er display
The on-boa rd comp uter display monitors the different memory levels:
- Short-term memory (on-board computer 1) - Long-term memory (on-board computer 2) - Efficiency program
The fo llow ing information can be displayed in onboard computer 1 and 2 one after the other.
-Date - Estimated range based on current fuel leve l - Travel t ime - Average consumption - Average speed - Distance - Current fuel consumption - Engine oil temperature indicator*
D On-board computer (short -term memory )
The short-term memory collects driving information from the time the ign it ion is switched on until it is switched off . If you con t inue dr iving with in two hours after sw itchi ng the ign ition off, the new values are included when calcu lating the current trip information. If stopped for more the two hours , the short term memory is automati cally erased once you begin driving.
On-board com puter fJ (long-t erm memory)
Unlike the short-te rm memory, the long-term memory is not erased automat ically. You can select the time period for evaluating trip information yourself.
Efficie ncy program ii
The effic iency program can help you to use less
fuel ~ page29.
(j) Tips
- The on-board computer is controlled by the left button fields on the multifunction steering wheel.
- For information on using the other button fields, such as the audio, telephone* and navigation * functions, see the MMI owner's manua l.
Operation
Appl ies to vehicles: with driver info rmation system
The driver information system is controlled with the multifunction steering wheel.
Fig. 9 Mult ifunction steering wheel: driver informat ion system contro ls
Fig. 10 Driver info rmation system: calling up the vehicle functions menu
In add ition to information about the on-board computer (on-board compu t er 1, 2 and the eff iciency prog ram), information about othe r systems can also be shown in the display . You can identify which level (on-board computer 1, 2 or the effi ciency program) is shown in the
display based on t he small D, fJ o r the nozz le ii .
The tab @ ~ page 2 7, fig. 8 is displayed once you
press the button (D ~ fig . 9 on the m ultifunction
stee ring wheel. Operating "' Switch on the ignition . The last select function
is displayed . "' To switch between the tabs, press the rocke r
button (D t o t he left or right ~ fig. 9 .
"' To access add itiona l informa t ion below or above, rotate the thumbwheel @ down or up. 9"'
28
Dri ver information system
.. To confirm a selection, press the thum bwheel
@.
.. To se lect a function programmed to a steer ing whee l button , press the button @ . For additiona l information, see c:>page 29 , Assigning
a function to a programmable steering wheel button
Opening the Vehicle functions
.. Select the f irst tab with the button (!) . .,.Press the button @ . The Veh icle functions
me nu is displayed 9 fig . 10. .. To select a menu item, turn and press the
t humbwheel @ .
Resetting values to zero
.. I n the Vehicle funct ions menu, se lect On-board
computer or Efficiency program .
.. Select a value in the desired trip computer or in t he efficie ncy prog ram .
.,.To reset t he values in a memo ry, press and hold t he thu mbwheel @ for one secon d.
Recalling indicator lights and messages
.. Press the button CDrepeated ly until the Q tab
appea rs.
The Q tab is only visible when there is a mal -
f unction.
Assigning a function to a programmable steering wheel button
.. Select: the IMENU j button > Car > Systems*
control button > Vehicle settings > Steering
wheel button programming .
The Q tab is only visible when there is at lea st
one ind icat or light or message displayed.
(D Tips
- If t he vehicle battery is discon nected , all
memo ry values are erased.
- Inform ation on the efficiency program
c:>p age 29 .
- There is more inform at ion on t he m ultif unc-
....,
t ion st ee ring wheel in t he MMI*owner 's
N
0 c> o
manua l.
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Boost indicator
Applies to vehicles: with boost pressure indicator
Fig. 11 Instrume nt clust er: boost indicato r
Boost pressure indicator (boost) A bar grap h that begins on the left and fills in t owa rd t he right ind icates the engine's current load (meaning t he cur rent boost pressure).
Efficiency program
Description
Applies to vehicles: with driver info rma t ion system
,._
<D M
> 0
m m
Fig. 12 Inst rume nt clust er: efficie ncy program (example)
Calling up the efficiency program ii1
.. Call up the veh icle functio ns by pre ss ing the but t on @ c:>page 28, fig . 9 a nd se lect the menu item Efficiency program c:>page 29.
The efficiency program can he lp you to use less fuel. It eval uates driving inform ation in refere nce to fuel consump t ion and shows ot her eq uipme nt influencing consumpt ion c:>page 30 . Fuel econ omy messages c:>page 30 provide t ips for eff icient driving . The efficiency program receives dat a abou t the distance and fuel consumpt ion from the onboard compu t er 1. If the data in t he eff iciency
29
Driver information system
program is deleted ¢ page 29, the values in the
on-board computer 1 are also reset. Other equipment
Applies to vehicles: with driver information system
l8
M
0 >
"a, '
Fig. 13 I nstrument cluster : Other equipment (examp le)
appear automatically and are only disp layed in the efficiency program. The fuel economy messages turn off automatically after a certain period of t ime.
"'T o turn an economy message off immediate ly after it appears, press any button on the multifunction steering wheel.
(D Tips
- Once you have turned an economy tip off, it wi ll only appear again after you turn the ignition on again.
- The economy tips are not displayed in every instance, but rather in intervals over a period of time.
"'T urn the menu thumbwheel @ ¢ page 28, fig. 9 until the other equipment affecting con-
sumption appears. Other equipment that is currently affecting fuel consumption is listed in the efficiency prog ram. The display shows up to three other items of equipment @ . The equipment using the most fue l is listed first. If more than three items using fuel are switched on, the equipment that is currently using the most fuel is displayed. A scale @ also shows the current total consumption of all other equipment.
Fuel economy messages
Applies to vehicles: with driver info rmation system
Fig. 14 Instrument cluster: economy tip (examp le)
Fuel economy messages are disp layed when f uel consumption is increased by certain conditions . If you follow these economy tips, you can reduce your vehicle's consumption of fuel. The messages
Lap timer and engine oil
temperature
indicator
Introduction
Applies to veh icles: with lap t im er (S models)
The engine oil temperature is only shown in the lap timer display.
Lap timer
You can record and evaluate lap times with the
lap timer in the display ¢ poge 31, fig. 16. The
time is measured in minutes, seconds and 1/10 seconds. With lap times longer than 60 minutes, the hour is also shown and the display of 1/10 seconds is removed.
The time measurement on an individua l lap ends after 99 hours 59 minutes and 59 seconds. A new lap starts automatically after that.
The measurement ends after a maximum of 30 laps. You can then evaluated the lap times or start a new time measurement.
Engine oil temperature indicator
If the engine oil temperature is below 140 °F
(60 °C), the~ symbol followed by three hyphens" - - -" and the °C unit is shown .
The engine has reached its operating tempera-
ture when the engine oil tempera t ure is between
176 °F (80 °() and 248 °F (120 °C) under nor-
mal driving conditions. The engine oil
IJI>
30
Dr iv er inform at io n sy stem
temperature may be higher if there is heavy engin e load and high temperatures outside . This is not a cause for concern as long as the .
¢ page 19 or llll ¢page23 indicator lights in the
display do not blink.
A WARNING Your focus should always be on driving your vehicle safely . As the dr iver, you have complete responsibility for safety in traffic . Only use the functions such as the lap timer in such a way that you a lways maintain complete control over your vehicle in all traffic situations .
(D Tips
You can retr ieve information from the tr ip computer while the lap timer stopwatch is r u nning.
Opening the lap timer and measuring time
Applies to vehicles: with lap timer (5 models)
Fig. 15 Multifunction steer ing wheel: controls
Fig. 16 Instrument cluster: lap timer
...., Opening th e lap timer
N 0
"' Press the button @ on the multifunction steer-
c> o
ing wheel and turn the thumbwheel @
rl
I.O
"'
¢ fig. 15 unt il Lap timer ¢ fig. 16 appea rs.
""rl ''
.. Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm the selec tion.
Timing laps
"' To sta rt timing, press the thumbwheel @ while on the menu item Lap 1 - press OK. The time measurement is shown in line @ r=:f>ig. 16.
.. To measure the lap time, press the thumb wheel @ again while on the men u item New lap - press OK. This also starts timing the next round. The last t ime measurement moves up to
the top line (D. Line ® contains the current lap
time .
If the symbol ri) is green during the current lap
t ime measurement, the current time is faster than the previous best time. If the symbol . is red, the current time is slower @ .
Displaying split time and pausing tim ing
[~l .. To display a split time turn the thumb-
wheel @ until Split time appears in line @ . Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm the selection. The split time appears for approximately 10 seconds in line @ . The timing of the current lap conti nues.
m If you would like to insert a pause immediate-
ly after the split t ime, first press the thumbwheel @ and then the menu item Press OK to go backto confirm . "' To insert a pause, turn the thumbwheel @ until
Pause appears in the line @ . Press t he thumb-
m wheel @ t o confirm the se lect ion. The pause
symbo l appears in line @ . .. To continue timing, press the thumbwhee l @ .
If timing is paused , you can continue it lat er even if you sw itch the ignition off.
Mean ing of the indicators in the center d isp lay ¢ fig . 16:
CD Disp lay of last time measurement
@ Symbols:
- [O]B: egin ning of time measuremen t
- . : Slowest time - . : Fastest time
-m: - [~]: Split time Pause
31
Driver information system
® Current time measurement
@ Menu: - Lap 1 (start) - New lap (start another lap) - Split time (time with in section of the route) - Pause (interrupts measurement) - Statistics (evaluation of lap times) - Reset (all values are deleted)
Evaluating or resetting recorded times
Applies to vehicles: with lap timer (S models)
You can evaluate the fastest, slowest and average lap times.
· To exit the lap timer, press the button @ on the mu ltifunction steering wheel and keep turning the thumbwheel @ c::p>age 31, fig. 15 until a new menu item appears. Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm the selection.
Explanation of the evaluation c::f>ig. 17 :
@ All laps
II: ®
Fastest lap time
© . : Slowest lap time
r?:l ®
Average lap time
® !! 1~ : up/down to other pages
© Delete the entries or reset the lap/time
measurement
@ Tips
- Saved lap times cannot be individua lly deleted from the total results.
- The saved lap timer values will remain after switching the ignition off.
Fig. 17 Instrument cluste r : Evaluat ing reco rded times
After evaluating the lap times, you can continue the current timing round or start over, meaning start lap 1 aga in.
· To eva luate the time measurement, turn the thumbwheel @ c::p>age 31, fig. 15 until Statistics appears in line @ c::p>age 31, fig . 16 . Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm the select ion. The disp lay shows the fastest lap "+", the s lowest lap" - " and the average lap time "0" . To display the individual lap times, turn the thumb-
whee l @ downward ~ or upward !!.
· To continue the lap measurement that was started, press the thumbwheel @ .
· To reset the time measurement to zero, first press the thumbwheel @ , then turn the thumbwheel @ c::>page31, fig. 15 until Reset appears in line @ i=p>age31 , fig . 16 . Press the thumbwheel @ to confirm the se lection .
· To restart the lap timer for the new lap measurement, press the thumbwheel @ .
32
Opening and closing
Open ing and closing Central locking
Key set
Fig. 18 Your vehicle key set
The key set contains two remote control keys or convenience keys*. To fold the key out and back in place, press the release button ¢ fig . 18 -arrow- . Remote control key or convenience key The convenience key is a vehicle remote contro l key with special functions ¢ page 36, Locking and unlocking with the convenience key and ¢ page 75, Starting and stopping the engine (vehicles with a convenience key). With the remote control key, you can lock and unlock the vehicle centrally and start the engine. Number of keys You can check the number of keys assigned to your vehicle in the MMI. This allows you to make sure you have received all of the keys when you
purchase a used vehicle. Select: the IMENU Ibut-
ton > Car> Systems* control button > Program-
med keys. Replacing a key If a key is lost, see an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility. Have this key deactivated. It is important to bring all keys with
you . If a key is lost, you should report it to your
insurance company . M Immobilizer
N
0c>o The immobilizer prevents unauthorized use of ,...., the vehicle. The vehicle may not start if another
\!) 1.1"1 1.1"1
1,..1..".1,
radio device such as a key for another vehicle or a transponder is located on the key ring.
Data in the remote control key or convenience key
While driving, service and maintenance -relevant data is continuous ly stored on your remote control key or convenience key*. Your Audi service advisor can read out this data and tell you about the work your vehicle needs.
-A WARNING - Always take the vehicle key with you when leaving the vehicle, even for a short period of time. This applies particularly when children remain in the vehicle. Otherwise the children could star t the engine or operate electrica l equipment such as power windows. - Do not remove the key from the ign iti on lock until the vehicle has come to a complete stop. Otherw ise, the steering lock could engage suddenly and increase the risk of an accident.
(D Tips
The operation of the remote control key can be temporari ly disrupted by interference from transmitters in the vicinity of the vehicle working in the same frequency range (e.g. a cell phone, radio equipment).
Central locking system description
You can lock and unlock the vehicle centrally. There are different ways, depending on vehicle equipment:
- Remote control key ¢ page 35, - Lock cylinder on the driver's door ¢ page 37,
or - Sensors in the front door hand les on vehicles
with a convenience key* ¢ page 36, - Central locking switch inside <=:>pag3e7.
Selective unlocking
The doors and luggage compa rt ment lid lock when they close. You can set in the MMI whether .,..
33
Openin g and c losing
only the driver 's door or the entire vehicle should un lock when unlocking q page 3 7.
Automatic locking (Auto Lock)
The Auto Lockfunct ion locks all doors and the luggage compartmen t lid once the speed has exceeded approximate ly 9 mph (15 km/h).
The car is unlocked aga in once the ignition key is removed . In add ition, t he vehicle can be unlo cked if t he opening function in t he power locking system switch is used or one of the door handles is pulled .*
Addit ionally, in the event of a crash wit h airbag dep loymen t the doors are aut om at ically unlocked t o allow access to the vehicle.
Anti-theft alarm system*
If t he anti-theft alarm system detects a vehicle break-in, audio and vis ual warning s ignals are tr iggered.
The ant i-theft alarm system tu rns on automati cally when you lock the veh icle. It deact ivates wh en unlocking using the remote cont rol key or by t ouching t he se nsor on t he door handle (convenience key).
To switch the alarm off, press t hem butto n on the remote contro l key or convenience key or switch t he ignit ion on. The alarm also stops automatically aft er a cert ain amoun t of t ime.
Turn signals
When you unlock the vehicle, the t urn signa ls flash twice. When you lock the vehicle, the t urn signals flash once.
If they do not flash, one of the doo rs, the luggage compartment lid or the hood is not locked or t he ignition is still switched on (the lat ter applies to veh icles with a convenience key).
Unintentionally locking yourself out
In the following cases there safeguards to prevent you locking your remote master key in the ve hicle:
- The vehicle does not lock with the centra l locking switch if the driver's door is open c>page 37 .
- On veh icles with a convenience key*, the luggage compa rtment lid unlocks again after closing if the most recently used key is in the luggage compa rtment.
Do not lock your vehicle with t he remote control key or convenience key* until all doors and the luggage compartment lid are closed. In this way you avoid locking yourse lf out accidentally .
@ Tips
- Do not leave valuab les unattende d in the vehicle. A locked veh icle is not a safe!
- If the LED in the upper edge of the drive r's doo r tu rns on for about 30 seconds after the vehicle is locked, there is a ma lf unction in the power locking or the anti-theft alarm system*. Have the problem corrected by an autho rized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi Service Facility.
LED and batterie s in the remote control key
Fig. 19 Remote contr ol key: LED
Fig. 20 Remote con tr ol key: open ing the cover
LED in the remote control key
The LEDc>fig. 19 can tell you about the fu nction
of the remote control key.
..,_
34
Open ing a nd clo s ing
· If you press a button quickly, the LED blinks once .
· If you press a button longer (convenience opening*), the LEDblinks several times.
· If the LEDdoes not blink, the remote control key battery is dead. The message = Please change key batt ery can also appear in the instrument cluster d isplay . Replace the battery .
Replacing the remote cont rol key batte ry
" Pry off the cover with a coin c;,fig. 20. · Insert the new battery w ith the" +" facing up . · Press the cover back onto the key until it clicks
into place .
We recommend having the battery replaced by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
@.)For the sake of the environment
Dead batteries must be disposed of using methods that will not harm the env ironment. Do not dispose of them in household trash .
{!) Tips
The replacement battery must meet the same specifications as the original battery .
Remote control key synchronization
The remote control key must be synch ron ized if the vehicle does not lock and unlock with the remote cont ro l. · Press the remote control key button l@.J · Insert the key in the dr iver door lock within 30
seconds.
· Press the [m]button or Imbutton.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Unlocking/locking by remote control
Fig. 21 Remote cont rol key or conven ience key: buttons
@ @ Open
@ t'.DClose
© ,;:::::U::n,lock luggage compartment lid
@ IPANIC ITrigger the alarm
· To unlock the vehicle, press the button @ @:! ¢fig.21 .
· To lock the ve hicle, br ing the selector lever into
the P position and press the Imbutton @.
· To unlock the luggage compartment lid, press t he~ but t on © br iefly.
· To open the luggage compartmen t lid, press and hold the I= !button © for at least one second.
· To trigger the alarm, press the red IPANIC Ibut-
ton @ . The vehicle horn and emergency flashers turn on. · To turn off the alarm, press the red IPANIC !button @ again .
If the vehicle is unlocked and a door or the luggage compartment lid are not opened w ith in 45 seconds, the vehicle locks aga in automatically . This feature prevents the vehicle from being accidentally left un locked over a long per iod of t ime . This does not app ly if you press t he~ butto n © button for at least one second.
For vehicles with safety central locking (se lective
unlocking) c;,page 38, only the dr iver's door
and the fuel filler door are opened by press ing
the @Ibutton @ once, and the ent ire vehicle un-
locks when the button is pressed twice.
..,.
35
Openin g and c losing
A WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS. ¢ & in
Key set on page 33
(D Tips
- Only use the remote control key or convenience key within view of the vehicle.
- Do not use the remote control when you are inside the vehicle. Otherwise, you could unintentionally lock the vehicle. If you then tried to start the engine or open a door, the alarm would be triggered. If this happens,
m. press the unlock button
- The vehicle can only be locked when theselector lever is in the P posit ion.
- Only use the panic function in an emergency.
- For information on additional remote control key or convenience key functions, refer to ¢ page 41, Convenience opening/closing.
Locking and unlocking with the convenience key
Appl ies t o vehicles: with convenience key
The front doors and the luggage compartment lid can be unlocked and locked without using the remote control key.
Fig. 22 Driver's door : l ocking the vehicl e wi th the convenience key
· To un lock the door automatically, grasp the driver's or front passenger 's door hand le ¢ fig. 22.
· To open the door, pull the door handl e.
· To unlock or open the luggage compartment lid, press the handle in the luggage compartment lid ¢ page 39, fig. 26.
· To lock the vehicle, bring the selector lever into the P position, close the door and touch the sensor on the driver's door handle one time. Do not hold the door handle wh ile doing this .
Only the front doors and luggage compartment lid can be unlocked or locked . The remote control key must be within a range of about 5 ft (1.5 m) from the door or the luggage compartment lid . It makes no difference whether the remote control key is in your jacket pocket, purse or briefcase .
If you grip the door handle wh ile locking, this can adversely affect the locking function .
The door cannot be opened for a brief period directly after locking it. This allows you the opportunity to check that the driver's door is locked .
The settings in the MMIspecify if the entire vehicle or one of the doors is unlocked when unlocking the vehicle¢ page 37 .
A WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS. ¢ & in
Key set on page 33
@ Tips
If your vehicle is left standing for a long period of time, note the following: - The proximity sensor switches off after a
few days to save energy. You then have to pull once on the door handle to unlock the vehicle and a second time to open it. - To prevent the battery from drain ing and to retain the starting ability of your vehicle as long as possible, the energy management system gradua lly tuns off unnecessary convenience functions You may not be able to unlock your vehicle using the conven ience key. - For an exp lanation on conformity with the FCCregulations in the United States and the Industry Canada regulations, refer to ¢page 265.
36
Open ing a nd clo s ing
Unlocking/locking with the key In the event that the power locking system fails, the driver's door can locked and unlocked using the door lock.
a, 0 0
0:>
Q)
a,
Fig. 23 Driver' s door: Lock cylinder
· To un lock the driver's door, turn the key to the
open position ® ·
· To lock the driver's door, move the selector lever to the P position and turn the key once to the
close pos it ion ® ·
The settings in the MMI spec ify if the entire vehicle or one of the doors is unlocked when unlocking the vehicle c:::p>age 3 7.
A WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS. c:::&> . in
Key set on page 33
@ Tips
For information on additional remote control key or conven ience key funct ions, refer to c::p>age 41, Convenience opening/closing .
Central locking switch
· To lock the vehicle, press the ~ button c:::.>&_.
· To unlock the vehicle, press the ~ button c::f:ig>. 24.
When loc king the vehicle with the centra l locking switch, the following app lies:
- Opening the door and the luggage compartmen t lid from t he outside is not possible (for secur ity such as when stopped at a light).
- The LED in the central locking switch tu rns o n when all doors are closed and loc ked.
- Front doo rs: You can open the doors ind ividually from t he ins ide by pull ing the door hand le.
- Rear doors: Pull on t he door handle once to unlock the doo r. Pull on t he doo r handle again to open t he doo r.
- In the event of a crash wit h airbag deploymen t , t he doo rs unlock a utoma ticall y to allow access to the vehicle.
_&. WARNING
- The power locking switch wo rks with the ignition off an d automatically locks the entire veh icle when the ~ button is pressed.
- On a vehicle locked from the outside the power loc king system switch is inoperative.
- Locked doors make it more difficult for emergency workers to get into the ve hicle, which puts lives at ris k. Do not leave anyone behind in the vehicle, especially children.
(D Tips
Your vehicle will lock automatica lly at a speed of 9 mph (15 km/h) c::>page 33 . You can unlock the vehicle again using the central locking opening function.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
Fig. 24 Driver's door : Central lock ing switch
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Setting central locking
Applies to vehicles: wit h drive r info rmat ion system
Various settings can be adjusted in the MMI: Adjusting door unlocking You can determine wh ich doors should unlock when open ing the vehicle.
37
Opening and closing
"'Select : the IMENU ! button> Car> Systems* control button > Vehicle settings > Central locking > Door unlocking.
Selecting All and pressing the ~ button on the
remote control key unlocks the entire vehicle.
If you select Driver and then press the ~ button on the remote control key, only the driver's door will unlock. In vehicles with a convenience key, only the front door whose handle you pull will unlock. If you press the ~ button twice, the entire vehicle will unlock. If you press the ~ button, the entire vehicle will always lock.
Folding* the exterior mirrors
"'Select : the IMENU ! button> Car> Systems* control button > Vehicle settings > Central locking > Fold mirrors when locking. For more information, refer to c:>page 47, Adjusting the exterior mirrors.
If you select On, the outside mirrors will fold in automatically when you press the ~ button on the remote control key i:> page 47.
Tone when locking
"'Select : the IMENU ! button> Car> Systems* control button > Vehicle settings > Central locking> Tone when locking.
When checked off./, a tone will sound when you lock the vehicle.
If you press the~ button twice, the entire vehicle will lock. There is a locking tone at the same time 1l.
Electronic immobilizer
The immobilizer prevents unauthorized use of your vehicle.
A microchip in the key automatically deactivates the electronic immobilizer when the key is located in the vehicle. If you remove the key from the vehicle, the electronic immobilizer activates again automatically.
A,_ WARNING
-
Always take the key with you whenever you
leave your vehicle. The electronic immobilizer
can be deactivated with the key, so this could
make it possible for unauthorized persons to
start the engine and operate vehicle systems
such as the power windows or sunroof. This
can increase the risk of serious injury.
(D Tips
- The vehicle cannot be started if an unauthorized key is used. It may not be possible to start the vehicle under certain circumstances, for example if there is another radio module like the key from another vehicle or a transponder on the same keychain.
- For an explanation on conformity with the FCCregulations in the United States and the Industry Canada regulations, refer to i:>page 265.
Safety central locking
Applies t o vehicles : with safe t y cen tr al locking
Safety central locking provides the possibility, to only unlock the driver's door and the fuel filler door. The rest of the vehicle remains locked.
Unlocking the driver's door and the fuel filler door
"' Press the remote control key or convenience key
Ifilblutton once or turn the key once in the open-
ing direction.
Unlocking all doors, the luggage compartment lid and the fuel filler door
"' Press the remote control key or convenience key
Ifilblutton twice within five seconds or turn the
key twice within five seconds in the opening direction.
When unlocking just the driver's door, the antitheft alarm system* is also immediately deactivated.
In vehicles with an MMI, you can directly adjust the safety central locking c:>page 3 7 .
l ) This fu nct ion is not availabl e in all cou nt ries .
38
Open ing a nd clo s ing
Front passenger's door and rear doors emergency locking
All doors must be locked separately if the power locking system fails .
,.,
6
i
Luggage compartment Lid
Opening and closing the luggage compartment lid
Fig. 25 Emergency door locki ng
The driver's door can be locked using the door lock cylinder ¢ page 37. The emergency lock on the other doors is located on the side of the front passenger's and rear doo rs. It is only visible when the door is open. · Pull the cover cap out of the opening . · Insert the key bit in the slot inside and turn the
key all the way to the right (right door) or left (left door). Once the doo r has been closed, it can no longer be ope ned from the outside. The door can be unlocked and opened from the inside by pulling the door handle once. If the chi ld safety lock on the rear doors is activated, pull the inner door hand le first. Then you can open the door from the outside .
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Fig. 26 Luggage compart ment lid : opening (handle)
Fig. 27 Luggage compart ment l id/gr ip: clo sing
Opening the luggage compartment lid · Press and hold the~ button on the remote
contro l key for at least one second, or · Push the handle in the luggage compartment
lid ¢ fig . 26, or · Pull the button c:::::i:n; the driver 's door @
¢ page 8, fig . 1 . Closing the luggage compartment lid · Use the inside g rip to pull the luggage com -
partment lid down and allow it to drop gently
to close it ¢ fig. 2 7 ¢ ,&..
-A WARNING - After closing the luggage compartment lid, make sure that it is latched . Otherwise the luggage compartment lid could suddenly open when driving, which increases the risk of an a cciden t.
39
Openin g and c losing
- Never drive with the luggage compartment lid ajar or open , because po isonous gases can enter the vehicle interior and create the risk of asphyxiation .
- Never leave your vehicle unattended when the luggage compartment lid is open. A child could climb into the vehicle through the luggage compartment. If the luggage compartm ent lid was the n closed, the child would be trapped in t he vehicle an d u nable to escape. To reduce the risk of injury, do not allow children t o play in or a rou nd the vehicle. Always keep the luggage compartment lid and the doors closed when the vehicle is not in use.
- Always make sure no one is in the luggage compartment lid 's range of motion when it is closing, especially nea r the hinges. Fingers or hands could be pinched .
(D Tips
- When the vehicle is locked, the luggage compartment lid can be unlocked separately
by press ing the 1~1button on the remote
contr ol key. When the luggage compartment lid is closed aga in, it locks a utomat ica lly. - In case of an emergency o r a faulty hand le, the luggage compartment lid can be opened from the ins ide c::p>ag e 240 .
Child safety Lock
Child safety lock
Applies to vehicles: with mechan ical child safety lock
The child safety locks t prevent t he rear doors
from opening from the inside.
Fig. 28 Rear doo rs: Child safety lock
40
.,.To turn the child safety locks on, turn the ignition key in the direction of the arrow .
.,.To turn off, turn the ignition key oppos ite the direction of the arrow.
When the child safety loc ks are activated, the inside door handles do not work and t he doors can on ly be opened from the outs ide. The child sa fety lock only funct ions on the door in which it was activated.
Power windows
Controls
The driver can control all power windows .
Fig. 29 Sect ion of the driver's doo r : Contro ls
All powe r window switc hes are prov ided with a two-position function : Opening the window s .,.Press the switch to the first stop and ho ld it un-
til the w indow reaches t he des ired pos it ion . .,.Press the switch briefly to the second stop to
automatically open the window. Closing the windows .,.Pull the sw itch to th e first stop and hold it until
t he window reaches the des ired pos ition . .,.Pull the switch br iefly to the se cond stop to au-
tomatically close the w indow. Power window switches
@ Switch c::>fig. 29 for t he window in the driv-
er's door.
® Switch for the window in the front passeng-
er's door.
© Switc h for the window in t he left rear doo r.
@ Switch for the window in the right rear door.
® Safety button* .
Child safety lock
When the safety button ® ~ fig. 29 is pressed,
the@ symbo l in the button lights up. The power window switches in the rear doors are switched off.
A WARNING - When you leave your vehicle - even if only
br iefly - always remove the ignition key.This applies part icularly when children remain in the vehicle. Otherwise the children could start the engine or operate electr ical equipment (e.g. power windows). The power windows are f unctional until the driver 's door or passenger's door has been opened . - Paycaref ul at tent ion when closing the win-
dows. It could cause injury by pinching .
- When locking the veh icle from outs ide, the vehicle must be unoccupied since the win dows can no longer be opened in an emergency.
(D Tips
After turning the ignition off you can st ill open and close the windows for approximate ly 10 seconds. The power windows are not switched off unti l the driver's door or passenger's door has been opened.
Convenience opening/closing
With the convenience opening/closing funct ion, you can centrally and easily open the windows and the panorama sunroof* from the outside.
Convenience open featur e
.. Press the open button Iii on the remote control
key until all windows and the panorama sun-
roof* have reached the desired position, or
.. Hold the key in the driver's door lock until all
windows and the panorama sunroof* have
M N
reached the desired position.
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
Op e ning a nd cl os in g
Convenience close feature
.. Hold the key in the driver's door lock in the lock position unti l all windows and the panorama sunroof* are closed.
Convenienc e closing wi t h the convenience key* .. Touch the sensor* on one of the front door han-
dles and contin ue touching it until all of the windows and the panorama sunroof* are closed. Do not place your hand in the door handle when doing th is.
Adju sting the convenience opening in the
MMI
.. Select: the IMENU Ibutton >Car> System s*
control button >Vehicle sett ings > Cent ral
locking > Long-pressto open w indows
To enable convenience opening of the w indows and the roof*, the Front windows, Rearwindows* and Roof* functions must be switched On.
A WARNING
- Never close the w indows or panorama sunroof* carelessly or in an uncontrolled manner, because this increases the risk of injury.
- For security reasons, the w indows can only be opened with the remote control key at a maximum distance of approximately 6 feet (2 meters) from the vehicle.
- Payattention when using the lock cylinder to close the w indows and the panorama sunroof* so that no one is pinched. Closing stops when the key is moved into the starting position.
Correcting power window malfunctions
After disconnecting the vehicle battery, the onetouch up and down feature must be activated again .
.,.Pull the power wi ndow switch until the window is completely raised.
.. Release the switch and pull it again for at least one second.
41
Openin g and c losing
Panorama sunroof
Description
Applies to vehicles: with panoramic sunroof
Fig. 30 Sect ion from headl ine r: Pano rama su nroof button
The button has two stages. In the second stage, the roof automatically runs to the end pos it ion (open/closed) when the but ton is operated briefly. The movement can be stopped by press ing the button. @ Tilting and sliding .,.To tilt the sunroof comp lete ly, press the switch
br iefly to the second level. .,.To close the roof completely, pull the button
down br iefly to the second level or slide the but ton forw a rd brief ly to the second level ¢ ,& . .,.To select an intermed iate position, press/pull the switch in the first level until the desired pos ition is reached.
@ Opening and closing
.,.To ope n t he s unroof complete ly, slide t he butt on back to ju st before the seco nd leve l.
...To close the roo f complete ly, push the button forward briefly to t he second level o r pull the button down briefly to the second level ¢ ,& .
...To select an intermed iate position, press/pu ll the switch forward/back in the first level until the des ired pos ition is reached.
Awind deflector integrated in the panorama sun roof adapts automat ically to the sunroof position . This reduces w ind no ise to a minimum in a ll panorama sunroof positions. You can still operate the panorama sunroof for about 10 minutes after the ignit ion is switched
off. The switch is deac t ivated once the driver's or front passenger's door is opened .
Sun blind
The sun shade can be opened and closed man ually, de pending on the position of the pa no rama sun roof. The sun shade can be ope ned partia lly.
_& WARNING
Be careful when closing the pano ramic sun roof - otherwise serio us inju ry cou ld resu lt! Always take the ign ition key with you when leaving the veh icle.
@ Note
Always close your pano ramic sunroof whe n leaving your vehicle . Sudden rain can cause damage to the inter io r equipment of your vehicle, partic ularly the electronic equipment .
(D Tips
- For information about convenience opening/closing, refer to¢ page 41.
- The pano rama sunroof can on ly be o pened when the temperat ure is warmer than -4°F (-20 °().
Panorama sunroof emergency closing
Applies to vehicles: with panoramic sunroof
If the panorama sunroof detects res istance or an object in its path while clos ing, the sunroof w ill open again automatically. If the sunroof fails to clos e after removing the obje ct and afte r trying to close a second t ime, you ca n pe rform an eme rgency closing.
.,.Within five seconds after the sunroof opens automa t ically, pull the sw itch until the roof closes .
If you let go of t he switch early, the panorama sun roof will open aga in.
42
Light and Vision
Light and Vision Exterior Lighting
Switching lights on and off
Fig. 31 Instrument panel: Light swit ch (example)
The headlights only work when the ignition is switched on . The headlights turn off automaticallywhen the eng ine is switched on or when the ignition is switched off. Onlythe side-marker lights stay on.
Awarning symbol will appear in the driver informat ion disp lay if the system is not functioning correctly ¢ page 24.
Light switch·~-
Turn the switch c::>fig. 31 to the corresponding position . When the lights are switched on, the respective symbol turns on .
0 - lights off. In some countries, the day time running lights* are turned on and off together with the ignition .
- USAmodels: The daytime running lights switch
on automatically when the ignition is switched
on and the light switch ¢ fig. 31 is in the O posi-
tion or the AUTOposition (only in daylight) . The
Daytime running lights can be switched on and
off in the MMIc::p>age 45 c::&> .
- Canadamodels: the daytime running lights
switch on automatically when the ignition is
switched on and the light switch <::f>ig . 31 is in
the O position, ;oocor the AUTOposition (only in
daylight) . c::>&.
....,
N 0
AUTO*- Automatic headlights switch on and off
c>o depending on brightness, for example in twilight,
rl
I.O
"'
during rain or in tunnels. In vehicles with inte-
""rl '' grated daytime running lights*, either the day-
time running lights or the headlights will turn on automatica lly, depend ing on the amount of light (may vary depending on the country).
;oo~- Parking light
io - Lowbeam headlight
The following will happen in these light switch pos itions when you lock the vehicle:
- iD - Lowbeam headlight: the entire exterior lighting is switched off
- AUTO*t:he Coming home* function is turned on c::p>age 45
Fog lights* / rear fog light(s)
Press the correspond ing button c::>fig. 31 :
!0 - Front fog lights* (not pictured) . This button
replaces the button for all-weather lights 'i'liD.
When the fog lights are switched on, the !0 sym-
bol in t he button illuminates.
0$- Rear fog light(s) When the rear fog lights are switched on, the 0$symbo l in the button illumi-
nates.
All-weather lights*
apples to vehicles with LEDheadlights.
Press the corresponding button <,1gD<=fi>g. 31 on the light switch :
'i'!io - All-weather lights . The symbo l 'i'!io in the button lights up when all-weather lights are switched on .
In vehicles with all-weather lights, the front lights are adju sted automatically so that you are less likely to see glare from your own headlights, for example when driving on a wet road.
Headlight range control system
The headlight range adjusts automatically when there is a change in vehicle load and during braking and accelerating so that the headlights do not cause glare for oncoming traff ic.
Audi adaptive light*
The adaptive light only works when the light
switch is in the AUTOposition . Youcan deactiva t e
adaptive light in the MMI¢ page 45 .
..,.
43
Light and Vision
When switched on, adaptive light adjusts to curves depending on the vehicle speed and steer· ing wheel angle . This provides better lighting through the curve. The system operates in a speed range from approximately 6 mph (10 km/ h) to 68 mph (110 km/h).
Static cornering light* (vehicles with adaptive light)· the cornering light switches on automatically when the steering wheel is turned at acertain angle at speeds up to approximately 44 mph (70 km/h) and whe n the turn signal is activated at speeds up to approximately 25 mph (40 km/ h). The area to the side of the vehicle is illuminated better when tu rning.
Speed dependent light distribution* - The speed dependent light distribution adapts the light in towns and on highways or expressways. I nt ersections can also be ill um inated on vehicles with a navigat ion system*.
Highway light function*
(Vehicles with adaptive light or LED headlights) This function adapts the light ing for highway driving based on vehicle speed.
..&,WARNING
- Automatic headlights* are only int ended to assist the driver. They do not relieve the driver of his responsibility to check the headlights and to turn them on manually according to the current light and visibi lity condit ions. For example, fog cannot be de· tected by the light sensors. So always switch on the low beam under these weather con-
ditions and when driving in the dark io.
- Accidents could occur if you cannot see the road ahead of you well and if others on the road cannot see you . Always switch your headlightsonsothatyoucanseetheroad ahead of yo u and others can see your vehicle from behind.
- Please observe lega l regulations when using the lighting systems described .
(D Note
The rear fog lights shou ld only be turned on in accordance with traffic regulation, as the lights are bright for following traffic.
@ Tips
- The light sensor for the automatic headlights * is in the rearview mirror mount. Therefore, do not place any stickers in this area on the windshield.
- Some functions of the exterior lighting can
be adjusted c>page 45.
- If you turn off the ignition whi le the exterior lights are on and open the door, you will hear a warning tone.
- In some market-specific versions, the tail lights do not turn on when switching on the daytime running lights.
- In cool or damp weather, the inside of the headlights, turn signals and taillights can fog over due to the temperature difference between the inside and outside . They will clear shortly after switching them on. This does not affect the service life of the lighting .
- A message w ill appear in the instrument cluster if there is a malfunction in the light sensor c>page 24.
Emergency flasher
Fig. 32 Ins tr umen t panel : emergency flasher bu tton
The emergency flashers makes other dr ivers aware of your vehicle in dangerous situations . .. Press the ~ button to switch the emergency
flashers on or off.
44
Light and Vision
You can indicate a lane change or a turn when the emergency flashers are switched on by using the turn signal lever. The emergency flashers stop temporari ly.
The emergency flashers also work when the ignition is turned off.
@ Tips
You should switch the emergency flashers on if: - You are the last car in a traffic jam so that
all other vehicles approaching from behind can see you, or if - Your vehicle has broken down or you are having an emergency, or if - Your vehi cle is being to wed or if yo u are towing another vehicle.
Turn signal and high beam lever
The Leveroperates the turn signals, the high beams and the headlight flasher.
Fig. 33 Turn signal and high beam lever
Turn signals ¢i 9
The turn signals activate when you move the lever into a turn signal position when the ignition is switched on.
CD-Turn signal
@ - Turn sig nal
The turn signal blinks three times if you tap the lever (convenience tu rn signal) .
....,
N
High beams and headlight flasher ~D
0c>o Move the lever to the correspond ing position :
rl
I.O
"' @ - high beams on ""rl ''
@ - high beams off or headlight flasher
El The indicator light in the inst rument cluster
turns on.
_& WARNING
High beams can cause glare for other drivers, which increases the risk of an accident . For this reason, only use the high beams or the headlight flasher when they will not create glare for other drivers.
Adjusting the exterior lighting
The settings are adjusted in the MMI.
.. Select: the IMENU Ibutton > Car > Systems*
cont rol button > Vehicle settings > Exterior lighting.
Automatic headlights
You can adjust the following sett ings in the Automatic headlights menu:
Activation sensitivity - You can adjust if the headlights switch on Early, Medium or Late according to the sensitiv ity of the light sensor.
Audi adaptive light * - you can switch adaptive light On and Off .
Coming home, Leaving home*
The coming home function illuminates the area outside the vehicle when you turn the ignit ion off and open the driver's door. To turn the function on, select Lights when leaving car > On.
The leaving home illuminates the area outside the vehicle when you un lock the vehicle. To turn the function on, select Lights when unlocking car > On.
The coming home and leaving home functions on ly operate when it is dark and the light switch is in the AUTO position.
Daytime running lights*
USA models: the daytime running ligh ts can be
switched on or off using the MMI. Select On or
Off .
...
45
Light and Vision
Canada models: This funct ion cannot be switch ed off. They activate automatically each time the ignition is switched on. This menu item is shown with a "gray background".
Travel mode*
The headlig ht beam is asymme tr ical. This provides stronger illumination on the side of the road on which you are driving. In vehicles with Xenon headlights* wit h turning light* or LED headlights* , you must adjust the headlights when you are driving in a country whe re the traff ic direction is opposite from your own country . Othe rwise, oncoming traff ic will be blinded by t he glare from th e headlights . An adjustm ent is not needed in vehicles with Xenon headlights with out t urning lights.
To prevent glare:
- Travel mode must be activated in vehicles with Xenon headlig hts* and turning light* or LED
headlights*. Select: the IMENU Ibutton> Car >
Systems * cont rol button > Vehicle settings > Exterior lighting > Light for driving on left , for example.
After you have adjusted the headlights, the following message will appear:
II Headlight converter active for driving on
left. Range reduced!
(D Tips
When trave l mode is activated , a display in the driver information system indicates this each t ime you switch the ignition on.
Interior lighting
Front and rear inter ior lighting front
Fig. 34 Fro nt headl iner : In t erior lig htin g controls (example)
Fig. 35 Rear headli ner: LED reading l ights· (example)
Depend ing on equ ipme nt , th e interior light ing may differ from t he illustration.
El- Inter ior light ing on/off
[!I- Door contact switch. The interio r lighting is controlled automat ically. ~ * - Reading lights on/off
Interior lighting
There are ot her inter ior light ing functions th at are available. Some functions can be adjuste d in
the MMI.Select : t he IMENU Ibutton > Car > Sys-
tems* control button > Vehicle settings > Ambi·
ent light ing.
46
Light and V isio n
Instrument illumination
The brightness of the instrument cluster and the center console can be adjusted .
Fig. 36 Instrument illumination
Requirement: The light must be switched on.
.. Press the knob to release it. .. Turn the knob toward"-" or"+" to reduce or in-
crease the brightness. .. Press the knob again to return it to its original
posit ion .
@ Tips
The needles and gauges in the instrument cluster illuminate when the headlights are off and the ignition is switched one . The illumina· tion reduces automatically and eventually turns off as br ightness outside decreases. This function reminds the driver to turn the headlights on at the appropriate time .
Vision
Adjusting the exterior mirrors
g 0
>a,
(X)
....,
N
Fig. 37 Driver's door: knob fo r the exterior mir rors (exam-
0 c> o
ple)
rl
I.O
"' Turn the knob to the desired position: ""rl ''
0 - All adjustment functions are deactivated .
Q/P - Adjusting the left/rig ht exterior mirror. Move the knob in the desired direction.
C@· Heating* the m irror glass depending on the outside temperature.
8 · Folding exterior mirrors*.
Front passenger's ext erior mirror tilt functio n*
To help you see the curb when backing into a parking space, the surface of the mirror tilts slight ly. For this to happen, the knob must be in the position for the front passenger's outside mirror .
You can adjust the tilted mirror surface by turn· ing the knob in the desired direction . When you move out of reverse and into another gear, the new m irror position is stored and assigned to the key you are using.
The m irror goes back into its orig inal position once you drive forward faster than 9 mph (15 km/h) or turn the ignition off.
Folding mirrors in and out
To fold the mirrors in with the knob, turn the knob in the 8 position.
To fold the mirrors out, turn the knob in the q or
P or Oposit ion .
You can set in the MMI if the mirrors should fo ld
in when locking the vehicle or not q page 38.
When you lock the vehicle, the mirrors fold in. When you start the ignition, the mirrors fold out.
-A WARNING
,.
Curved m irror surfaces (convex) enlarge the
field of vision. However, they make objects in
the m irror appear smaller and further away.
Your may estimate incorrectly when you use
these m irrors to gauge your distance from the
vehicles behind you when changi ng lanes - ac·
cident risk!
@ Note
- For vehicles with power fo lding exter ior mir· rors*: if the mirror housing was moved by IJI,-
47
Lig h t a nd V is ion
outside forces (such as an impact when maneuvering), you must use the power folding funct ion to fold the mir ror all the way out. You will hear a loud noise when the mirrors are latched back in place. The mirror housing must not be moved back into place by hand because th is would impair the function of the mirror mechanism. -Applies to vehicles without power fold ing exterior mirrors: if the mirror housing was moved by outside forces (such as in impact during maneuve ring), you must move the mirror ho us ing ba ck into place by hand. - If you wash the veh icle in an automatic car wash, you m ust fold the exterior m irrors in to reduce the risk of damage to the mirrors . Never fold power folding exterior mirrors* by hand. Only fo ld them in and out using the power controls.
@ Tips
If the power adjustment fails, both mirrors can be adjusted by hand by pressing on the edge of the mirror surface.
Dimming the mirrors Your vehicle is equipped with a manual or automatic* dimming rearview mirror .
Fig. 38 Automatic dimm ing rearv iew mirro r·
Manual dimming rearview mirror · Pull the lever on the bottom of the mirror back. Autom atic dimm ing rearview mirror* · Press the @ button . The indicator light @ turns
on. The rearview and driver's exterior * mirrors dim automatically when light sh ines on them,
for examp le from headlights on a vehicle to the rear.
A WARNING
Electrolyte fluid can leak from automatic dim ming mirrors if the g lass is broken. Electrolyte flu id can irritate skin, eyes and airways . - Repeated or long-term exposure to electro-
lyte fluid can lead to irritation of the airways, especially in people with asthma or other resp iratory condit ions . Take deep breaths immed iate ly after leav ing the veh icle or, if this is not possib le, open all of the doors and windows as wide as possib le. - If electrolyte flu id ente rs the eyes, flush them thoroughly with a large amount of clean water for at least 15 minutes and then seek med ical attention . - If electroly te f luid comes into contac t with the skin, flush the affected area with clean water for at least 15 minutes and then clean with soap and water and seek medical attention. Clean affected clothing and shoes thoroughly before wearing aga in. - If the f luid was swa llowed and the person is consc ious, fl ush the mouth with water for at least 15 minutes. Do not induce vomiting unless th is is recommended by med ical professiona ls. Seek med ical attention immediately .
(D Note
If the glass on an automat ic dimming mirror breaks, electro lyte can leak out. This liquid damages plastic surfaces. Clean this liquid as q uickly as possib le with a wet sponge .
{D Tips
- If the light reaching the rearview mirror is obstructed, the automatic d imm ing mirror will not function correct ly,
- The automatic dimming m irrors do not dim when the interior lighting is turned on or the reverse gea r is selected .
48
Light and V isio n
Sun visors
C1o_.._. _
J
Fig. 39 Left side: sun visor
The sun visors can be moved out of their brackets and turned toward the doors @ . The sun shade can also be moved back and forth lengthwise in this posit ion. The mirror light switches on when the cover over the vanity mirror* @ opens.
Windshield wipers
Switching windshield wipers on
Fig. 40 W indshield wiper lever: Front wiper system operation
Requirement : ignition must be switched on.
Move the windshield wiper lever to the corresponding position:
@ - Front wipers off
@ - Interval mode. To increase/decrease the w ip-
er intervals, move the switch @ to the left/right .
I n vehicles with a light/ra in sensor*, the wipers
...., turn on when it is raining, when the vehicle is sta-
N tionary and the lever is tapped in the ® position,
0
c>o or once the vehicle speed exceeds approximately
rl
I.O
2 mph (4 km/h). The higher the sensitivity of the
"' ""rl ''
rain sensor is set (switch @ to the right), the ear-
lier the windshield wipers react to moisture on the windshield .
@ - Slow w iping
@ - Fast wip ing
@ - Single wipe If you hold the lever in this posi-
tion longer, the wipers switch from slow wiping to fast wiping.
® - Clean the windshield. To elim inate water droplets, the windsh ield wiper performs one afterwipe after several seconds in temperatures above 39 °F (4 °(). You can switch this function off by moving the lever to position ® w ith in 10 seconds after the afterwipe. The afterwipe funct ion is react ivated the next time you switch the ignition on.
Cleaning the headlights*. The headlight washer system* operates only when the low beam headlights are on . If you move the lever in position @ , t he headlights will be cleaned in fixed interva ls.
_& WARNING
- The rain sensor is only intended to assist the driver. The driver is still responsible for manually switch ing the w ipers on according to the visibility cond itions.
- The windshield may not be treated with water-repelling w indshield coat ing agents. Unfavorable conditions, such as wetness, darkness, low sun, can result in increased glare. W iper blade chatter is also possible.
- Properly function ing windsh ield wiper blades are required for a clear view and safe driving c::p>age 50, Replacing front windshield wiper blades .
(D Note
- In the case of frost, check whether the
w indshield wiper blades are fr ozen to the
w indshield. Switching on the w indshield
w ipers can damage the w iper blades!
- Prior to using a car wash, the windshield
w iper system must be switched off (lever in
posit ion 0). This prevents un intent ional
switching on and damage to the windsh ield
w iper system.
.,.
49
L ight and Vi s ion
- Do not use the wipers to remove ice from the windows. Using windshie ld wipers as ice scrapers destroys the wiper blades.
(D Tips
- The windshield wipers are switched off when the ignition is turned off. Activate the windsh ield wipers after the ignition is switched back on by moving the windsh ield wiper lever to any posit ion.
- Worn or dirty windshie ld wiper blades result in streaking. This can affect the rain sensor funct ion. Checkyour windshield wiper blades regularly .
- The washer fluid nozzles in the w indshield washer system are heated* at low temperatures when the ignit ion is on.
- When stopp ing temporarily, such as at a traffic light, the speed of the windsh ield wipers automatically reduces by one level.
- In vehicles with an MMI, you can switch the rain sensor or off in the Driver assistance menu.
Cleaning windshield wiper blades
Clean the wiper blades when you see wipe r st reaks. Usea soft cloth and a glass cleaner.
..,Place the w indshield wiper arms in the service position ¢ page 50 .
..,Fold the windshield wipe r arms away from the winds hield .
A WARNING Dirty windshie ld wiper blades can impai r vision, which increases the risk of an accident.
(D Note
If you see streaks again after cleaning t he w iper blades, the blades must be replaced ¢page SO.
Replacing front windshield wiper blades
Fig. 4 1 Removing windshield wiper blades
Wiper service posit ion/ blade repl acement position ..,To br ing the w ipers into the service position,
turn the ignition off and move the windsh ield w iper lever into position @ ¢ page 49, fig . 40. ..,To br ing the w ipers into the sta rting position , turn t he ignition on and move the w indshield wiper lever into position © ¢ page 49, fig. 40. Removing the wiper blade ...Fold the windshie ld w iper arm away from the w indshield.
..,Pressthe locking knob (D C?fig . 41 on the wiper
blade . Hold t he wipe r blade firmly. ...Remove the wiper blade in the direction of the
arrow . Installing the wipe r blade ..,Insert the new wiper blade into the mount on
the wiper arm @ unt il you hear it latch int o place. ...Place the wiper arm back on the windshield. ...Turn th e service position off .
A WARNING For safety reasons, the w indshie ld w iper blades should be replaced once or tw ice each year .
Q) Note
- The windshie ld w iper blades must only be folded away when in the service position! Otherw ise, you risk damag ing the paint on the hood or the windshield wiper motor .
so
- You should not drive your vehicle or press the windshie ld wiper lever when the wiper arms are folded away from the windshield. The windshield wipers would move back into their original position and could damage the hood and windshield .
- To prevent damage to the windshield washer system, a lways loosen wiper blades that have frozen to the windsh ield before turning the wipers on .
- To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not apply gasoline, petro leum, th inning agents or other solvents on the wiper blades or near t hem.
- To prevent damage to the wiper arms or othe r components, do not try to move the windsh ield wipers by hand.
@ Tips
- Commerc ial hot wax such as the types used by car washe s make it more difficult t o clean the windshie ld.
- You can also use the service pos ition, for example, if you want to p rotect the windshie ld from icing by us ing a cover.
- You cannot activate the service pos it ion whe n the hood is open.
Digital compass
Switching the compass on and off
Applies to vehicles: with digi tal compass
Light and V isio n
The dig ita l compass on ly works when the ignit ion is turned on . The directions a re indicated with abbreviations: N (nort h), NE (northeast), E (east), SE (southeast), S (south), SW (southwest), W (west), NW (northwest).
You must recalibrate t he compass if it does not display the correct direct ion ¢ page 52, Calibrating the compass.
(D Tips
To prevent inaccurate compass readings, do not br ing any remote controls, electrical devices or metallic objects near the mirror.
Adjusting the magnetic zone
Appl ies to vehicles: wit h digita l compass
The magnetic zone must be adjusted correctly for the compass to read accurately.
®
Fig. 4 2 Rearview mirro r: Digital compass act ivated
...., ...To turn the compass on or off, press the button
N
@ until the compass in the mirror appears or
0 c> o
disappears.
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Fig. 4 3 Nort h Ameri ca: magnet ic zone map
...Press and hold the button @ ¢ page 51, fig . 42 until the number of the mag netic zone appears in the rearview mirror .
...Press the butt on @ repeatedly to select the correct magnetic zone. The se lection mode tur ns off after a few seconds .
51
L ight and Vi s ion Calibrating the compass
Appl ies to vehicles: with di gital compass
You must recalibrate the compass if it does not display the correct direction . .,.Press and hold the button ® c:>page 51, fig. 42
until a C appears in the rearview mirror . .,.Drive in a circle at about 5 mph (10 km/h) until
a direct ion is displayed in the rearview m irror .
A WARNING - To avoid endanger ing yourself and othe r
dr ivers, calibrate the compass in an area where there is no traffic. - The dig ita l compass should only be used as
an orientation aid . If you want to check the
compass while driving, you must still pay at tention to traffic, the road, the weather and any other possible hazards.
52
Seats and storage
General information
Important information
A WARNING
Refer to the chapter Driving Safely c::p>age 130, Drivingsafety for important information, tips, suggestions and warnings that you should read and follow for your own safety and the safety of your passengers.
Why is your seat adjustment so important?
The safety belts and the airbag system con only provide maximum protection if the front seats ore correctly adjusted.
There are various ways of adjusting the front seats to provide safe and comfortable support for the driver and the front passenger. Adjust your seat properly so that:
- you can easily and quickly reach all the switches and controls in the instrument panel
- your body is properly supported thus reducing physical stress and fatigue
- the safety belts and airbag system can offer maximum protection c::>page 148.
In the following sections, you will see exactly how you can best adjust your seats.
There are special regulations and instructions for installing a child seat on the front passenger's seat . Always follow the information regarding child safety provided in c::>page 172, Childsafety.
A WARNING
Incorrect seating position of the driver and all
other passengers can result in serious person-
al injury.
- Always keep your feet on the floor when the
vehicle is in motion - never put your feet on
top of the instrument panel, out of the win-
M
N
0 c> o
......
dow or on top of the seat cushion. This applies especially to the passengers. If your
\!) 1.1'1
seating position is incorrect, you increase
1.1'1
1...1..'1..
Seats and storage
the risk of injury in the case of sudden braking or an accident. If the airbag inflates and the seating position is incorrect, this could result in personal injury or even death. - It is important for both the driver and front passenger to keep a distance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) between themselves and the steering wheel and/or instrument panel. If you're sitting any closer than this, the airbag system cannot protect you properly. In addition, the front seats and head restraints must be adjusted to your body height so that they can give you maximum protection. - Always try to keep as much distance as possible between yourself and the steering wheel or instrument panel. - Do not adjust the driver's or front passenger's seat while the vehicle is moving. Your seat may move unexpectedly, causing sudden loss of vehicle control and personal injury. If you adjust your seat while the vehicle is moving, you are out of position .
Driver's seat
The correct seat position is important for safe and relaxed driving.
We recommend that you adjust the driver's seat in the following manner:
.,.Adjust the seat in fore and aft direction so that you can easily push the pedals to the floor
A while keeping your knees slightly bent c::, in
Why is your seat adjustment so important? on page 53. .,.Adjust the backrest so that when you sit with your back against the backrest, you can still grasp the top of the steering wheel. .,.For adjustable head restraints: adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head . If that is not possible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to this position as possible c::p>age 56. Move the head restraint so that it is as close to the back of the head as possible. ..,.
53
S eats and s torag e
_& WARNING
Never place any objects in the driver's footwell. An object could get into the pedal area and interfere with pedal function. In case of sudden brak ing or an accident, you wou ld not be able to brake or acce lerate.
Front passenger's seat
Always move the front passenger seat into the rearmost position.
To avoid contact wit h the airbag while it is dep loying, do not sit any closer to the instrument panel than necessary and always wear the threepoi nt safety belt provided adj usted correctly . We recommend that you adjust the passe nger's sea t in t he fol low ing manner:
· Bring the backrest up to an (almost) upright pos ition . Do not ride with the seat reclined .
· For adjus table head restraints: adjust the head rest raint so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head . If that is not poss ible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to this position as possib le
c>page 56. Move the head restraint so that it
is as close to the back of the head as possib le. · Place your feet on the floor in front of the pas-
senger's seat.
Front seats
Manual seat adjustment
Applies to vehicles: with manually adjustable seats
~
0 > "m '
@ - Lengthening/shorten ing the upper t high
support*: lift the grip handle.
@ - Adjust ing the a ngle of the seat surface* .
Pull/p ress the lever.
© -Adjust ing the lumbar support*: press the
button in the des ired direction.
® -Moving t he seat up/down: pull/press the lev-
er.
® -Adjusting the backrest angle: turn the ad-
justing wheel.
_& WARNING
- Only adjust the fro nt seat with whe n the vehicle is stationary . Otherwise, th is increases t he risk of an accident
- Exercise caution when adjusting the seat he igh t . Adj usting the seat care lessly o r wit hout check ing ca n pinch hands and finge rs.
- The front seat back rests must not be t ilted too fa r ba ck when driving, beca use thi s impa irs the effec t iveness of the safety belts a nd air bag system, which incre ases t he risk of injury.
- To reduce t he risk of injury dur ing sudden braking or in a collision, the driver and front passenger should not have t heir backrests in the reclined posit io n while driving or riding . The safety be lts and airbag system can provide the greatest protection poss ible when the backrests are in the upright position and the safety belts are worn correctly . The mo re a backrest is reclined , the greater the risk of injury d ue t o an incorrec t seating posit ion an d safety belt pos ition.
Fig. 44 Front seat: manual seat adjustment
@ - Moving the seat fo rward/ba ck: Pull the lever
a nd move the seat.
54
Seats and storage
Power seat adjustment
Applies to vehicles: with power adjustable seats
Fig. 45 Front seat: power seat adjus tment
@ - Adjusting the lumbar support: press the but-
ton in the desired direction .
® - Moving the seat up/down: press the button
up/down. To adju st the front seat cushion, press the front button up/down . To adjust the rear seat cushion, press the rear button up/down.
@ - Moving the seat forward/back: press the but-
ton forward/back.
© -Adjusting the backrest angle: turn the ad-
justing wheel.
@ - Lengthening/shortening the upper thigh
support*: lift the grip hand le.
A WARNING
- Only adjust the front seat with when the vehicle is stationary . Otherwise, this increases the risk of an accident
- The power adjustment for the front seats also works with the ignition switched off or with the ignition key removed. For this reason, children should never be left unattended in the vehicle - they could be injured!
- Exercise caution when adjusting the seat
height. Unsupervised or careless seat ad-
justment can pinch fingers or hands causing
injuries.
- While the vehicle is moving, the seat backs
of the front seats must not be inclined too
....,
far to the rear because the effect iveness of
N
the safety belts and the airbag system is se-
0
c> o
verely compromised - there is a risk of in-
rl
I.O
jury.
"'
""rl ''
- To reduce the risk of injury during sudden braking or in a collision, the driver and front passenger should not have t heir backrests in the reclined position while driving or riding. The safety belts and airbag system can provide the greatest protection possible when the backrests are in the upright position and the safety belts are worn correctly. The more a backrest is reclined, the greater the risk of injury due to an incorrect seating position and safety belt position.
Front center armrest
Applies to vehicles: wit h front center armrest
The center armrest can be adjusted to several levels.
Fig. 46 Armrest between the driver's/front passenger's seats .
.,.T. o adjust the angle, raise the armrest ~fig. 46
notch by notch. .,.T. o bring the armrest back down, raise it out of
the top notch and fold it back down. Then lift the armrest to the desired position, if necessary. Please note t hat the driver's ability to move his or arm may be restricted when the armrest is folded down. Because of this, the armrest should not be folded down during city driving. The armrest can slide forward and back. There is a storage compartment under the armrest.
55
S eats and s torag e
Rear center armrest
Applies to vehicles: with rear center armrest
The storage compartment and cup holder are integrated in the armrest.
~~gIl
Fig. 47 Rear armrest
Folding the armre st down · Tilt the armrest a ll the way down. Opening the st orage comp artment · Lift the cover on the upper rim . For more information on the use of the cup hold-
ers, see c>page 58.
· To move the head restraint up or forward, slide it unti l it locks into place .
· To move the head restraint down or back, press
the side button -arrow- c>fig. 48 and s lide the
head restraint until it locks into place.
Refer to c>page 134, Proper adjustment of head restraints for guidelines on how to adjust the
height of the front head restraints to suit the occupant's body size.
A WARNING
- Driving without head restraints or head restraints that are not adjusted correctly dramat ica lly increases the risk of serious or fatal neck inju ries.
- Read and following the WARNINGSin
c>page 134, Proper adjustment of head restraints.
@ Tips
Head restraints that are adjusted correctly and safety belts are an extreme ly effect ive combination of safety equipment.
Head restraints
Front head restraints
Applies to vehicles: with adjustable head restraints
Rear head restraints
ro
-0
- 0>:g
-
' '
Fig. 48 Front seat : adjust ing the head restraint
Applies to vehicles with super sport seats* (no illustration): the head restraints are integrated in the backrest and cannot be adjusted.
Adjust the head restraints so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head. If that is not possible, try to adjust as close to this position as possib le. Push the head restra int as close as poss ible to the back of the head.
Fig. 49 Outer rear head rest raints: release point
If there are passengers in the rear seat, fold the
head restraints up on the occupied seats at least
to the next notch c>,& .
Adjusting the head restraints
· To move the head restraint up, ho ld it at the
sides with both hands and s lide it upward unt il
you feel it click into place.
.,.
56
Seats and storage
.. To move the head restraint down, press the button ® <:f:i>g . 49 and slide the head restraint downward.
Removing the head restraints
To remove the head restraints, the backrest must be folded forwa rd partia lly.
.. Remove the screwdrive r from the vehicle too l kit 9 page 241 .
.. Release the backres t <::p>age 60 . .. Press the but t on @ c:?fig . 49 and slide the head
restraint up as far as it can go <::_>A.
.. Place the screwdriver in position @ in the
opening, press the button ® and pu ll the head restraint out of the backrest at the same time t::>_& . .. Fold the backrest down unt il it latches securely
t::>.Ain Increasing the size of the luggage
compartment on page 60 .
Inst alling the head rest raint s
To install the head restraints, the backrest must be folded forward partially .
.. Release the backrest <::p>age 60 . .. Slide the posts on the head restra int down into
the gu ides until you feel the posts click into place. You should not be able to pull the head restraint out of the backrest . .,.Fold the backrest down unt il it latches secu rely
9 .Ain Increasing the size of the luggage
compartmen t on page 60.
A WARNING
-
- Only remove the rear seat head restraints
when necessary in order to install a chi ld
seat . Install the head restraint again imme-
diately once the chi ld seat is removed. Driv-
ing with the head restraints removed or
head restraints not in the highest position
increases the risk of ser ious injury .
- Read and fo llow ing the WARNINGS in
<::p>age 134.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Socket
Applies to vehicles: wit h socket
Electrical accessories can be connected in the 12 volt socket.
Fig. SO Center co nsole: front/ rear 12 volt socket·
Fig. 5 1 Luggage compa rtm ent side trim panel : 12 volt socket* (examp le)
.. Remove the plug from the center console socket <::f>ig. 50, or
.,.Open the cover on the luggage compartment socket* <::f>ig. 51.
.,.Insert the plug of the electrical dev ice into the socket .
The 12 volt socket can be used for electrical accessories . The power consumpt ion at the outlet must not exceed 120 watts.
A WARNING
The socket wo rks only with the igni t ion switc hed on. Inco rrect usage can lead to ser ious injur ies or burns . To red uce the risk of inj uries, never leave child ren unattended in the vehicle with the vehicle key.
@ Note
To preven t damage to t he s ocket, only use the
correct type of p lugs.
.,,.
57
S eats and s torag e - Never connect devices that generate e lectr ica l power such as solar panels or a battery charger to the 12 volt socket . They can damage the veh icle electrical system. - To prevent damage to the socket, only use the correct type of plugs.
@ Tips
The vehicle battery drains when accessories are turned on but the e ngine is off.
Storage
Beverage holders
Fig. 52 Center console : front cup holders
.. To close t he cup holders, push them back into the slot.
A WARNING
Spilled hot liquid can increase the risk of accidents and injuries. - Never drive with containers that contain hot
liqu id such as coffee or tea. The hot liquid could sp ill and cause burns during a collision, sudden braking or other vehicle movement. Spilled hot liquid can also increase the risk of accidents and injuries . - Only use soft containers in the cup ho lders. Hard cups and g lasses can increase the risk of injury during a collision. - Never use the cup holder or the adapte r as an ashtray - this is a fire haza rd.
(D Note
Make sure your beverage container has a lid. If not, your beverage could spill out and cause damage to the vehicle electron ic or stain the seat cove rs.
Glove compartment
Fig. 53 Sect ion of the rea r bench seat: rea r cup holders·
Front cup holder s
.. Place beverages in the holder ¢ fig. 52. There is space for two beverages. A larger plastic bottle can be placed in the door trim .
Rear* cup holders
.. To open the cup holders, tap on the rim @ ¢ fig . 53.
.. To place the beverage container in the cup holder, push the arm @ outward .
.. Then push the arm against the beverage con ta iner so that the arm lies closely against it .
Fig. 54 Glove compar tmen t
Opening / closing
.. To open t he glove compa rtmen t , pull the handle in the d irect ion of the a rrow.
.. To close the glove compartment, swing the lid upward unt il it clicks into place .
The glove compartment can be locked using the
vehicle key.
.,.
58
Seats and storage
_& WARNING
Always leave the lid on the glove compartment cover closed while driving to reduce the risk of injury.
Additional storage compartments
There are additional storage compartments, compartments and holders at other locations in the vehicle :
- In the upper part of the glove compartment. - In the center console under the center arm-
rest* . - On the back of the right front seat . The com-
partment* can hold a maximum weight of 2 lbs (1 kg).
- Garment hooks on the B-pillar ¢ & .
_& WARNING
- Do not place any objects on the instrument
panel. Objects that are not stored securely
can slide around in the vehicle while driving,
when accelerating or braking or when turn-
ing.
- Make sure that objects cannot fall out of the
center console storage compartment or oth-
er compartments and into the footwell
while driving. These objects could prevent
you from braking or accelerating during sud-
den braking maneuvers.
- Garments hung on the hooks must not ob-
struct the driver's view. The garment hooks
are only designed for light objects . Do not
hang any garments with hard, sharp or
heavy objects in the pockets on the garment
hooks . These objects could injure vehicle oc-
cupants during sudden brak ing or in a colli-
sion - especially if the airbags deploy.
- Always keep the glove compartment closed
while driving to reduce the risk of injury dur-
ing a collision or heavy brak ing.
- Read and following the WARNINGSin
....,
¢ page 168, Important safety instructions
N
on the side airbag system.
0 c> o
- Hang garments so that they do not obstruct
rl
I.O
the driver's view.
"'
""rl ''
- The garment hooks shou ld only be used for light articles of clothing . Do not leave any heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that could interfere with the side airbags unfolding and cause injuries in the event of a collision .
- Do not use coat hangers to hang garments, because this could reduce the effectiveness of the side curtain airbags.
- Do not hang any heavy objects on the garment hooks, because they could cause injury during heavy braking.
- Because of their load capacity, the hooks should only be used to secure objects that weigh a max imum of 10 lb (5 kg). Heavy objects will not be secured sufficiently, and this increases the risk of injury.
luggage compartment
Loading luggage compartment Luggage items must be stowed securely.
Fig. 55 Place heavy objects as far forward as poss ible.
Note the following to preserve the vehicle's good handling characteristics . .,.Distribute the load as evenly as possible. .,.Place heavy objects as far forward as possible
¢ fig. 55 .
.,.Secure luggage items with the cargo net* or with non-elastic retaining straps to the tie-
down rings* ¢ page 61.
WARNING
- Loose objects in the luggage compartment can slide about suddenly and alter the vehicle's handling characteristics.
59
S eats and s torag e
- Loose objects in the passenger compartment can fly forward during abrupt maneuvers or accidents and injure occupants.
- Always store objects in the luggage compartment and use suitable straps, particularly with heavy objects.
- When you transport heavy objects, a lways remember that a change in the center of gravity may result in a change in the veh icle's handling character istics.
- Follow all warnings Q page 130, Driving safety .
(D Tips
The tire pressure must be adjusted to the load - see the t ire pressure sticker located on the driver's side B-pillar.
General information
.&, WARNING
Refer t o the chapter Driving Safely Q page 130, Driving safety for important information, tips, suggestions and warnings that you sho uld read and fo llow for your own safety and the safety of your passengers.
Increasing the size of the luggage compartment The rear seat backrests can be folded forward either separately or together.
Fig. 56 Backrest: release lever (left side, example)
Folding the backrest forward .,.Push the corresponding head restraint down-
ward ¢ page 56.
.,.Press the release leve r @ in the direction of the arrow.
.,.Fold the backrest forward .
Folding th e backrest back into the upright position
.,.Fold the backrest down until it latches securely ¢ ,&..When you can no longer see the red mark on the pin @ , the seat is latched.
.&, WARNING
- The backrest must be latched securely to ensure that the safety belt is protecting the cent er seating position .
- The backrest must be securely latched so objects cannot slide forward out of the luggage compartment du ring sudde n brak ing .
- Always make sure the backrest is latched comp letely by pu lling forward on it .
- Make sure the safety belt is not caught in the doo r hinges or the seat fittings and damaged.
- Torn or frayed safety be lts can break, and be lt ancho rs can b reak du ring a collision . Check the safety be lts regularly. Safety belts wit h noticeable damage to t he webb ing, bindings, buckles o r ret ra ctors m ust be replaced.
(D Note
- If you move the front seat back when the
rear seat backrest is folded forward, you co uld damage the head res t raints on t he rear seat. If necessary, remove t he rear seat head restraint before moving the front seat back - Make su re the safety belt is not pinched in the back rest lock and damaged when the rear seat backrest if folded back. Other objects should be removed from the rear bench seat to protect the rear backrest from damage .
60
Seats and storage
Tie-downs and cargo net
The cargo net* prevents small objects from sliding.
jects will not be secured sufficiently, and this increases the risk of injury.
Storage hooks
Applies to vehicles: wit h bag hooks
Fig. 57 Luggage compartment: location of the t ie-downs
Fig. 58 Luggage compartment: cargo net· unhooked
.. Secu re the cargo to the tie-downs ¢ fig . 57 -arrows- .
.. To secure the cargo net, first hang the front hooks in the tie-downs then hang the rear hooks -arrows- ¢ fig. 58 .
.. Observe the safety notes c>page 136, Storing cargo correctly .
A WARNING Weak, damaged or faulty straps used to se-
cure obje cts to the t ie-downs ca n fa il du ring
he avy braking or a co llision and lead to seri-
ous injuries.
- Always use suitab le st raps a nd se cure ob-
jects t o the t ie-downs in the luggage com-
partment to preve nt objects from sh ifting
and sliding forward .
- Never sec ure a ch ild seat restrain t to a t ie-
....,
down .
N
0 c> o
rl
- Beca use of their load capacity, t he hooks sho uld on ly be used to secu re objects t hat
I.O
"'
weigh a maximum of 10 lb (5 kg). Heavy ob -
""rl ''
Fig. 59 Luggage compart men t: storage hooks
You can also use the hooks to hang light pu rses, bags, etc.
A WARNING
The hooks can ho ld a maximum weight of 6 lb (3 kg). Heavier objects are not adequately secured. There is risk of personal injury.
Reversible mat
Applies to vehicles: wit h cargo mat
The reversible mot protects the luggage compartment and bumper from dirt and scratches.
Fig . 60 Luggage compa rtment: revers ible mat with back· rest folded forward (examp le)
You can use the reve rsible mat with t he d irt-resistant side or the decorative side. After loading or unloading, fo ld up the revers ible mat and close the luggage compartment lid. Only store the reversib le mat if it is dry.
61
S eats and s torag e
Pass-through
App lies to vehicles: with pass-t hrough
0 N
i
(D
Fig. 6 1 Backrest : pass-through cover
.,.Fold the rear seat center armrest down . .,.Fold the pass-through cover down ¢ fig . 61 .
A WARNING
-
- Make sure that all objects t hat you are
transporting in the pass-th rough a re secu re.
They could slide around during sudden brak-
ing mane uvers and cause injuries.
- Sharp edges on objects that are loaded
must be covered for protection.
Roof rack
Description and mounting locations Additional cargo con be carried with a roof luggage rock.
Fig. 62 Roof rack attachment points
.,.Always read and follow the instructions prov ided by the roof rack manufacturer when installing the roof rack syst em.
If luggage or cargo is to be carried on the roof, you must observe the follow ing:
- Only use roof racks approved for your vehicle. These approved roof racks are the basis for a complete roof rack system. Additional attachments or carrier systems are needed to transport luggage and sports equipment. We recommend us ing roof racks from the Audi original accessories program.
- When installing the roof rack, make sure it is only mounted on the designated locat ions on the roof¢ fig. 62.
- We recommend that you keep the installation instructions for yo ur roof rack system together with your Owner's literature in the vehicle .
When should the roof rack be remo ved?
- Before going through an automat ic car wash (it is best to ask the car wash operator for advice).
- When not in use, to reduce fue l consumption, wind no ise and to guard against theft .
A WARNING
- Use of an unapproved roof rack or incorrect mounting of an approved roof rack can cause the roof rack or the items attached to it to fall off the roof onto the road.
- Objects falling from the roof of a vehicle can cause a crash and personal injury.
- Only mount the roof rack on the designated locat ions on the roof¢ fig . 62.
- The roof rack system must be installed exactly according to the instructions provided.
- When driving with a roof rack system, changes to the center of gravity and wind resistance ca n change the veh icle hand ling and lead to a collision. Always adapt you r driving and your speed to the current condit ions.
(D Note
- Your vehicle war ranty does not cover any damages to t he vehi cle caused by using roof racks or mounting structures not ap proved by Audi for yo ur vehicle. The same a pplies to damage resulting from incorrec t roof rack installation .
- Always che ck the roof rack mountings and hardware before each t rip and du ring a t rip to make sure everything is secure ly
62
tightened. If necessary, retighten the mountings and check the entire system from t ime to t ime. - After mounting a roof rack system, or when you transport objects on the roof of your vehicle, the height of the veh icle is naturally increased. Be careful when driving under low bridges or in parking garages for example. This could cause damage to the load and even the vehicle itself. - Make sure the open rear lid and the sunroof* do not come into contact with the roof rac k.
Loading the roof rack
Always distribute loads evenly . Make sure anything on the roof rack is securely tied down .
...Always distribute the loads on the roof rack evenly .
...Always attach items to the roof rack securely before you d rive off.
The maximum perm iss ible roof weight is 165 lb (75 kg). The roof weight is the total of the weight of the roof rack, the attachments and the cargo you a re ca rrying . You must also not exceed the maximum load weight fo r the roof rack you a re using.
When us ing a roof rack system wh ich has a lower load carrying capacity, you must not use up the tota l maxim um permissible load car rying capac ity specified above. Inste ad, you shou ld load t he roof rack system only to the maximum capacity specified by the manufact urer of the roof rack system .
A WARNING
-
Weak, damaged or improper straps used to
secure items to the roof rack can fa il during
hard brak ing or in a collision and cause seri-
ous personal injury.
- Make sure the roof rack is insta lled exactly
as spec ified above ¢ page 62.
M
N
- Always use suitable mounting straps for se-
0 c> o
curing items to the roof rack to help prevent
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
items from shift ing or f lying fo rward.
....,,..,,
,....,
S e at s and s tor a ge
- Items on the roof rac k must always be securely mounted.
- The use of a roof rack can negatively affect the way a vehicle handles. Cargo that is large, heavy, bulky, long or flat will have a greater negative influence on the vehicle's ae rodynamics, center of gravity and overall ha ndling. Always drive slowly, avoid sudden brak ing and maneuvers when transpor t ing cargo on the roof of your veh icle.
- Never exceed the maxim um permissible load carrying capacity of the roof of your vehicle, the permiss ible axle weights and the perm issib le tota l we igh t of your vehicle ¢ page 258, Weights .
@ For the sake of the environment
As a result of the increased wind resistance created by a roof ra ck, your vehicle is using fuel unnecessarily. So remove the roof rac k after using it.
63
Warm and cold
Warm and cold Climate control system
Description
Different systems could be installed .
- manual climate control system* or - automatic climate control system*
The climate control system* cools and removes humidity from the air in the vehic le interior. It is the most effective when the windows and panorama sunroof* are closed. If there is a build-up of heat inside the vehicle, ventilation can help to speed up the cooling process . For this reason, the windows and panorama sunroof can be opened
from the outs ide.~ page 41, Convenience opening/closing
Pollutant filter
The pollutan t filter removes pollutants such as dust and pollen from the air.
Key recognition
You can store various settings for the manua l and automatic climate control system* and assign them to the key being used .
A WARNING
Poor visibility can lead to accidents. - For safer driving, keep all w indows free of
ice, snow and fog. - Become familiar as quickly as possible with
the correct use and function of the climate control system, especially with the defrosting and defogging function . - When the temperature is below freezing, only use the windsh ield washer system after the windsh ield has been warmed by the cli -
mate contro l system. The washer f l uid could freeze on the w indshield and impair visibility.
(D Note
- If you suspect that the climate control system is damaged, switch the system off to prevent further damage and have it checked by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility .
- Repairs to the Audi climate control system require special technical knowledge and special tools. See an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili ty .
@ For the sake of the environment
Reducing the amount of fuel used also reduces the amount of pollutants that enter the air .
@ Tips
- To prevent interference with the heating and cooling output and to prevent the windows from fogg ing over, the air intake in front of the w indshield must be free of ice, snow or leaves.
- Condensation from the cooling system* can dr ip and form a pudd le of water under the vehicle . This is normal and does not mean there is a leak .
- The energy management system may switch the seat heating* or rear w indow defroster off temporarily. These systems are available again as soon as the energy balance has been restored.
- The f l ows through the vents under the rear window. Make sure the openings are not covered when placing clothing on the luggage compartment cover.
64
Climate control system controls
Applies to vehicles: with man ual climate control system
Warm and cold
Fig. 63 Manua l clima t e co ntro l system *: cont rols
The functions are contr olled using t hree dia ls and buttons . The LEDin a button will light up when the function is sw itched on.
The rear window defogger ~~ page 68 and the seat heating ~~ page 68 are described
sepa rately .
Manual climate control system*
For a comfortable temperature, we recommend:
- in warmer time s of the year, set the temperature so that it is only a few degrees below the outside temperature .
- set the blower at a moderate speed - don't direct the air flow d irectly on the passen-
gers
IA/Cl Switching the cooling mode* on and off
The cooling mode only functions with the blower turned on . The air is not coo led and humidity is not removed when cooling mode is switched off. This can cause fog on the windows. The cooling mode switches off automat ically when there are cold outside temperatures.
~ Adjusting the blower
...., To prevent the windows from fogging over, the
N 0
blower should a lways run at a low speed. When
c>o t he windows are fogged, we recommend using a
rl
I.O
"'
higher blower speed and t urning t he knob to~-
""rl ''
I· I · IAdjusting the temperature
The temperature can a adjusted in small increme nts with the dial.
Adjusting air distribution and air vents The air distribution is adjusted with the dials ~ .
~.~ and~ - The setting between IRa!nd ~ pro-
vides a comfo rt able atmosphere in most cases.
In the~ sett ing, the windshield and side windows are defrosted or cleared of condensation as quickly as poss ible. The recircu lation mode switches off, but can be activated again by press-
ing the l= Ibutton.
The round air vents in the cockpit are adjustab le
¢ page 68 .
To keep the windows from fogging in damp weather, we recommend opening the side air
vents and tilt ing them to the side ¢ page 68, Adjusting the air vents .
Foot vents are located under the front seats to heat the rear of the vehicle .
I-I Switching recirculation mode on and off
In recircu lation mode, the air inside the vehicle is circulated and filtered. This prevents the unfiltered air outside the vehicle from enter ing the .,..
65
W a rm a nd col d
vehicle interior . We recommend switching recir culation mode on when driving through a tunne l or when sitting in traffic ¢ .&.. Recircula t ion mode is sw itched off in the defrost setting ~ .
Automatic climate control system controls
Applies to vehicles: with automatic air conditioner
A WARNING
You shou ld not use the recirculation mode for an extended period s ince no fresh air is drawn in. With the air-conditioning* switched off, the windows can fog up, which increases the risk of an a cciden t .
Fig. 64 Aut oma t ic climat e control system : contro ls
The dial adju sts the temperature and the blower speed . Press the buttons to turn the functions on or off. The LEDin a button will light up when the function is switched on.
The rear w indow defogger ~¢ page 68 and
the seat heat ing Q]¢ page 68 are described
separately .
Automatic climate cont rol system
We recommend press ing t he IAUTOIbutton and
se tt ing the temperature to 72 ° F (22 °(). The au tomatic climate control system au t omatically maintains a temperature once it has been set . The temperature of the ai r from the vents, fan speed, and a ir distribution are also automatically adjusted. In all heating mode functions except defrost, the blower only sw itches to a higher speed once the engine coo lant has reached ace rtain t empe rat ure .
IA/ClSwitching the cooling mode on and off
The cooli ng sys t em is turned on a nd off with t he
IAJCIbut t on. The air is no t cooled and humid ity is
not removed when cooling mode is switched off. This can cause fog on the windows. The coo ling mode switches off automatically when there are cold outside temperatures.
IAUTOISwitching automatic mode on and off
The au t omatic mode is turned on using t he
IAUTOIbutton. AUTO mode switches off once a
button in the climate contro l system is pressed. Automat ic mode maintains a constant temperature inside the vehicle. Air temperature, a irflow and air distribut ion are contro lled automatically. When automatic mode is active, pressing the
IAUTObIutton briefly activates the "Eco" mode* 1>. In " Eco" mode*, a ll setti ngs are lowered
s ligh tly t o save fuel. Whe n in "Eco" mode *, Ecois .,..
ll This fun ction is not available in all cou nt ries.
66
Warm and cold
shown in the disp lay. To exit "Eco" mode*, press the !AUTO ! button again .
I· I · ISetting the temperature
The temperature can be adjus t ed individually for the dr iver and front passenger using the dia ls. Tempe ratures between 60 °F (+ 16 °C) and 84 °F (+28 °C) can be set. If outside of this range, LOor HIwill appear in the climate control system display. In both settings, the climate contro l runs with constantly at the maximum cooling or heating level. The temperature is not regulated.
Synchronization: by pressing the IA UTO I button for two seconds, the temperature setting for the driver is transferred to the front passenger's side. This applies a temperature change to the front passenger's side.
~ Adjusting the blower
To prevent the windows from fogging over, the blower sho uld a lways run at a low speed. You can adju st the volume of air generated by the blower to your preference. To have the blower regu lated
automatically,press the !AU TO Ibutton.
Adjusting the air distribution
The air distribution is adjusted with the ~ , U!i
and ~ buttons. To have the air d istr ibut ion regulated automatically, press the IAUTOI button.
The round air vents in the cockpit are adjustable ¢page 68 .
To keep the w indows from fogging in damp weather, we recommend opening the side air vents and ti lting them to the side ~ page 68, Adjusting the air vents .
Foot vents are located under the front seats and adjustable vents on the end of the center console to heat the rear of the vehicle .
~ Switching the defroster on and off
The winds hield and side windows are defrosted or cleared of condensation as quickly as possible . The maximum amount of air flows ma inly from
M
N the vents below the windshie ld. Recirculation
0
iii mode switches off. The temperat ure is contro lled
~ automatically. In the Ii] sett ing, the IA/C i cooling
Vl
V..l ....
mode switches on automatically, depending on the outside air temperat ure. The IAUTO ! button switches the defroster off.
l""I"Switching recirculation mode on and off
The recircu lation mode can be turned on manually or automatically* . - Switching manual recirculation mode on and
off : press 1.,,.T,1he LEDlight up when switched
on . - Automatic* recirculation mode: the auto recir-
culat ion must be act ivated in the MMI. Select:
the IMENU Ibutton > Car > Systems* control
button > AC > Auto recirculation. The air quali-
ty sensor that is designed for diese l and gasoline exhaust automatically switches the recirculation mode o n or off depending on the level of pollutants in the outside air. In recircu lation mode, the air inside the vehicle is circula t ed and filtered. This prevents the unfiltered air out side the vehicle from enter ing the vehicle interior. We recommend switching recirculation mode on when driving through a tunnel or when sitting in traffic~ & .
The 1-1button, !AUTO ! o r the [ii but ton switches
recirculation mode off. The system switches to recirculation mode whe n driving in reverse when the engine is cold.
_&.WARNING
You should not use the recirculation mode for an extended period s ince no fresh air is drawn in. With the air-conditioning switched off, the windows can fog up, which increases the risk of an acc ident.
67
W a rm a nd col d
Adjusting the air vents
Fig. 65 Cockpit: adjusting the air vents
®
Fig. 66 Applies only to Canada: Vent s: adjusting the airflow setting A) Diffused B) Direct
The fo llowing settings are possible .:;>fig. 65: - CDAir flow amount - @ Air flow d irection - @ (Applies only to Canada) airflow setting (dif-
fused or direct) To adjust the air flow amount , turn the ridged outer adjusting ring CD¢ fig. 65 . To stop the air flow, turn the adjusting ring all the way to the right . To adjust the air flow direction, t urn the air vent grill insert @ . ((Applies only to Canada) To adjus t the air flow setting s, pull or press the midd le adjustment ring @ ¢ fig . 65: - Diffused air f low (indirec t @ ) : press the m iddle
adjustment ring in lightly ¢ fig . 66 . - Direct air flow (stra ight @ ): pPull the center
adjus t ment ring ou t light ly¢ fig. 66 .
Rear window defogger
The LED in the button tu rns on when t he funct ion is sw itched on:
- ~ Manual climate contro l system ¢ page 65, fig . 63
- ~ utomatic climate control system ¢ page 66 , fig . 64 .
If the rear window defogger is activated when the ignit ion is switched on, the battery management determines based on the battery charge if it is possible to turn on . Otherw ise, the rear window defogge r funct ions with the eng ine runni ng and swit ches off automat ica lly afte r approximately 10 - 20 minut es, depending on the out s ide temperature .
To p revent the rear window defogger from switc hing off automatically, press and hold t he ~ or ~ button fo r more than two seconds. Th is rema ins stored up to approximately 15 minutes after turning off the ignition .
Seat heating
Applies to vehicles: with seat heati ng
The seat heat ing has three leve ls. The LEDin the button indicates the selected heat level.
Manua l climate control system ¢ page 65, fig. 63 and automatic climate control system ¢ page 66, fig. 64.
.. To swit ch the seat heat ing on, press the ~ button once.
.. To switch to a lowe r leve l, press the ~ button aga in.
.. To switch the seat heat ing off, press the~ button repeatedly unti l the LEDturns off.
The seat heating switches automatically from setting 3 to setting 2 after 10 minutes .
When seat heating should not be switched on
Do not turn the seat heating on under t he fo llowing circumstances:
- The seat is unoccupied . - The se at is covered wit h a seat cover. - The seat is covered with a child seat.
68
- The seat is damp or wet.
~ WARNING
Individuals with reduced sensitivity to pain or temperature could develop burns when using the seat heating function. To reduce the risk of injury, these individuals should not use seat heating.
(D Note
To avoid damage to the heating elements in the seats, do not kneel on the seats or place heavy loads on a small area of the seat.
(D Tips
- The setting for the seat heating on the driver's side is assigned to the key that is in use.
- If the front passenger's seat heating is turned on, it will not turn on again automatically if more than 10 minutes have passed between switching the ignition off and switching it on again.
Auxiliary heater
Appl ies to vehicles: with diesel eng ine
In cool outside temperatures, the electric auxiliary heater helps the vehicle interior to warm more quickly. The auxiliary heater switches on and off automatically according to the vehicle heating settings. The "auxiliary heater " function can be switched on and off in the MMI. Select: the ! MENUI button > Car > Systems* control button > AC > Auxiliary heater.
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\,!.) ,., ,,..,,..,,
,....,
Warm and cold 69
Dr iv ing
Driving
General information
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and afterwards
The new engine needs to be run-in during the first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) .
For the first 600 miles ( 1,000 kilometers) :
.. Do not use full throttle. .. Do not drive at engine speeds that are more
than 2/3 of the maximum permitted RPM. .. Avoid high engine speeds.
From 600 to 1,000 mile s ( 1,000 to 1,500 kilometers):
.. Speeds can gradually be increased to the maxi-
mum perm issible road or eng ine speed .
During and after break-in period
.. Do not rev the engine up to high speeds when it is cold. This applies whether the transmission is in N (Neutral) or in gear.
Afte r the break-in period
.. Do not exceed maximum engine speed under any circumstances.
.. Upshift into the next higher gear before reach-
ing the red area at the end of the tachometer
scale opage 10.
During the first few hours of driving, the engine's internal friction is higher than later when all the moving parts have been broken in. How well this break-in process is done depends to a considerable extent on the way the vehicle is driven dur ing the first 1,000 miles (1,500 kilometers).
0 Note
Extremely high engine speeds are automatically reduced. However, these rpm limits are programmed for an engine well run-in, not a new engine.
@ For the sake of the environment
Do not dr ive with unnecessarily high engine speeds - upshifting early saves fuel, reduces noise and protects the environment.
· Driving through water on roads
Note the following to avoid veh icle damage when driving th rough water, for example on flooded roads:
- The water must not be any higher than the bottom of the vehicle body.
- Do not dr ive faster than walk ing speed .
A WARNING
After driv ing through water or mud, the braking effect can be reduced due to moisture on the brake discs and brake pads. A few careful brake applications sho uld dry off the brakes.
(D Note
Vehicle components such as the eng ine, transmission, suspension or electrical system can be severely damaged by dr iving through water .
(D Tips
- Determine the depth before driv ing through water.
- Do not stop the vehicle, drive in reverse or switch the engine off when driv ing th rough water .
- Keep in mind that oncoming veh icles may create waves that raise the water level and make it too deep for your vehicle to drive through safely.
- Avoid driving t hrough salt wate r (corrosion).
Economical and environ-
mentally-friendly
driving
General
Your personal style of driving will determine the economy of your vehicle, as well as exhaust and noise levels.
Fuel economy, environmental impact, and wear on your engine, brakes and tires largely depend on three factors :
- your personal driving style - operating conditions - technical limitations
70
Dri v ing
If you anticipate w hat you need to do next and drive economically, you can easily cut your fue l consumption by 10-15 percent. This section will give you some tips on how you can help the environment and your pocketbook.
The consumpt ion estimates as published by ENVIRONMENTALPROTECTIONAGENCY(EPA) and Transport Canada may not correspond to your actual consumption on the road, which w ill vary depend ing upon vehicle load and speed, road and weather conditions, trip length, etc.
Drive smoothly and keep a lookout ahead
Vehicles use the most fuel when they are accelerating.
.. Avoid unnecessary accelerating and braking.
Vehicles use the most fuel when they are accelerating. If you anticipate what is going to happen next, you will need to brake less and, thus, accelerate less. Let the vehicle coast whenever possible - for example when you see that the next traffic light is red.
Avoid full throttle
Driving at moderate speeds saves fuel and improves your mileage .
.. Try and keep well below your car's maximum speed .
Accelerating gently reduces fuel consumpt ion, engine wear, and does not disturb the environment .
Fuel consumption, exhaust emissions and engine noise increase disproportionately at high speeds. If you drive at approx imately t hree quarters of top speed, fuel consumpt ion w ill be reduced by one half . Never dr ive faste r than the posted speed limit and weather conditions perm it.
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
Reducing unnecessary idling
Even when your car isjust idling it burns up fuel .
.. Shut the engine off when you are not driving the vehicle .
.. Do not warm up the vehicle by lett ing the engine run at idle.
It is efficient to switch off the engine when stopped at rail road crossings and long red lights. Turning the engine off for just 30-40 seconds saves more fuel than is bur ned by starti ng the engine again.
It takes a long t ime for the engine to warm up fully when it is ru nni ng at idle. However, wear and noxious emissions are especially hig h when t he engine is warming up. So you should drive away as soon as you sta rt the engine and avoid run ning at high rpms w hile t he engine is still warmi ng up .
@ Note
Do not leave engine idl ing unat tended afte r
sta rtin g. If warning lig hts should come on to
indicat e imprope r operat ion, they would go unheeded. Extended idling also produces heat, which could result in overheat ing or other damage to the vehicle or other property.
Regular maintenance
A badly tuned engine unnecessarily wastes a lot of fuel.
.. Haveyour vehicle serviced at regular int ervals.
By having your vehicle regu larly serviced by an Audi dealer hel ps to ensure that it ru ns properly and economically. The condi t ion of your vehicle not only affects its saf ety and ability to hold it s val ue, it also affects fuel consumption.
Check your oil each time you fill your tank.
The amou nt of oi l used is related to engine load and speed.
It is normal for the oil consumption of a new en-
gine to reach its lowest value after a certai n mile-
age has been dr iven.
...,
71
Driving
You must drive your vehicle about 3,000 miles (5,000 kilometers) before you can properly assess oil consumption.
This also applies to fuel consumption and engine output.
@ Note
- Have your vehicle maintained properly and in accordance with the service recommendations in your Warranty & Maintenance book let. Lack of proper maintenance as well as improper use of the vehicle will impair the function of the emission control system and could lead to damage.
- Do not alter or remove any component of the Emission Control System unless approved by the manufacturer.
- Do not alter or remove any device, such as heat shields, switches, ignition wires, valves, which are designed to protect your vehicle's Emission Control System and other important veh icle components.
Fewer short trips
Fuel consumption will always be relatively high on short trips.
.,.Try to avoid driving short distances with a cold engine.
The eng ine and catalytic converter have to reach their optimal operating temperature to reduce fuel consumption and noxious emissions effectively .
Just after starting, a cold engine in a mid-size car only a chieves a fuel economy of 6-8 miles per gallon (30-40 l/100 km). After about a half a
mile, fuel economy climbs to 12 mpg (20 l/
100 km) . After about 2.5 miles (4 km), the engine is at its proper operating temperature and fuel economy has reached a normal level. So you can see that you should avoid short trips whenever possible.
The outside temperature is also critical in this regard. Your car consumes more fuel in the winter than in the summer.
Steering
Adjusting the steering wheel position
The steering wheel position is fully adjustable up and down and forward and back.
Fig. 67 Ste ering column : steer ing column adjus tm ent lever
.,.Tilt the lever ¢ fig. 67 downward ¢ .&, . .,.Bring the steering wheel into the desired posi-
tion. .,.Push the lever against the steering column un-
til it latches .
A WARNING
-
Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjust-
ment and an incorrect seating position can
cause serious injuries.
- Only adjust the steering column when the
vehicle is stationary so that you do not lose
control of the vehicle.
-Adjust the driver's seat or steer ing wheel so
that there is at least 10 inches (25 cm) dis-
tance between your chest and the steering
wheel ¢ page 131, fig. 113. If you do not
maintain this distance, the airbag system
will not be able to provide its full protection
¢page 131, fig. 113.
- If your physical characteristics prevent you
from sitting at least 10 inches (25 cm) or
more away from the steering wheel, see if
your authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Service Facility can provide adapters
that will help .
- If your face is level with the steering wheel,
the airbag does not provide as much protec-
tion during a collision . Always make sure
that the steering wheel is level with your
chest .
72
Dr ivi n g
- Always hold the steering wheel with your hands in the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi tions to reduce the risk of injury if the airbag deploys .
- Never hold the steer ing wheel in the 12 o'clock position or with both hands on the rim or the center of the steering wheel. Holding the stee ring wheel incorrectly significantly increases the risk of injury to the hands, arms and head if the airbag deploys.
Starting and stopping the engine (vehicles with an ignition lock)
Starting the engine with the key
Applies to vehicles: with mechanica l ignition lock
The ignition is switched on and the engine started with the key in the ignition .
Fig. 68 Ignit ion key posit ions
Stee ring lock
If the steering wheel wil l not turn, the steering lock is engaged.
To engage the steering wheel lock : the selector lever must be in the P position.
.,.To engage the steering w heel lock, turn the
whee l until it locks whe n the ignition key is re-
moved.
.,.To release the steering wheel lock, insert the
key in the ignition lock and turn the key in the
-direction of the arrow-while turning the steer -
...., ing wheel.
N
~ Swit ching the ignition on / off or prew arming
co
rl
I.O
.,.To sw itch t he ignition on, t urn t he ignition key
"' ""rl ''
to position @ .
.,.To switch the ignition off, turn the ignition key to posit ion @ .
m. Diesel vehicles are preheated while the ignition is
swit ched on
Starting the engine
Your vehicle is equipped with launch control. As soon as you have turned the ign ition key to position @ , the engine will start automatically.
.,. Press the brake pedal and move the selector lever to the P or N position .
.,.Turn the key br iefly to position @ . The ign ition key automatically retu rns to position @ . Do not press the a cce le rator pedal when doing t his.
Major electrical equipment switches off temporarily when start ing the engine .
It is possible that there will be a slight delay
when starting the eng ine in diesel vehicles in colder temperatures . Therefore, you must hold the brake pedal down unti l the engine starts . The indicator light turns on wh ile the engine is pre-
hea t ing lJ .
The prewarming time depends on the coolant temperature and outside temperatu re. The glow
IJ plug indicato r light will only turn on for ap-
proximate ly 1 second when the eng ine is warm or the outside tempe rature is higher than 8 °C. That
means you can start the engine immediately .
If t he engine does not st art immediately, stop the start ing procedure by turning t he ignition key to position @ and repeat after 30 seconds.
Automatic start malfunction
IJ If the (m (gasoline engine) or (diesel engine)
indicato r light turns on and the message Engine start system malfunction . Please contact Service appea rs, there is an a utomatic sta rt malfunc t ion .
To start the engine, hold the ignit io n key in positio n @ unt il the engine runs.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
Audi Se rvice Facility immed iately to have the
malfunction corrected.
..,.
73
Driving
& WARNING
- Never allow the engine to run in confined spaces, because this increases the risk of asphyxiation.
- Never remove the ignition key from the ignition look while the vehicle is moving . Other wise the steering lock will engage and you will not be able to steer the vehicle.
- Please note that the brake booster and power steering only work when the engine is running . When the engine off, you must use more force to steer or brake the vehicle. Because the usual steering and braking capability is not available, the risk of accidents or injuries increases.
- Always take the vehicle key with you when leaving the vehicle, even for a short period of time. This applies particularly when children remain in the vehicle. Otherwise the children could start the engine or operate electrical equipment such as power windows.
CT'.N) ote
- Avoid high engine speed, full throttle, and heavy engine load as long as the engine has not reached operating temperature yet . You could damage the engine .
- The engine cannot be started by pushing or towing .
@ For the sake of the environment
Do not let the engine run while parked to warm up. Begin driving immediately. This reduces unnecessary emissions.
(D Tips
- If it is difficult to turn the key to position
(D, turn the steering wheel back and forth
slightly to release the steering wheel lock. - After starting a cold engine, there may be a
brief period of increased noise because the oil pressure must first build up in the hydraulic valve adjusters . This is normal and not a cause for concern. - If the battery is disconnected and reconnected, you have to hold the ignition key in
74
position (D for five seconds for the engine
to start. - After switching the ignition off, you can only
remove the key when the selector lever is in the "P" (Park) position. After that, the selector lever is locked.
Stopping the engine with the key
Appli es to vehicles : with mechanical igni tio n lock
Stopping the engine
.. Bring the vehicle to a full stop . .. Turn the key to posit ion @ .
Releasing the steering lock
Requirement: The selector lever must be in the P position.
.,.Remove the ignition key in position @
q page 75, fig. 69 q ,&..
.. Turn the steering wheel until you hear the steering wheel lock.
The locked steering helps prevent vehicle theft.
A WARNING
-
- Never turn off the engine before the vehicle
has come to a complete stop. The full func-
tion of the brake booster and the power
steering is not guaranteed. You must use
more force to turn or brake if. Becauseyou
cannot steer and brake as you usually
would, this could lead to accidents and seri-
ous injuries.
- Never remove the ignition key from the igni-
tion look while the vehicle is moving . Other-
wise, the steering lock could suddenly en-
gage and you would not be able to steer the
vehicle.
- Please note that the brake booster and pow-
er steering only work when the engine is
running. When the engine off, you must use
more force to steer or brake the vehicle. Be-
cause the usual steering and braking capa-
bility is not available, the risk of accidents or
injuries increases.
- Always take the vehicle key with you when
leaving the vehicle, even for a short period
of time . This applies particularly when
children remain in the vehicle. Otherwise the children could start the engine or operate electrical equipment such as power windows . - For safety reasons, always park the vehicle with the selector lever in the P position. Otherwise, there is the risk that the vehicle could roll. - After the engine has been switched off, the radiator fan can continue to run for up to 10 minutes - even with the ignition switched off. It can also switch on again after some time if the coolant temperature rises as a result of heat bu ildup or if the eng ine compartment is heated by sunlight and the engine is hot.
(D Note
- If the engine has been under heavy load for an extended period of time, heat builds up in the engine compartment after the engine is switched off - there is a risk of damaging the engine . For this reason, let the engine run for at idle for approximately two minutes before shutting it off.
Starting and stopping the engine (vehicles with a convenience key)
Engine with the button
Starting
Appl ies to vehicles : wit h convenience key
The ISTART ENGINE STOP I button switches the ignition on and starts the engine.
....,
N
0 c> o
Fig. 69 Center conso le: START ENGINE STOPbutto n (wit h
:0 conveni ence key)
"""...'''...
Driving
You can start your car without using your conven ience key. You must simply be carrying the key with you .
Switching the ignition on/off or prewarming
If thP ,Y,innd icator light blinks and the message
Please move stee ring wheel appears when switching the ignition on, the steer ing is locked by the steering lock. In this case, turn the steering wheel slightly to the left/right .
.,.To switch the ign ition on/off , press the !START ENGINE ST OP I button. Do not press the bra ke pedal whi le doing this.
m. Diesel vehicles are preheated while the ignition is
switched on
Starting the engine
Your vehicle is equipped with launch control. The engine starts automatically when you press the
ISTAR T ENGINE ST OP Ibutton brief ly.
.,.Press the brake pedal and move the selector lever to the P or N position .
.,.Press the I STAR T ENGINE ST OP ! button briefly . The engine will start .
Major electrical equipment switches off tempora rily when start ing the engine.
It is possible that there will be a slight delay when starting the engine in diesel vehicles in colder temperatures . Therefore, you must hold the brake pedal down until the engine starts . The
m. indicator light turns on while the engine is pre-
heating
The prewarming time depends on the coolant temperature and outside temperature . The glow
El plug indicator light will only turn on for ap-
proximate ly 1 second when the eng ine is warm or the outside temperature is higher than 8 °C. That
means you can start the engine immediately .
If the engine does not start immediately, stop
the start ing procedure by pushing the
I STAR T ENGINE ST OP Ibutton again and repeat
after 30 seconds.
.,.
75
Dr iv ing
Autom ati c st art malfun cti on
lll3 II If the (gasoline engine) o r (diese l eng ine)
indicator light turns on when you start the en gine, there is an automatic start ma lfunction.
To start the engine, press and ho ld the
ISTART ENGINE STOP ! button un t il the engine
runs .
Drive to an autho rized Aud i dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the mal funct ion corrected.
_& WARNING
-
- Never allow the engine to run in confined
spaces - danger of asphyxiation.
- Always take the vehicle key with you when
leaving the vehicle, even for a short period
of time . This applies partic ularly when chil-
dren remain in the vehicle. Otherw ise the
children could start the engine or operate
electrical equ ipment such as power win-
dows.
- Please note that the brake booster and pow-
er steering only work when the engine is
running . When the eng ine off, you must use
more force to steer or brake the ve hicle. Be-
cause the usual stee ring and bra king capa-
bility is not availab le, the risk of accidents or
injur ies increases.
(D Note
- Avoid high eng ine speed, full thrott le, and heavy engine load as long as the eng ine has not reached operating temperature yet. You could damage the engine.
- The engi ne cannot be sta rted by pushing or tow ing.
@ For the sake of the environment
Do not let the engine run while par ked to warm up. Begin d riving immed iately. This reduces unnecessary emissions.
(D Tips
- After starting a cold engine, there may be a br ief per iod of increased noise because the oil pressure must first bui ld up in the hydraulic valve adjusters. This is normal and not a cause for concern .
- If the . indicator light blinks in the instrument cluster before switching the ignition off, the ignition will not switch on again. ¢page 126
- If you leave your vehicle w ith the ignition switched on, the ign ition w ill switch off after a certain amou nt of time . Make sure that elect rical equipment such as the exterio r lights a re switched off.
Turning the engine off using the button
Applies to vehicles: with convenience key
... Bring the vehicle to a full stop. ...Move the se lector lever into the P posit ion.
...Press the ISTAR T ENGINE S TOP ! button
¢page 75, fig . 69.
Steering lock1l
The steering locks when you turn the engine off
using the ISTAR T ENGINE STOP !* button, move
the selector lever into the P pos ition and open the driver's door.
The locked steering he lps prevent vehicle theft.
Emergency off
If it is absolutely necessa ry, the engine can also be turned off while driving at speeds lower t han 6 mph (10 km/h). To switch the eng ine off, press
the ISTART ENGINE STOP ! button twice in a row
briefly or press and hold for longer than two seconds.
_& WARNING
- Never turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop. The full function of the brake booster and the powe r steer ing is not guaranteed. You must use
l ) This fun ct ion is not avail abl e in all count ri es.
76
more force to turn or brake if necessary. Because you cannot steer and brake as you usually would, this could lead to crashes and serious injuries. - Please note that the brake booster and power steering only work when the engine is running. When the engine off, you must use more force to steer or brake the veh icle. Because the usual steering and braking capability is not avai lable, the risk of accidents or injuries increases. - Always take t he vehi cle key with you when leaving the vehicle, even for a short period of time. This applies partic ularly when children remain in the vehicle . Otherwise the children could start the engine or operate electrical equipment such as power windows. - For safety reasons, always park the vehicle with the selector lever in the P position. Otherw ise, there is the risk that the veh icle could roll. - After the engine has been switched off, the radiator fan can continue to run for up to 10 minutes - even with the ignition switched off. It can also switch on again after some t ime if the coolant temperature rises as the result of heat bu ildup or if the eng ine compartment is heated by the sun's rays and the engine is hot .
(D Note
If the eng ine has been under heavy load for an extended per iod of t ime, heat bu ilds up in the eng ine comp a rtment after the engine is sw itched off - there is a risk of damaging the engine. For this reason, let the engine run for at idle for approximate ly two minutes before shutting it off.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Dr ivi n g
Starting the engine if there is a malfunction
Applies to vehicles: with convenience key
It may not be possible to start the engine under certain circumstances, for example if the battery in the vehicle key is drained, if interference is affected the key or if there is a system malfunction.
Fig. 70 Steering colum n/ remote control key: start ing t he engine if there is a malfunction
As long as the message y>l)Key not recognized . See owne rs manual appears, you can start your vehicle using the emergency start function .
"' Press the brake pedal c:::.>&.in Engine with the
button START ENGINE STOP Starting on page 76. "' Press the ~Is=T~A~R~T~E~N~G~IN~E~Isb=uTt~toOn~P.~ "' Hold the master key in the location indicated as shown in the illustration y>>)c:::f>ig. 70. The engine will start . "' If the engine does not automat ically start,
press the I START ENGINE STOP Ibutton aga in.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Serv ice Facility immed iately to have the malfunction corrected.
@ Tips
You can display the message that appears during an emergency by pressing the
ISTART ENGINE STOP !* button.
Driver messages
Turn off ignition befor e leaving car. Batt ery is di scharging
77
Dr iv ing
This message appea rs and a warn ing tone sounds if you open the driver's door when the ignit ion is sw itched on. Switch the ign ition off so that the battery will not discharge.
Pressing st art/s top button again will swit ch off engine!
This message appears whe n you press the
ISTART ENGINE STOP !* button while driv ing
q page 76, Emergency off .
Engine start syste m malfunc t ion. Please contact Service
The engine automatic start system has a malfunction . Drive to a n author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Serv ice Facility immediately to have t he m a lfunction correc t ed . To star t the en -
I I g ine, press and hold the STAR T ENGINE ST OP
button.
DJKey not recogniz e d. See owner 's manual
This message appears if there is no convenience key inside the ve hicle or if the system does not recogn ize the key. The convenience key may not be recogn ized, for example , if it is covered by an object that disrupts the s ignal (such as a briefcase), or if the key battery is weak . Electronic de vices such as cell phones can also interfere w ith the signa l.
To st ill be able to start or stop the eng ine, refer to "Correcting a ma lfunction" q page 77.
Ill Key not in vehicle? Ill The indicator light turns on and this message
appears if the convenience key was removed from the vehicle whe n the eng ine was runn ing. If the convenience key is no longer in the vehicle , you cannot switch the ig nition on or start the eng ine once you stop it . In add it io n, you ca nnot lock the vehicle from the outside.
Press brake pedal
This message appears if you do not press the brake peda l when starting the engine .
Please engage N or P
This message appea rs when starting or st opping the engine if the selector leve r is not in the Nor P position. The engine will not start/stop.
Shift to P, otherwi se vehicle can roll away. Doors do not lock if lever is not in P
This message appears for safety reasons a long with a warning tone. It appears if the selec t or lever for the a utomat ic transm iss ion is not in the P position when switching the ignition off with
I the START ENGINE STOP I* button . Shift these-
lector lever to the P pos ition . Otherw ise, the vehicle could roll. You also cannot lock the vehicle using the locking sensor o n the doo r hand le or using the conven ience key.
Electromechanical parking brake
Operating
The electromechanical parking brake replaces the hand brake.
Fig. 71 Cente r consol e : pa rking brake
.. Pull the sw itch @ ¢ fig. 71 to set the pa rking
bra ke. The - (USAmodels)/ . (Canada
mode ls) indica t or ligh t s in the button and in
the inst rument cluste r display turn on .
.. To release the pa rking brake, press the brake or
I. accelerator pedal wh ile the ignition is sw itched
on and press the button @ at the same time.
The - (USAmodels)
(Canada models)
ind icator lights in the button and in the display
turn off.
Your vehicle is equipped with an e lectromechanical park ing brake. The parking brake is designed to prevent the vehicle from ro lling un intent ional ly and replaces the hand brake .
In add ition to the normal functions of a tradition-
al hand brake, the electromechanical parking
..,_
78
brake provides var ious convenience and safety functions.
When starting from rest
- The integral hill start assist helps you when driving by automatically releasing the parking brake ¢ page 80, Starting from a stop.
- When starting on inclines, the hill start assist prevents the vehicle from unintentionally roll ing back. The braking force of the parking brake is not released until sufficient driving forc e has bee n built up at the wh eels.
Emergency brake function
An emergency braking functions ensures that the vehicle can be slowed down even if the normal brakes fail ¢ page 80, Emergency braking function.
A WARNING
- Do not press the accelerator pedal inadvertently if the vehicle is stationary but the engine is running and a gear is selected . Otherwise the vehicle will start to move immedi ately and could result in a crash.
- If the power supply fails, the released park-
ing brake can no longer engage. In this case, park the vehicle on level ground and secure it by placing the selector lever in the P position. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
(D Note
1111 If the . or
(USAmodels)/ . (Canada
models) indicator light in the instrument clus-
ter blinks , there is a malfunction in the brake
system. Refer to the detailed description of
the indicator lights ¢ page 17.
- If the - (USAmodels)/ . (Cana-
Ill da models) or indicator light turns on,
there is a malfunction in the parking brake
¢ page 18.
(D Tips
M
N
- If the parking brake is set while the ignition
0
c> o
is switched off, thP l<@in)dicator light in the
,....,
\!)
button and in the instrument cluster dis-
1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
play - (USAmodels) / . (Canada mod-
Driving
els) will turn off after a certain amount of time. - If driver's door is opened while the ignition is switched on, the parking brake sets automatically. This prevents unintended rolling of the vehicle. - Occasional noises when the parking brake is applied and released are normal and are not a cause for concern. - When the vehicle is parked, the parking brake goes through a self-test cycle at regular intervals. Any noises associated with this are normal. - If there is a power failure, the parking brake will not set if it is released, and it will not release if it is set¢ & . See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance .
Parking
.. Press the brake pedal to stop the vehicle. .. Pull the switch @ ¢ page 78, fig . 71 to set the
parking brake. .. Place the selector lever in the P position. .. Turn th e engine off ¢ ,& . .. Turn the steering wheel when pa rking on in-
clines so that t he wheels will roll into the curb if the vehicle starts moving .
-A WARNING - Always take the vehicle key with you when leaving the vehicle, even for a short period of time. This applies particularly when children remain in the vehicle. Otherwise the children could start the engine , release the parking brake or operate electrical equipment (e.g. power windows). There is the risk of an accident. - When the vehicle is locked, no one - particularly not children should remain in the vehicle. Locked doors make it more difficult for emergency workers to get into the vehicle, which puts lives at risk.
79
Dr iv ing
Starting from a stop
The start assist function ensures that the parking brake is released automatically upon starting.
Stopp ing and applying parking brake
.,.Pull the switch @ q page 78, fig. 71 to set the
parking brake.
Starting and automatically releasing the parking brake
Requirement: The driver 's door must be closed.
.,.When you press the accelerato r pedal, the parking brake is automatically released and your vehicle begins to move.
When stopp ing at a traffic signa l or stopp ing in city traffic, the parking brake can be applied . The vehicle does not have to be held with the brake pedal. The parking brake eli minates the tendency to creep when a selector lever position is engaged. As soon as you press the accelerator pedal, the park ing brake releases automatically and the vehicle starts to move.
Starting on slopes
When starting on inclines, the hill start assist prevents the vehicle from unintentionally rolling back. The braking force of the parking brake is not released unt il sufficient driving force has been built up at the whee ls.
(0 Tips
For safety reasons, the park ing brake only releases automat ically when the driver's door is closed .
Emergency braking function
In the event that the conventional brake system fails or locks.
.,.To brake your vehicle in an emergency, pull the
@ switch q page 78, fig. 71 and hold it pulled.
.,.As soon as you release the @ switch or accelerate, the braking process stops.
Pulling and holding the @ switch while driving at a speed of about 2 mph (3 km/h) or higher ini-
tiates the emergency braking f unction . The vehicle is braked at all four whee ls by activating the hydraulic brake system . The brake performance is
similar to heavy braking. q &
To help prevent activating the emergency braking by mistake, an audib le wa rning tone (buzzer) sounds when the @ switch is pull ed. Emergency braking stops as soon as the @ switch is released or the accelerator pedal is pressed.
A WARNING
Emergency braking should only be used in an emergency, when the norma l brake pedal has failed or the brake pedal is obstructed. During emergen cy braking, your vehicle will brake similar to heavy braking. ESCand the associated components (ABS, ASR, EDL) cannot overcome the laws of physics. In corners and when road or weathe r cond itions are bad, a fu ll brake applicat ion can cause the vehicle to skid or the rear end to break away, which increases the risk of an accident.
Hill hold
Applies to vehicles: wit h Hill Hold
Hill hold makes it easier to start on hills.
Requirement: The driver door must be closed and the engine must be running.
The system is activa t ed when the brake pedal is pressed whi le the vehicle is statio nary.
To prevent the vehicle from roll ing back when start ing, the brake power is held fo r a brief moment afte r releasing the brake pedal. During this time, you can easily begin to move your vehicle.
A WARNING
- The inte lligent technology of Hill Hold cannot overcome the limitations imposed by natura l physical laws. The increased comfort offered by Hill Hold shou ld not cause you to take safety risks.
- Hill Hold cannot hold the vehicle in all hill start sit uat ions (for example, if the ground is sli ppery or icy).
80
- If you do not begin moving immediately after releasing the brake pedal, the vehicle could begin to roll backward under certain circumstances . Press the brake pedal or set the parking brake immediately .
- If the engine "stalls", press t he brake pedal or set the parking brake immediately.
- Starting on inclines in stop-and-go traffic: To help prevent the vehicle from rolling back when starting, press and hold the brake pedal for several seconds when the vehicle is stationary .
(D Tips
You can find out if your vehicle is equipped with Hill Hold by checking at an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
Driving
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
81
Automatic tran s mi ss ion
Automatic transmission S tronic
Introduction
Applies to veh icles: with S tro nic transmiss ion
Your vehicle is equ ipped w ith an electronicallycontro lled DSGtransmission ca lled S tronic. Two independent clutches t ransfer the power between the eng ine and t ransmission. It a llows the vehicle to accelerate without a noticeable inter ruption in tract ion . The transmission upshifts or downsh ifts au tomatica lly. The driv ing style contin uously influences the se lection of the driving program . When a moderat e driving style is used, the transmiss ion se lects the mos t econom ica l driving mode. The t ransmission upsh ifts at a lower RPM and downshifts at a higher RPM to improve fuel efficiency . The transmission swit ches to a sporty mode after a kick-down or when the driver uses a sporty driving st yle characterized by quick accelerator pedal movements, heavy acceleration, frequent changes in speed and t raveling at the maximum speed. If desired, the drive r can a lso se lect the gears
manually (tiptronic mode) ¢ page 87, Shift ing manually (tiptronic mode) .
Selector lever positions
Applies to veh icles: with S tro nic transmiss ion
-~
0 >
a, ID
Fig. 72 In st rum ent clus ter : Selecto r lever pos itions
The inst rument cluste r display shows the current selector lever position and current gear.
P - Park
The wheels a re mechanically locked in t his pos ition . You can on ly shift into Par k when the vehi cle
is stationary ¢ .&.
To shift in a nd ou t of t he P se lec t or lever posit ion, press the interlock button in the selec t or lever
while pressing the brake pedal.
R - Reverse
Only sh ift into reve rse gear when the vehicle is
stationary and the engine is run ning at id le
speed¢ .&..
To select the R selector lever position, press the
interlock button while pressing the brake pedal.
The back-up lights switc h on in the R posit ion if the ign it io n is switched on.
N - Neutral
The transm ission is in idle in this pos ition .
D/ S - Normal posit ion fo r driving forward
In the D/S se lector lever position , the transm ission can be operated either in the norma l D mode or in the S sport mode. To se lect the S sport mode, pull t he selector lever back br iefly . Pulling the lever back aga in will select the normal D mode . The instrument cluster display shows the selected driving mode .
In the normal mode D, the transmission automatically selects the suitable gear ratio. It depends on engine load, vehicle speed and d riving style .
Se lect the sport mode S for sporty dr iving . The vehicle makes fu ll use of the engine 's power. Shifting is may become not iceable when accele rat ing .
To move from se lec t or lever position N to D, you must press the brake pedal and the ve hicle must be traveling less than 1 mph (2 km/h) or be stationa ry¢ .&..
&, WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS. - The vehicle can roll even if the ignition is
sw itched off.
82
- Never select R or P while driving, because this increases the risk of an accident.
- Power is stil l transmitted to the whee ls when the engine is running at idle. To prevent the vehicle from "creeping", you must keep your foot on the brake in all selector lever positions (except P) when the engine is running . Otherwise, this increases the risk of an accident.
- Do not inadvertently press the accelerator peda l when the veh icle is stopped if a gear is engaged . Otherwise the vehicle will start to move immediately, even if the pa rking brake is set . This could res ult in a crash.
- Do not press the accelerator pedal when changing the selector lever pos ition while the vehicle is stationary and the engine is running.
- Never leave your vehicle with the eng ine running whi le in gear . If you must leave your vehicle when the engine is running, set the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P position.
- Before opening the hood and working on a running engine, select the P position with the se lector lever and activate the parking brake. Always read and fo llow the applicable warnings ¢ page 198, Working in the engine compartment.
(D Note
Never let the veh icle roll downhill with engine off and the selector lever in the N pos ition, because this could damage the automatic transmiss ion and catalyt ic converte r.
(D Tips
- Audi drive select: Sporty shifting character-
istics can be selected us ing the Dynamic
driving mode.Sw ill appear in the instru-
ment clust er disp lay inst ead of D.
- If you accidentally select N while driv ing,
take your foot off the acce le rator pedal im-
....,
mediately and wa it for the engine to slow
N 0
down to idle before select ing Dor S.
c>o - If there is a power failure, the se lector lever
rl
I.O
"'
will not move out of the P posit ion. The
""rl ''
Au t om at ic t r a n s m iss io n
emergency release can be used if this hap pens ¢page 89.
Selector lever lock
Applies to veh icles: with S t ronic tra nsmission
The selector lever lock prevents you from selecting o gear occidentally, causing the vehicle to roll.
·
m
0
0 >
~
Fig. 73 Selecto r lever lock
To release the selector lever lock:
.,.Switch on the ignition. .,.Press the brake pedal while pressing the inter-
lock button.
Automat ic s hift loc k (ASL) The selector lever is locked in the P and N positions when the ignition is switched on. You must press the brake peda l to select another position . You must also press the interlock button if you are moving from the P pos ition . The fol low ing message appears in the d isplay when the selector lever is in the P or N posit ion to remind the dr iver:
When stationar y apply footbrake while selecting gear
The automatic sh ift lock only functions when the vehicle is stat ionary or at speeds below 1 mph (2 km/h). At higher speeds, the lock is automatically deactivated in the N pos ition .
The selector lever is not locked when shift ing quickly through N, for example from R to D. This makes it poss ible to free the vehicle when it is stuck by "rock ing" it . The selector lever lock engages if the leve r stays in the N pos ition longer liJ,,
83
Automatic tran s mission
than approximately 2 seconds when the brake pedal is not pressed.
Interlock button
The interlock butto n in the selector lever handle p revents you from moving the selector lever inadvertently while in some selector lever posi t ions . The positions that require the interlock button to be pressed are marked in color in the illustration c::>fig. 73.
Ignition key safety interlock*
You can only remove the key from the ignition after sw itching the ign ition off if the selector lever is in the P position. The selector lever will be locked in the P posit ion as long as the key is not in the ignition .
A WARNING
Read and following all WARNINGS. c::>& in Se-
lector lever positions on page 82.
@ Tips
- If the selector lever does not engage, there is a malfunction. The engine is disabled to prevent the vehicle from driving off unintentionally. Press the brake pedal br iefly to allow the selector lever lock to engage again.
- If the vehicle does not move forward or in reverse even though a drive position is selected, proceed as follows:
- >If the vehicle does not move in the desired direct ion, the system may not have engaged the drive pos ition correctly. Press the brake pedal and select the drive posit ion again.
- >If the veh icle still does not move in the desired direct ion, there is a system malfunction. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for ass istance to have the system checked.
Driving tips
Applies to vehicles: with S tronic transmissio n
The transmission shifts up and down automatically when in the driving gears .
Fig. 74 Sec tion of t he center conso le: se le ctor lever with interloc k button
The engine will only be able start when the selector lever is in the P or N positions . At low temper atures (be low 14 °F (-10 °C)), the engine can only be started when the selector lever is in the P position.
Starting from a stop
"' Press and hold the brake pedal. "' Press and hold the interlock button in the selec-
tor lever hand le, select the desired selector lever position such as D c::p>age 82 and release the lock button. "' Wait a moment until the transmission sh ifts . You will notice a slight movement when the gear engages . "' Release the brake peda l and press the accelera-
tor pedal c::,>&..
Stopping temporarily
"' Keep the veh icle stationary using the braking pedal, for example at traff ic lights .
"' Do not press the accelerator peda l when doing this.
"' To prevent the vehicle from rolling when you start driving, set the parking brake when stop-
ping on steep incl ines c::>,&..
"' The parking brake will release automat ically and the vehicle will start moving once you press the acce lerator pedal. Requ irement: The door must be closed.
84
St opping/ parking
If the selector lever is not in the P position when
you open the driver's door, the vehicle could roll. In vehicles with a convenience key*, the message: Shift to P, otherwise vehicle can roll away. Doors do not lock if lever is not in P appears . You will also hear a warning tone.
A - ~ Press and hold the brake pedal c:>
~ Set the parking brake. ~ Select the P selector lever position.
Stopping on an incline
~ Always press the brake pedal to hold the vehicle in place and prevent it from "rolling back"
A - c:> Do not try to prevent the vehicle from
"rolling back" when a gear is engaged by increasing the engine speed c:>@ .
Starting on an incline in ve hicles without Hill Hold *
~ Set the parking brake. ~ With the driving gear selected, press the accel-
erator pedal carefully. The parking brake releas-
es automatically. Requirement: Thedoor must
be closed.
St arting on an incline in vehicles with Hill Hol d *
~ With the driving gear selected, remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the accelerator pedal c:>page 80, Hill hold.
Under certain circumstances, (such as driving in the mountains or towing a tra iler), it may be useful to switch temporarily to the manual shift program in order to adjust the gears to the driving conditions by hand~ page 87.
When parking on a level surface, simply place the selector lever in the P position. On inclines, activate the parking brake first and then move the selecto r lever to the P position ~ page 78. This prevents the locking mechanism from being loaded too heavily and wi ll make it easier to move the selector lever out of the P posit ion.
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,., ....,,..,,
,....,
Aut o matic t ransm iss io n
A WARNING
- The vehicle can roll even when the engine is switched off.
- Unintended vehicle movement can lead to serious injuries.
- Never leave your vehicle with the engine running while in gear. If you must leave your vehicle when the engine is running, set the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P position.
- Power is still transferred to the wheels when the eng ine is running at idle. To prevent the veh icle from "creeping", you must keep your foot on the brake when the engine is running and the selector lever is in the D, Sor R position or "tiptronic" mode is selected .
- Do not inadvertently press the accelerat or pedal when the vehicle is stationa ry. Otherwise the vehicle will start to move immediately, even if the parking brake is set. This could result in a crash.
- Do not press the accelerator pedal when changing the selector lever position while the vehicle is stationary and the engine is running.
- Never engage the R or Pselector level posi-
tions while dr iving. It could cause a crash.
- Before driving down a steep slope, reduce your speed and shift into a lower gear with "t iptronic".
- Do not ride the brakes or press the brake pedal too often or too long when driving down a hill. Constant braking causes the brakes to overheat and substantially reduces braking performance, increases braking distance or causes comp lete failure of the brake system.
- If you must stop on an incline, always hold the vehicle in place with the foot brake or parking brake to prevent it from rolling back.
- Never hold the vehicle on an incline with a slipping clut ch. The clutch opens aut omatically when it becomes too hot from the
mJ overload . The indicator light turns on
and a message appears c:>page 88 when the clutch is overloaded .
85
Automatic transmission
- If the engine must run while you are working in the engine compartment with the hood open, make sure a gear is not engaged . The selector lever must be firmly in the P position and locked in place and the parking brake must be set ¢ page 198. Otherwise, the vehicle could begin moving when the engine speed is high, even with the parking brake set.
0 Note
- When stopping on an incline, do not try to hold the vehicle in place by pressing the accelerator pedal while a driving gear is selected. This can cause the automatic transmission to overheat and can damage it. Activate the parking brake or press the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling.
- Allowing the vehicle to roll when the engine is stopped and the selector lever is in the N position will damage the automatic transmission because it is not lubricated under those circumstances.
- Thetransmission canoverheat and be damaged under certain driving and traffic conditions such as frequent starts, creeping for a long time, or stop-and-go traffic . When the
5] or . indicator light turns on, stop the
vehicle at the next opportunity and let the transmission cool ¢ page 88. - Allowing the vehicle to roll when the engine is stopped will damage the S tronic transmission because it is not lubricated ¢ page 2 54, Towing with a tow truck.
(D Tips
For safety reasons, the parking brake only releases automatically when the driver's door is closed.
Hill descent control
Applies to vehicles: with S tron ic transm ission
The hill descent control system assists the driving when driving down declines.
Hill descent control is activated when the selector lever is in the Dor S position and you press
the brake pedal. The transmission automatically selects a gear that is suitable for the incline. Hill descent control tries to maintain the speed achieved at the time of braking, within physical and technical limitations. If may still be necessary t o adjust the speed with the brakes. Because hill de scent control cannot shift down farther than 3rd gear, it may be necessary to shift into tiptronic mode in very steep areas . In this case, shift into 1st or 2nd gear in tiptronic mode to use the engine's braking force to relieve the brakes.
Hill descent control switches off once the decline levels out or you press the accelerator pedal.
On vehicles with a cruise control system* ¢ page 94, hill descent control is also activated when the speed is set .
&_ WARNING
Hill descent control cannot overcome physical limitations, so it may not be able to maintain a constant speed under all conditions. Always be ready to apply the brakes.
86
Shifting manually (tiptronic mode)
Applies to vehicles: with 5 tronic tra nsmission/ shift paddles
The tiptronic allow the driver to shift the gears manually.
Fig. 75 Center c_onsole: manual shifting wi th the select or lever
Fig. 76 Steering wheel: manual shifting with t he shift paddl es*
Shifting with the selector lever
You can shift into tiptronic mode while stationary and while driving .
· To shift into t iptron ic mode, push the selector lever from the D/S setting to the right in the tiptron ic shift gate. Once the transmission has switched modes, the selecto r lever position M is shown in the instrument cluster display r:::p>age 82, fig. 72 . For example M4 , means the fourth gear is engaged.
· To shift up a gear, tap the selector lever for-
ward 0 r:::>fig . 75.
· To shift down a gear, tap the selector lever to
back 0 -
Shifting with the shift paddles* ....,
N 0
You can operate the shift paddles in the D/S or M
c>o (tiptronic shift gate) selector lever positions.
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Automatic transmission
· To shift up one gear, tap the shift padd le 0
r:::>fig. 76.
0 - · To shift down one gear, tap the shift paddle
If the shift padd les are tapped while in the D/S selector lever position, automatic mode switches off briefly. To switch from manually shifting back to automatic shifting immediately, tap the shift
paddle 0 ¢ fig. 76 for 1 second.
To keep shifting using the shift paddles, move the selector lever to the right out of the D/S position into the t iptron ic shift gate.
The transmission automatically shifts up or down before critical engine speed is reached.
The transmission only allows manual shifting whe n the eng ine speed is w ithin the permitted range.
(0 Tips
- If you shift to the next lowest gear, the transmission will only shift if the eng ine will not be over-revved.
- With kick-down, the transmission shifts to a lower gear, depending on veh icle speed and engine speed.
- tiptronic does not work if the transmission is running in emergency mode .
Kick-down
Applies to vehicles: wit h S t ronic transm ission
Kick-down enables maximum acceleration .
When you press the accelerator pedal down beyond the resistance point , the automatic transmission downsh ifts into a lower gear, depending on veh icle speed and engine RPM. It shifts up into the next higher gear once the maxim um specified eng ine RPM is reached.
A WARNING
~
-
Please note that the whee ls cou ld spin on
slick or slippery roads when kick-down is ac-
tive .
87
Automatic transmission
Launch Control-Program
App lies t o vehicles: with launch cont rol
The Launch Control Program enables maximum acceleration .
Requirement: The engine must be at operating temperature and t he steering wheel must not be turned.
.,.With the engine running, press the !~OFFI button briefly one time l) .
.,.Pull the selector lever back out of the O/S position briefly to select the S position, or press it toward the right into the tiptronic position or select the Dynamic driving mode in drive se-
lect* ~page 112.
.,.Press the brake pedal firmly with your left foot and hold it all the way down for at least 1 second.
.,.At the same time, press the gas pedal all the way down with your right foot until the engine reaches and stays at a high RPM level.
.,.Remove your left foot from the brake.
_.&W. ARNING
- Always adapt your driving to the traffic flow. - Only use Launch Control when road and traf-
fic conditions allow it and other drivers will not be endangered or impacted by your driving and the vehicle's acceleration. - Please note that the drive wheels can spin and the vehicle can break away when sport mode is switched on, especially when the road is slippery. - Once the vehicle has started moving, press the l.1'3OFF ! button briefly to turn the sport mode off.
(D Tips
- The transmission temperature may increase significantly after using the launch control program. If that happens, the program may
not be available for a few minutes. It will be available again after a cool-down period. - When accelerating using the launch control program, all vehicle parts are subject to heavy loads. This can lead to increased wear.
Emergency mode
Appli es to vehicles : wi th S t ronic t ransmi ssion
In the event of a system malfunction, there is an emergency program .
If all of the selector lever positions are highlighted with a light background in the instrument cluster display, there is a system malfunction and the S tronic transmission is running in the emergency program. The vehicle can still be driven in emergency mode, but only with reduced speed and not in all gears. In some cases, the vehicle
cannot drive in reverse .
(D Note
If the transmission runs in emergency mode, drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
Transmission malfunction
· Transmission malfunction! Please stop the vehicle and select P
There is a malfunction in the transmission. Park the vehicle securely and do not continue driving. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance .
· Transmission overheating! Please stop the vehicle!
The transmission is too hot and can become damaged. Stop and let the transmission cool with the engine running (at idle) in the P selector lever position. Then the indicator light and the message turn off, drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have.,.
1l I n vehicles w ith a d river infor matio n system, an ESClight in t he instrument clust er st ays on continuo usly and t he message Stabilization control (ESC): sport. Warning! Re· stricted stability appears tempo rarily.
88
Automatic transmission
the malfunction corrected. If the indicator light and the driver message do not turn off, do not continue dr iving. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance .
rmTransmission malfunction: you can continue
driving
Drive to an authorized Aud i dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
rmTransmission malfunction: no reverse gear
(you can continue driving)
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to have the malfunction cor rected.
rmTransmission malfunction: You can continue
driving in D until engine off
Drive the vehicle away from moving traffic and park. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
rmTransmission overheating! Please adapt
driving style
Continue driving moderate ly. When the indicator light turns off, you can continue driving normally.
rmTransmission: Please press brake pedal and
select gear again
If the transmission malfunctions because the
temperature is too high, a message appears when the transmission is coo led.
Selector lever emergency re lease
Applies to vehicles: with S tronic transm iss ion
If the vehicle's power supply foils, the selector lever can be released in an emergency.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""'' Fig. 77 Selector lever: removing the cover
rl
Fig. 78 Selector lever: using the emergency release to move out of the Park position
The emergency release mechanism is located in the right area under the selector lever shift gate. Using the emergency release can be complicated. We recommend contacting your authorized Audi dealer for assistance, if necessary.
The screwdriver from the vehicle too l kit located in the luggage compartment is needed to for the emergency release c>page 241. Use the flat side of the reversible screwdriver blade .
Removing the selector lever cover
A .. Set the parking brake «Elcl > to secure your
vehicle from rolling. .. Insert the flat side of the screwdriver s ideways
in the slot near the shift cover and pry the shift cover up ¢ fig . 77 . .. Pull up the corners of the sh ift cover carefully with your hands and fo ld it over the shifter knob ¢ fig . 78.
Selector lever emergency release
.. Press and hold the yellow release button with the screwdriver ¢ fig. 78 .
.. Press the release button in the selector lever ® and move the lever into the N pos it ion.
.. Clip the sh ift cover back into the shift gate after using the emergency release.
If the vehicle must be pushed or towed due to a power failure (for example, the battery is dead), the selector lever must first be moved to the N position using the emergency release mecha nism .
89
Automatic tran s mi ss ion
A WARNING
Only move the se lector lever out of the P position when the parking brake is set . If that does not work, secure the vehicle with the brake pedal. Otherw ise, the vehicle could start to move uni ntentionally when the sele cto r lever is moved out of the P pos ition.
90
Trailer mode
Trailer mode
Driving with a trailer
General information
Your Audi was designed primarily for passenger transportation .
If you plan to tow a tra iler, please remember that the additiona l load will affect d urability, economy and performance .
Trailer towing not on ly places more stress on the vehicle, it a lso calls for more concentrat ion from the dr iver .
For this reason, a lways fo llow the operating and d riving instructions provided and use common sense.
Technical requirements
Trailer hitch
Use a weight-carrying hitch conforming to the gross trailer we ight. The hitch must be suitable for your vehicle and trai ler and must be mounted securely on the veh icle 's chassis at a technically sound location . Use on ly a tra iler hitc h with a removable ba ll mou nt. Always chec k w ith t he t ra ile r hitch ma nufactur er t o make sure that you a re using the correc t hitch.
Do not use a bumper hitch.
The hitc h must be installed in such a way that it does not interfere wit h the impact -absorbi ng bumper system. No mod ificat ions should be mad e to the vehicle exhaust and brake systems . From time to t ime, chec k t hat a ll hitch mou nti ng bo lt s remain sec urely fastened .
When you are no t tow ing a trailer, remove the trai ler hitch ball mount . This prevents the hitc h from caus ing damage should you r vehicle be st ruck from beh ind ~ ,&..
Trailer brakes
M If your tra iler is equipped w it h a braking system,
N
0 c> o
,....,
check to be s ure that it conforms to all regu lations.
\.!.) ,.,
....,,..,,
,....,
The trailer hyd raulic brake system must not be di rect ly connected to the vehicle's hydraulic brake system .
Safety chains Always use safe ty chains be tween your ve hicle and the tra ile r.
Trailer lights Tra ile r lights must meet all regulations. Be sure to check w it h your Audi dea le r fo r corr ect wiring, switc hes and relays.
Mirrors If you a re unable to see the traffic behind you us-
ing the regular outs ide mirrors, then you must insta ll extended mirrors . It is importa nt t hat you always have clea r vision to the rea r.
_&.WARNING
Afte r removing the t railer hit ch, do not store it in your vehicle. In case of sudden brak ing, the hitch could fly fo rward and inju re you or your passengers.
Operating instructions
Maximum traile r weight A trai le r fo r you r vehicle is limited to a typi cal class 1 or class 2 trai le r.
Trailer load distribution Be sure t he load in th e t raile r is held secure ly in pla ce to prevent it from shift ing forward, backward or sideways . Never allow a passengerto ride in a trailer ~ .&.
in Driving instructions on page 92.
Engine cooling system Towing a trailer makes the engine work harder . It is important tha t the cooling system 's pe rformance is up to the additional load. Make sure that the coo ling system has enoug h flu id.
Tire pressure When towing a trailer, inflate the tires of your vehicle to the cold tire pressure listed under "Full lilJJ..
91
Trailer mode
load" on the label located on the driver's side Bpillar (visible when the door is open). Inflate trailer tires to trailer and tire manufacturers' specifications.
Lights
Check to make sure both vehicle and trailer lights are working properly.
Safety chains
Be sure tra iler safety cha ins are properly connected from the trailer to the hitch on the vehicle. Leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners. When you install safety chains, make sure they will not drag on the road when you are driving .
The chains shou ld cross under the trai ler tongue to prevent it from dropping in case of separation from the hitch .
Driving instructions
Driving with a trailer always requires extra care and consideration .
To obta in the best poss ible handling of vehicle and trailer, please note the following:
.,.Do not tow a loaded tra iler when your car itself is not loaded.
.. Be especia lly careful when passing other vehicles.
.. Observe speed limits . .. Do not drive at the maximum permissible
speed. .. Always apply brakes early. .. Monitor the temperature gauge.
Weight distribution
Towing a loaded trai ler with an empty car results in a high ly unstable distribution of weight. If this cannot be avoided, drive at very low speeds only to avoid the risk of losing steering control.
A "balanced" rig is easie r to operate and control. This means that the tow vehicle should be loaded to the extent possible and permissible, while keeping the trailer as light as poss ible under the circumstances. Whenever possible, transfer some cargo to the luggage compartment of the
tow vehicle while observing tongue load requirements and vehicle loading considerations.
Speed
The higher the speed, the more d iff icult it becomes for the driver to control t he rig. Do not drive at the maximum permissible speed. Reduce your speed even more if load, weather or wind conditions are unfavorab le - particularly when going downh ill.
Reduce veh icle speed immediately if the trailer shows the slightest sign of swaying . Do not try to stop the swaying by accelerating.
Observe speed limits. In some ar eas, speeds for vehicles towing tra ile rs are lower than fo r regular vehicles .
Always apply brakes early. When dr iving downhill, sh ift int o a lower gear to us e the eng ine braking effect to slow the vehicle . Use of the brakes alone can cause them to overheat and fail.
Coolant temperature
The coolant temperature gauge ¢ page 12 must be obse rved carefully. The coolant temperature can increase if you dr ive on long inclin es in a low gear at high engine speeds . Reduce your speed immediately if the LEDs in the top part of the display turn on .
For more information abo ut ind icator lights, refer to . ¢ page 19 .
A WARNING
-
Anyone not properly restrained in a moving
vehicle is at a much greater risk in an acci-
dent. Never let anyone ride in your car who is
not proper ly wearing the restraints provided
by Aud i.
Trailer mode notes
Important to know
Your veh icle handles differently when towing a
trai ler because of the additiona l weight and dif-
ferent weight distribution . Safety, performance
and economy will greatly depend on how careful-
ly you load your trailer and operate your r ig.
..,.
92
Trailer mode
Before you actually tow your t railer, practice turning, stopping and backing up in an area away from traffic. Keep practicing until you have become completely fami liar with the way your vehicle-trailer combination behaves and responds.
Backing up is diff icult and requires practice . Backing up w ith a trailer generally requires steering action oppos ite to that when backing up your vehicle without a trailer.
Maintain a greater distance betwee n your vehicle and the one in front of you. You w ill need more room to stop. To compensate for the tra iler, you will need a larger than norma l turning radius.
When passing, remember that yo u cannot accelerate as f ast as you normally would because of the added load. Make sure you have enough room to pass. After passing, allow plenty of room for your trailer before changing lanes again.
Avoid j erky sta rts, sharp turns or rapid lane changes.
@ Tips
- Do not tow a tra iler during the break-in period of yo ur vehicle.
- If you tow a t railer, you r Audi may require more frequent ma intenance due to the ex-
tra load ~ page 262 .
.. Releasethe parking brake and slowly pull out and away from the wheel chocks.
.. Stop and have someone retr ieve the wheel chocks.
(D Tips
If you move the selector lever of the automatic transm ission to P before applying the parking brake and before blocking the wheels, you may have to use mo re force later to move the lever out of the P posit ion.
Parking on a slope
Do not park on a slope with a trailer . If it cannot be avoided, do so only after doing the following:
When parking:
.. Apply t he foo t brake. .. Have someone pla ce chocks under bot h t he ve-
hicle and the t railer wheels . .. With chocks in place, slowly release the brakes
unti l the whee l chocks absorb the load . .. Turn the wheels towards the curb . .. Apply the parking brake . .. Select the P selector lever position.
M When restarting after parking :
N
0
c>o .. Apply the foot brake.
,....,
\!) .. Start the engine.
1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
.. Select the D/S selector lever posit ion.
93
Assist
Assist
Electronic speed limiter*
Applies to vehicles: with electronic speed limiter
Your vehicle may be factory equipped with ti res that are rated for a maximum speed of 130 mph (210 km/h) . This is less than the maximum speed of your vehicle . To reduce the risk of sudden tire failure and loss of control if the vehicle is operated at excessive speeds, your vehicle also has an electronic speed limiter . The electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from going faster than the t ire speed rat ing . For more information
~ page 221.
If the engine control unit receives faulty vehicle road speed signals, the Malfunction Indicator
¢4 Lamp (MIL) will ill uminate . If this occurs,
contact the nearest aut horized Audi dealer fo r assistance .
A WARNING Always observe the posted speed limits and adjust your speed to suit prevailing road, traffic and weather conditions . Never drive your vehicle faster than the maximum speed rating of the tires installed.
Speed warning system
Introduction
The speed warning system helps you to stay under a specified maximum speed.
The speed warning system warns you if you are exceeding the maximum speed that you have set . You will hear a warning tone when your speed exceeds the stored value by approximately 3 mph (3 km/h) . The . (USA models)/. (Canada models) indicator light and the message Speed limit exceeded! appear in the instrument cluster disp lay at the same time . The . / . indicator light turns off when the speed decreases below the stored maximum speed.
Setting a thresho ld is recommended if you wou ld like to be reminded when you reach a certain maximum speed. Situations where you may want to do so include driving in a country with a gener-
al speed limit or if there is a specified maximum speed for winter tires.
(D Tips
Regardless of the speed warning system, you should always monitor your speed using the speedometer and make sure you are following the legal speed limit .
Setting the threshold
You can set, change and delete the threshold in the MMI.
.. Select: the IMENU Ibutton >Ca r > Systems*
contro l button > Driver assistance > Speed warning.
You can set any threshold between 20 mph (30 km/h) and 150 mph (240 km/h) . Settings can each be adjusted in increments of 6 mph (10 km/h).
Cruise control system
· Description
Applies to vehicles: with cruise control system
The cruise control system makes it possible to drive at a constant speed starting at 15 mph (20 km/h).
The speed is kept constant by modify ing engine power or through an act ive brake intervention.
A WARNING
-
- Always pay attention to the traffic around
you when the cruise control is in operation.
You are always responsible for your speed
and the distance between your vehicle and
other vehicles.
- For reasons of safety, cruise contro l should
not be used in the city, in stop-and-go traf-
fic, on winding roads and when road condi-
tions are poor (such as ice, fog, gravel,
heavy rain and hydroplaning) -you could
have an accident .
- Switch the cruise control off temporarily
when driv ing in turning lanes, highway exits
or in construction zones.
94
- Please note that unconsciously "resting" your foot on the accelerator pedal prevents the cruise control from braking. This is due to the control system be ing overr idden by the driver 's acceleration .
- If there is a brake system malfunction such
as overheating when the speed warning system is switched on, the braking function in the system will be deactivated. The remaining speed warni ng system fu nctions will rema in act ive, as long as the ~ (USAmod els) / . (Canada models) indicator light is on .
{i) Tips
- The cruise cont ro l system is idea l for stretches with speed limits. The driver is respons ible for adhering to the cor rect speed.
- The cruise cont ro l rema ins active when shift ing ge ar s.
- The brake lights turn on when the bra kes are activated.
Switching on
Applies to vehicles: with cruise contro l system
0
f
®t 0
Fig. 7 9 Operating lever: cruise control system
.. To switch th e cruise control on, pull the lever int o posi t ion @ ~ fig. 79 .
., Drive at the speed to be con t rolled. .. To store the speed, press t he button @ . The
[ij;\1()U~S1A4models)/ Ii.I(Canada models)
tu rns o n in the instrument cluster.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
A ssi st
Changing speed
Applies to vehicles: with cruise control system
., To increase o r dec rease the speed in incre-
ments, tap t he lever in t he 0 10 d irect io n
q page 95, fig . 79 .
.. To increase or decrease the speed quick ly, hold
0 / 0 the lever in the
direction until the de-
sired speed is reached.
Overriding the speed
You can press the accelerator pedal down to increase your speed, for example if you want to pass someone. The speed you saved earlier will resume as soon as you let off of the accele rato r pedal.
If, howeve r, you exceed your saved speed by 5 mph (10 km/h) for longe r than 6 minutes, the
cruise control turns off temporarily . The M;\1)~14
(USA mode ls) ;lB (Canada models) indicator
light in the instrumen t cluster t urns off and t he stored speed is ret ained.
Preselecting the speed
Applies to vehicles: with cruise control system
You can pre-select your desired speed while the vehicle is not moving.
., Switch on the ign ition .
.. Pull the lever into pos ition (D 9 page 95, fig. 79 .
., To increase or de crease t he speed, tap t he lever
in the 0 10 direction .
This function makes it poss ible, for examp le, t o save the s peed you want before dr iving on t he highway. Once on the highway, activa t e the cru ise
control by pulling the lever toward (D.
Switching off
Applies to vehicles: with cruise cont rol system
Temporary deactivat ion
.. Step on the brake pedal, or
.. Press the lever into position @ (not clicked into
place) q page 95, fig. 79, or
..,
95
A ss ist
Swit ching off complet ely
.,.Press the lever into position @ (clicked into place), or
.,.switch the ignition off .
The speed you saved w ill be retained if the cruise control has been switched off temporar ily. To resume the stored speed, release the brake pedal
and pull the lever into position (D.
The stored speed is erased when the cru ise control is switched off comp lete ly or the ignition is switched off .
A WARNING
You should only resume the saved speed if it is not too high for existing traffic conditions. Otherw ise you risk an accident.
@ Tips
- If the brakes become too heated while driving, the cruise contro l switches off. If this happens while driving downhill, you can relieve the brakes by shifting into a lower gear.
- When the cruise control is act ivated, ESC sport mode cannot be switched on.
Audi adaptive cruise control
Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
in the abilities of the system. If the system detects an object, adaptive cruise control can brake and accelerate your veh icle . This makes driving more comfortab le both on long stretches of highway and in stop-and-go traffic.
What can adaptive cruise cont rol do?
The adaptive cruise contro l system uses radar and a video camera. The radar is subject to desig -
nated system limits q page 97.
On open roads with no traffic, it funct ions like a cruise control system . The stored speed is maintained. When approaching an object ahead and the system detects it, the adapt ive cruise control system automatically brakes to match that object's speed and then maintains the stored distance. As soon as the system does not detect an object ahead, adapt ive cruise control accelerates up to the sto red speed .
Within the limits of the system, adaptive cruise control can brake in stop -and-go traffic until the vehicle is stat ionary and then begin driving again
under certain conditions q page 100, Driving in stop-and-go traff ic.
Which functions can be controlled?
When you swit ch adapt ive cru ise control on, you can set the current speed as the "control speed"
q page 98, Switching on/off .
When dr iving, you can stop cruise contro l
q page 100 or change the speed q page 100 at
any time .
You can also adjust the following sett ings:
- Distance q page 101 - Driving program C)page 102 - Driving mode C)page 102
Fig. 8 0 Detect ion range
The adaptive cruise control system is a combination of speed and distance regulation . It assists the driver by bot h regulating the speed and maintaining a distance to the object ahead, w ith -
96
General information
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control and Audi pre sense front
Fig. 81 Front of vehicle: sensor
The general information applies to adaptive
cruise control* and pre sense front* r::!p>age 103.
The radar sensor area r::!f>ig. Bl must not be covered with stickers, deposits or any other obstructions as it may impair the function of the adaptive cruise control and the pre sense front. For information on cleaning, refer to r::!p>age 235. The same applies for any modifications made in the front area.
The function of the adaptive cruise control system and pre sense front is limited in some conditions :
- Objects can only be detected when they are
within the sensor range r::!p>age 96, fig. 80.
- The system has a limited ability to detect objects that are a short distance ahead, off to the side of your vehicle or moving into your lane.
- Objects that are difficult to detect such as motorcycles, vehicles with high ground clearance or an overhanging load are detected late or not detected at all.
- When driving through curves r=p>age 98. - With stationary objects r::!p>age 98.
A WARNING
Always pay attention to traffic when adaptive
cruise control is switched on and the pre
sense front is active r::!>page 103. As the driv-
...., er, you are still responsible for starting and
N
ci
for maintaining speed and distance to other
c> o
objects. The pre sense front is used to assist
rl
I.O
"'
you. The driver must always take action to
""rl ''
Assist
avoid a collision. The driver is always responsi-
ble for braking at the correct time.
- Using adaptive cruise control incorrectly can
cause collisions, other accidents and serious
injuries.
- For safety reasons, do not use adaptive
cruise control when driving on roads with
many curves, when the road surface is in
poor condition and/or in bad weather (such
as ice, fog, gravel, heavy rain and hydroplan-
ing). Using the system under these condi-
tions could result in a collision.
- Switch adaptive cruise control off tempora-
rily when driving in turning lanes, on ex-
pressway exits or in construction zones. This
prevents the vehicle from accelerating to
the set speed when in these situations.
- The adaptive cruise control system will not
brake by itself if you put your foot on the ac-
celerator pedal. Doing so can override the
speed and distance regulation.
- When approaching stationary objects such
as stopped traffic, adaptive cruise control
will not respond and pre sense front will
have limited function.
- The adaptive cruise control system and pre
sense front do not react to people, animals,
objects crossing the road or oncoming ob-
jects.
- The function of the radar sensors can be af-
fected by reflective objects such as guard
rails, the entrance to a tunnel, heavy rain or
ice.
- Always maintain enough distance from
vehicles ahead so that you can still brake
your vehicle safely. The adaptive cruise con-
trol cannot safely slow your vehicle or brake
it to a stop if you are driving too close be-
hind a vehicle. Please note that the auto-
matic braking function cannot brake sud-
denly or apply the brakes fully under these
conditions.
- To reduce the risk of unintended actions,
switch the ACCoff when you are not actively
using it.
~
97
Assist
(D Note
The sensor can be displaced by impacts or damage to the bumper, wheel housing and underbody. The adaptive cruise contro l and pre sense front may become impaired as a result. Have an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility check their function.
In curves
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control and Audi pre sense front
Adaptive cruise control
The adaptive cruise control system only reacts to objects that are moving or that the system has already detected as moving. For example, it can react when a vehicle that has already been detected @ turns or changes lanes, but adapt ive cruise control does not react to a stationary vehicle @ . Press the brake pedal to slow your vehicle down!
Pre sense front
Pre sense front only reacts to stat ionary objects at low speeds.
Switching on/off
Applies to vehicles : with Audi adaptive cruise contro l
Fig. 82 Example: driving into a curve
When driving into a curve~ fig. 82 and out of a
curve, the adaptive cruise control may react to an object in the neighboring lane and apply the brakes. You can prevent that by pressing the accelerator pedal briefly .
Fig. 84 Operating lever: switching on/off
Stationary objects
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control and Audi pre sense front
Fig. 83 Example: object changing lanes and stat ionar y ob ject
Fig. 85 Instrument cluster: adaptive cruise control
You can set any speed ll between 20 mph and 95 mph (30 and 150 km/h).
Ind icator lamps and messages in the instrument
cluster disp lay inform you about the current sit-
uation and settings.
..,
l l Speed limits depe nd on t he country and the speedo m eter .
98
A ss is t
Switching adaptive cruise control on
"' Pull t he lever toward you into posit ion (!) ¢ fig. 84. ACC:standby appears in the instrument cluster disp lay.
Saving the speed and activating regulation
"'To save the current speed, press the !SETI
¢ fig. 84 button . The stored speed is shown in the tachomete r LED line @ and appears briefly in the information line @ ¢ fig . 85. "' To activate the reg ulation while stationary, you must press the brake pedal.
Switching adaptiv e cruise control off
"' Push the lever away from you into position @ unt il it clicks into place. The message ACC: off appears .
The stored speed in the LED line is erased.
@ Indicato r light s
II -adaptive cruise contro l is switched on. Ob-
jects ahead are not detected. The stored speed is
maintained.
· - An object ahead was detected . The adaptive cruise control system regu lates the speed and d istance to the object ahead and brakes/acceler ates automatica lly.
f:i-adaptive cru ise contro l is switched on. An
object ahead was detected. Your vehicle remains stopped and will not start dr iving automatica lly.
· - The automatic brak ing is no t eno ugh to maintain a sufficient distance to an object ahead . You must intervene ¢ page 102, Request for driver intervention.
© Instrument cluster display
If adaptive cruise control is not shown in the instrument cluster display, you can call it up using the mu ltifunc t ion steering wheel buttons ¢page 28 .
Based on the g raphics in the display, you can de-
M termine if the system is ma inta ining a distance to
N
0 c> o
,....,
a vehicle ahead and what that dist ance to this vehicle is:
\!)
1.1'1 1.1'1
No vehi cle - No object ahead was detected .
1,..1..'1.,
White vehicle - An object ahead was de t ected . Red vehi cle - Request fo r the d river to take action ¢page 102. Both arrows on the scale © indicate the d istance to the object ahead. No arrow appears when the vehicle is on an open road and the re is no object ahead. If a n object is detected ahead, t he a rrow moves on t he sca le. The green zone on the sca le indicates the store distance. For informat ion on changing the dist a nce, refer to ¢ page 101 . If the distance selected is exceeded or not reached, the arrow moves into the red zone on the scale .
_& WARNING
- Using adaptive cruise contro l incorrectly can cause collisions, other accidents and serious inju ries.
- If you press the ISETbIutton when driving at
speeds be low 20 mph (30 km/h), the vehicle acce lerates automatically up to 20 mph (30 km/h), which is the mi nimum speed
that can be set.
{!) Tips
- If you switch the ignit ion or the adaptive cruise contro l system off, the set speed is erased for safety reason.
- The Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) and Anti-Slip Regulat ion (ASR) both sw itch on when the adaptive cruise contro l is switched on . ESCand ASR ca nnot be switched off when adaptive cruise cont ro l is sw itched on.
- With the adaptive cruise control activated the ESC sport mode cannot be activated .
99
A ss ist
Changing the speed
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
0
f · 0
Fig. 86 Operating lever: chan ging th e speed
.,.To increase or reduce t he speed in increment s, tap the lever up or down .
.,.To increase or decrease the speed quickly, hold the leve r up or down until the red LED@ reaches the desired speed ¢ page 98, fig . 85.
Afte r each change, the new stored speed appears briefly in the informat ion line ~ page 98 , fig. 85
@.
Driving in stop-and-go traffic
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
The adaptive cruise co ntrol system assists you in st op-and-go traffic. If an object that is detected ahead stops, your vehicle will brake and stay at a stop, within t he limits of the system.
Starting with adaptive cruise controt 1l
If you veh icle brakes to a stop because an object is de t ected ahead, ACCaut o m. go appea rs briefly in the inst rument cluste r display Your vehicle is in automatic start mode.
As long as t he message ACCautom. go is displayed and the object detected ahead starts to move , your veh icle will contin ue driving ~ & .
You ca n activate ACCaut om . go again for a short time by pulling the lever to position @ ¢ page 100, fig. 87.
The start mode ACCautom . go ends when the brake peda l is pressed .
Criteria for switching off The adaptive cru ise contro l sw itches off for safety reasons when stat ionary: - when the driver 's doo r is open, - when t he veh icle is stationary for more than 3
m inutes, - when t he driver's safety belt is not fastened .
A WARNING
If the message ACCautom . go 1l appea rs, the vehicle continues driving, even if there is an obstacle between your vehicle and the obje ct a head . This increases the risk of a n accident .
@ Tips
If adaptive cruise cont ro l is active and your vehicle does not st art dr iving even t hough the me ssage ACCautom. go 1l appea rs, you ca n start by tappi ng the accelera t or pedal. - If a n obstacle is det ected when dr iving with
adaptive cruise cont rol, the system will reques t you to beg in d riving ¢page 102. You vehicle will begin dr iving more slowly. This can also happen in situations where there is no visible obstacle.
Interrupting cruise control
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise contro l
Fig. 87 Ope rat ing lever
Requirement: The adaptive cruise cont ro l is switched on .
l l This is not available in so me coun tries .
100
A ss ist
Overriding cruise control
Overriding means exceeding the se lected speed when adaptive cruise contro l is active, for exam ple when pressing the acce lerator pedal when passing.
"'To accelerate man ua lly, pull the lever towa rd you into position @ and ho ld it there. The mes sage ACC:override appears . Or
"' press the accelerator peda l. "' To resume cruise control, release the lever or
take your foot off the acce lerator pedal.
Int err upting cruise contr ol w hil e driving
"' Move the lever into position @ . The message ACC:stand by appears. Or
"' press the brake peda l. "' To resume the stored speed, move the lever in-
to posit ion @ .
Int err upting cruise contr ol wh en stopped
"' Push the lever away from you into position @ . The message ACC:standby appears.
"' To resume cruise control, press the brake peda l and pull the lever toward you into position @ .
A WARNING
It is dangerous to act ivate cru ise contro l and resume the stored speed when the current road, traff ic or weather condit ions do not perm it this. This could result in a crash.
Setting the distance
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
M
Fig. 88 Operat ing lever: sett ing the distance
N
0 c> o
,....,
"' Tap the switch to d isplay the current set dis-
\!) 1.1'1
tance c>fig. 88 .
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
"' To increase or reduce the d istance in incre ments, tap the switch again to the right or left. The distance between the two vehicles will change in the instrument cluster display .
When approaching an object detected ahead, the adaptive cruise contro l system brakes to match that object's speed and then regu lates to the stored distance. If the object detected ahead accelerates, adaptive cruise control will also accelerate up to the stored speed .
The higher the speed, the greater the distance in
meters c>.&. The Distance 3 setting is recom-
mended. That is equal to the general recommendation of "half the speed shown on the speedom eter" .
The distances provided are example values. Depending on the driving s ituation, the current speed and the way the object detected ahead is driving, the actual d istance may be more or less than these target distances.
c::::_::,c::::_::_, _ Distance 1: This setting corresponds to a distance of 92 feet/ 28 meters when travel ing at 62 mph (100 km/ h), or a time d istance of 1 second.
c::::_::_, c::::_::_, Distance 2 : This setting corresponds to a distance of 118 ft/ 36 meters when travel ing at 62 mph (100 km/ h), or a time d istance of 1.3 second.
c::::_::_, _ c::::_::, Distance 3: This sett ing corresponds to a distance of 164 ft/ 50 meters when travel ing at 62 mph (100 km/ h), or a time d istance of 1.8 second.
c::::_::_, __ c::::::D, istance 4: This sett ing corresponds to a distance of 219 ft/ 67 meters when travel ing at 62 mph (100 km/h), or a time d istance of 2.4 second.
A WARNING
- Driving too close to other vehicles increases the risk of coll is ions and ser ious inju ries.
- Sett ing s ho rt distances to veh icles ahead reduces the dist an ce and time that you have to stop your vehicle safe ly. This increases the need for you to pay attention to traffic. .,,.
101
A ss ist
- Always fo llow applicable traffic laws, use common sense and select a distance to vehicles ahead that takes the current traffic, road and weathe r cond itions into account.
(D Tips
Distance 3 is set a utomat ica lly each time you sw itch the ignition on. It you wou ld like to have this distance as a basic sett ing, you can have the adaptive cruise control menu ex-
tended I e nabled from an authorized Audi
dea le r or a uthorized Audi Service Facility.
Setting the driving program
Applies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
A adaptive cru ise con tr ol dr iving program is adjustable on veh icles w it hout Audi drive selec t* . · In t he MMI, se lect: the ! MENU ! button> Car >
System s* cont ro l bu tt on > Driver assistance >
Adaptive cruise control > Driving program >
Comfort / Standard/Dynamic .
Selecting the driving mode
Applies t o vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise control
The adap t ive cruise control driving program is adjustable for vehicles with Audi drive select usi ng the dr iving mode. · Se lect the des ired driving mode Comfo rt , Auto ,
Dynamic or Individual * with the knob
¢ page 112 .
Request for driver intervention
App lies to vehicles: with Audi adaptive cruise cont rol
Fig. 89 Instr ument cluste r: d river intervent ion request
I n some situations, the brak ing from the adap tive cruise control system is not enough to mainta in enough d istance to the object ahead. In these situations, the system will request you to take action.
The . indicator light and the graph ic in the dis -
play w ill warn you abo ut the danger ¢ fig. 89 .
You w ill also hear an audio signa l. Press the brake pedal to slow your vehicle down.
Driver messages
Applies to vehicles: wit h Aud i adapt ive cruise contro l
ill ACC: unavailable
The system cannot guarantee that it will detect objects correctly and is switched off. The sensor was moved or is faulty. Drive to an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have t he malfunction corrected.
ill ACC: currently unavailable . No sensor vision IIJACCand Audi pre sense: currently unavaila-
ble. No sensor vision
This mess age appears if t he sensor view is ob str ucted, for exam ple by leaves, snow, heavy
spray or di rt. Clean the sensor-=>page 97, fig . 81 .
ill ACC:currently unavailable . Gradient too
steep
The road exceeds t he max imum possible angle for safe adaptive cruise contro l operation . The adap t ive cruise co nt rol cannot be switched on .
ill ACC: only available in D, Sor M
Se lect the D/S or M selector lever pos ition.
II)ACC: parking brake applied
The adaptive cru ise cont rol system swit ches off automat ica lly if t he parking b ra ke is set . The ad apt ive cruise co nt rol is availab le ag ai n after re leas ing t he pa rking brake .
II ACC: currently unavailable. Stabilization
control input
This message appears if t he Electronic Stabiliza tion Control (ESC) is taking act io n to stabilize t he vehicle . In t his case, adaptive cruise cont rol switc hes off automat ica lly.
102
llJACCoff: manual control!
This message appears if the veh icle rolls back when sta rting on a slight incline, even tho ugh ACCis active. Press the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling or starting to move.
IIJACC: engine speed
This message appears if the driver has not shifted up or down in time when the adaptive cruise control is braking or accelerating, causing the vehicle to exceed or to not reach the permitted engine speed. The adapt ive cruise control turns off. A chime sounds as a reminder.
···
Three wh ite dots appear if a setting cannot be selected with the operat ing lever. For example, this happens if adaptive cruise control cannot be act ivated when stopped because the dr iver has not fastened the safety belt.
Door open
Adaptive cruise control cannot be switched on when the vehicle is stationary and the dr iver's door is open.
Audi pre sense
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense basic or Audi pre sense front
W ith in the limits of the system, pre sense basic and pre sense fro nt can initiate steps to protect vehicle occupants in certa in dangerous situations.
Critical driving situat ions can be recognized by the pre sense front via a network of differe nt vehicle systems and can take steps t o prepare the vehicle occupant s for a pot ent ial coll ision.
The pre sense front wo rks with a radar sensor and a video camera*. It also functions within t he limits of the system when adapt ive cruise cont rol* is switched off.
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,., ....,,..,,
,....,
A ss is t
General information
General information
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi pre sense front or Audi adapt ive cruise control
_&.WARNING
Also follow the general info rmation found on
~ page 9 7, General information.
Audi pre sense basic
Description
Appli es to vehicles: wit h Audi pre sense basic
The function of the pre sense basic is activated at a speed of 20 mph (30 km/h) or higher .
The following functions can be triggered under certain conditions within the limits of the system:
- Tensioning of the safety belts (for example, during heavy braking): the front safety belts have reversible belt pretensioners. If a col li sion does not occur, the safety belts loosen slightly and are ready to trigger again .
- Closing the windows and the sunroof* (for example, when over- or understeering): the w indows and the sunroof* close until there is only a small gap open .
Audi drive select: the deployment time is adapted in dynam ic mode.
_&.WARNING
~
The pre sense basic cannot overcome natural physical laws . It is a system designed to assist and it cannot prevent a coll ision. Do not let the increased safety provided tempt you into taking risks. This could increase your risk of a collis ion. - The system can dep loy incorrectly due to
system-specific limits .
(D Tips
- Certain pre sense basic functions switch off
when ESCis switched off (sport mode) or
w hen driving in reverse.
.,.
103
A ss ist
- The pre sense basic functions may not be available if there is a malfunction in the ESC system or the airbag control module.
- Note that with pre sense basic, the reversi· ble safety belt pretensioner on the front passenger's side deact ivates when the front passenger's airbag is deactivated .
Audi pre sense front
Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense front or Audi adaptive cruise control
Pre sense front informs you if the d istance to the vehicle ahead falls below the safe distance for a n extended per iod of time. It can warn of a possi· ble collision and initiate braking maneuvers, within the limits of the system. When detected in time, the system can assess dangerous situations whe re a n object ahead brakes s udden ly or if you r own vehicle is t raveling at a high speed and approaching an object t hat is moving more slowly. If detection is not possible , then pre sense front does not react .
Warnings
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense front or Audi adaptive cruise control
Fig. 90 nst rument clust er: app roach warn i ng
The system recogn izes various dangerous situations: - Vehicles with adaptive cruise control: the dis-
tance warnin g occurs if you dr ive too closely to
the object ahead for a long period of time . If
the object ahead bra kes strong ly, you would not
be able to avoid a collision . The indicator light · indicates th is. - The approach warn ing occurs when an object ahead is traveling more slowly or brakes strong· Ly.When this warning occ urs, it may on ly be possible to avo id a collision by swerving or b raking strongly. The me ssage Audi pre sense · Dist ance q fig. 90 and a warning t one will warn you about the danger . For veh icles with adaptive cru ise control, the . indicator light also turns on.
If you do no t reac t enough or not at all to a dangerous situation that was detected by the sys tem, pre sense front provides assistance by applying the brakes .
- If a collision is imm inen t , t he system will first provide a n acute warning by braking sharp ly. You will also be made aware of the danger by the inst rument cluste r display q fig. 90. For veh icles with adaptive cru ise cont ro l, t he . indicat or light a lso tu rns o n.
- If you do not reac t to the acu t e warning, pre sense front ca n b rake w ith increasing force
wit hin the lim its of the system 1>. This reduces
the vehicle speed in the event of a collis io n. The message Audi pre sense - I nput also appears. - At low driving speeds, pre sense front can begin complete decelerat ion shortly before a collision l).
- If pre sense front determines that you are not braki ng strong ly enough when a coll ision is im· minent, it can increase the brak ing force .
A WARNING
-
- Pre sense front cannot overcome natura l
phys ica l laws. It is a system designed to as-
sist and it cannot prevent a collision. The
driver must always intervene . The d river is
always responsib le for brak ing at the correct
time . Do not let the increa sed safety provid-
ed t empt you into ta king risks. This could in-
crease your risk of a collision .
- The system can dep loy inco rrec t ly d ue t o
syst em-specific limits.
l l This is not avail able in some count ries.
104
- Please note that the sensor does not always detect all objects. This increases the risk of a collision.
- Pre sense front does not react to people or animals or objects that are crossing the vehicle's path or are difficult to detect ¢ page 97 .
- Reflective objects such as guard rails or the entrance to a tunnel, heavy rain and ice can affect the funct ion of the radar sensor and the system's ability to detect a collision risk.
- Lack of attention can lead to collisions, other accidents and serious injuries . pre sense front is an assistance system and cannot prevent a collision by itself. The driver must always intervene . The driver is always responsible for braking at the right time.
- Always pay attention to traffic, even when pre sense front is switched on . Always be ready to intervene and take over complete control of the vehicle whenever it is necessary. Always follow traffic laws regarding maintaining a safe distance between your vehicle and vehicles ahead.
- pre sense front works within certain limits and cannot react to situations that are outside of the system limits, such as when approaching a stationary vehicle or a stationary obstacle (the end of a traffic jam or avehicle that has broken down).
- Always keep in m ind that the radar sensor for pre sense front only works w ith in defined detection zones, which means other vehicles may not always be detected correctly.
- The function and range of the radar sensor can be impaired by rain, snow and heavy mist. Vehicles ahead may not be detected right away, or not detected at all.
- Reflective surfaces such as guard rails or entrances to tunnels may impair the f unction of the radar sensor.
(D Note
M
N
The sensor can be disp laced by impacts or
0 c> o
damage to the bumper, whee l housing and
,....,
\.!.) ,., underbody. The pre sense front sensor can be
....,,..,,
,....,
damaged by this . Have an authorized Audi
Assist
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility check their function.
(D Tips
- You can cancel the braking with increasing force that is initiated by the system by braking yourself, by accelerating noticeably or by swerving .
- For information on driver messages about pre sense, refer to ¢ page 106 .
- Keep in mind that pre sense front can brake unexpectedly. Always secure any cargo or objects that you are transporting to reduce the risk of damage or injury .
- Certain pre sense front functions switch off when ESCis switched off (sport mode) or when driving in reverse.
- The pre sense front functions are not available if there is a malfunction in the adaptive cruise control* system ¢page 102 or ¢ page 106.
- Keep in mind that pre sense front can brake abruptly. Always secure cargo or objects
that youtransport to reducethe riskof
damage or injury .
Settings in the Infotainment system
Applies to vehicles : wi th Audi pre sense front or Aud i adapt ive
cruise control
.,.In the MMI, select: the IMENU Ibutton >C ar >
Systems* car > Driver assistance > Audi pre
sense.
Switching the system on and off
Audi pre sense (System ): if the system is switched off, it switches on again automatically once the ignition is switched on again.
System - Switch Audi pre sense On-Off . With this, you can switch the prewarning and the braking intervention from Audi pre sense on or off.
Early warning - The distance and approach warnings can be switched On/O ff.
(D Tips
- If you restrict or switch off the ESC,the pre sense also switches itse lf off ¢ page 124 .
105
A ss is t
- Switch the pre sense off when you are loading the vehicle onto a vehicle carrier, train, sh ip or other type of transportation. This can prevent undesired warnings from the pre sense system.
Driver messages
Applies to vehicles: with Audi pre sense or Audi adaptive cruise contr ol
Audi pre sense currentl y unavailable. No sensor vision
This message appea rs if the sensor view is obst ructed, for example by leaves, snow, heavy
spray or dirt . Clean the sensor¢ page 97, fig. 81.
Audi pre sense: off
This message appears when the ESCis switched
to sport mode, for example ¢ page 124.
Audi pre sense: system fault!
This message appears when the pre sense function is affected. For example, this cou ld be caused by a faulty sensor.
If the message stays on, d rive to an au t horized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Faci lity to have the malfunction corrected.
Audi active lane assist
Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi active lane assist
Active lane ass ist detects lane marker lines within the limits of the system using a came ra in the windshie ld. If you are app roach ing a detected lane marker line and it appears likely that you will leave the lane, the system will warn you with corrective steering . You can override this steering at any time. If you pass over a line, the steering wheel will vibrate light ly. In order for this warning vibrat ion to occur, it must first be switched on in the MMI. Active lane assist is operable when the lane marker line is detected on at least one side of the veh icle.
The system will not warn you befo re crossing a lane marker line if you have activated the turn s ignal. In this case, it assumes that you are changing lanes intentionally.
The system is des igned for driving on express ways and highways and therefore on ly activates at speeds above approx imately 40 mph (65 km/
h).
A- WARNING - The system warns the driver that the vehicle is leaving the lane using corrective steering . The driver is always responsible for keeping the vehicle within the lane. - The system can help you keep the vehicle in the lane, but it does not drive by itself. Always keep you r hands on the steering wheel. - Corrective steer ing may not occur in certa in situa t ions, su ch as during heavy braking. - There may be cases where the camera does not recognize all lane ma rker lines. Corrective stee ring can only take place on the side of the vehiclewhere lane marker line5are detec t ed. - Othe r road structures or obje ct s cou ld possib ly be identified un intent ionally as lane marker lines . As a result, corrective steering may be unexpected or may not occur . - The camera view can be restricted, for example by vehicles driving ahead or by rain, snow, heavy spray light shining into the camera or by d irt on the window. This can result in active lane ass ist not detecting the lane marker lines or detecting them incorrectly. - In certain situat ions where visibility is low, the vehicle may switch from "early" to "late" corrective steering l l. - Under certain conditions such as ruts in the road, an inclined roadway or crosswinds, the corrective steering a lone may not be enough to keep the vehicle in the midd le of the lane. ~
l) This function is not available in all count ri es.
106
- For safety reasons, act ive lane assist must not be used when there are poor road and/ or weather conditions such as slippery roads, fog, gravel, heavy rain, snow and the potent ial for hydroplaning. Using active lane assist under these conditions may increase the risk of a crash.
Switching on and off
Applies to vehicles: with Audi active lane assis t
·
Fig. 91 Turn s ignal lever: but ton for active lane assist
A s si s t
or because they are obstr ucted by snow, dirt, water or lighting). - The vehicle speed is below t he activation speed of approximately 40 mph (65 km/h) (the speed may vary depending on your country) . - The lane is nar rower than 8 ft (2.5 m) or wider than 18 ft (5 .5 m). - The curve is too narrow. - The driver's hands are not on t he steering wheel.
a) Tips
- Make sure the camera's field of view
Q fig. 92 is not obstr ucted by st ickers or
anything else. For informa t ion on cleaning, refer to ~ page 235 . - Market-specific: in certa in countr ies: If the system is switched on, it will remain operable each time the ignit ion is switched on .
Lane assist display in the instrument cluster
Applies to vehicles: wit h Audi act ive la ne ass ist
M
~ >a,
a,
Fig. 92 Windsh ield: camera window for active lane assist
~ Press the Q fig. 91 button to switch the system
on and off. The . or . indicator light in the inst rument cluster turns on or off.
Ind icator light s
· Bereit: the indicator light turns on when the system is ready for use. The system can now be operated .
· Not ready: the indicator light turns on if the system is switched on but is inoperable . This may be due to the following reasons:
....,
N
- There is no lane boundary line .
0c>o - The relevant lane marke r li nes are not detected
rl
(for example, markings in a construction zone
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Fig. 93 Instrument cluster: monoch rome disp lay
Fig. 94 Instrument cluster: multicolored display
The lane assist disp lay can be called up using the buttons in the multifunct ion steering wheel Q page28.
107
Assist
Monochrome display
Refer to ¢ fig. 93
® solid lines: active lane assist is switched
on and ready to provide warnings on the side that is ind icated.
® blinking line (left or right): active lane as-
sist is warning you by a vibration in the steering whee l that you are leaving the lane.
® unfilled line(s): lane assist is act ivated,
but not ready to give warn ing no lines: active lane assist is switched off .
Multicolored display
Refer to ¢ fig. 94
® solid white lines: active lane assist is
switched on and ready to provide warnings on the side that is indicated.
® red line (left or rig ht): active lane assist is
warn ing you by a vibration in the steer ing wheel that you are leaving the lane .
® solid gray lin es: lane assist is activated,
but not ready to give warning
no lines: active lane assist is switched off .
Messages in the instrument cluster display
If the active lane assist has a malfunction, the
ra,indicator light in the inst rument cluste r dis-
play turns off and one of the following messages appears:
Audi active lane assist: currently not available. No camera view
This message appears if the camera is unab le to detect the lines . This could happen if:
- The camera field of view ¢ page 107, fig. 92 is
dirty or covered in ice. Clean this area on the windshield. - The camera f ield of view is fogged over. Wait unt il the fog has cleared before switching the active lane assist on again. - The system has been unable to detect the lanes for an extended period of time due to road con-
ditions. Switch the active lane assist back on when the lines are more visib le.
Audi active lane assist: Currently unavailable
There is a temporary active lane assist malfunction . Try switching the active lane assist on again late r.
Audi active lane assist: system fault!
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the malfunction corrected.
ra,Audi active lane assist: Please continue
steering vehicle!
This message appears if you are not steering by yourself. If this is the case, active lane assist does not switch off, but it is "not ready" to provide a warning. The system can hel p you keep the vehicle in the lane. However, you are responsible for driving the vehicle and must steer it yourse lf.
Adjusting the steering time and vibration warning
Applies to vehicles: with Audiactive lane assist
You can adjust individual active lane assist settings in the MMI.
.,.Select: the IMENU Ibutton> Car > Systems*
contro l button > Driver assistance > Audi active lane assist.
Steering time 1>
Early: in this setting, the corrective steering happens continuously to help keep the vehicle in the center of the lane.
Late: in this setting, the system provides corrective steering ju st before a vehicle whee l touches a detected lane marker line .
Vibration warning
You can switch the additional vibrati ng warning
in the steer ing whee l on or off.
II>
l ) This funct ion is not available in all count ries.
108
A s si s t
_& WARNING
With the vibration warning switched off, no visible warning will appear in t he instrument cluster dis play when crossing a lane ma rker.
(D Tips
Market-specific: your settings are automatically stored and assigned to the remote control key being used.
Audi side assist
Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi side assist
Fig. 9 5 Sensor detect ion range
fR
0
0 >
CX)
<D
vides assistance when making a lane change to t he right.
Information stage
As long as you do not act ivate t he tu rn signa l,
side assist informs you about vehicles that are
det ected and classified as criti cal. The display in the mirror turns on, but is dim .
The display rema ins dim in the info rmation stage so t hat your view toward the front is not dist urbed.
Warn ing stage
If you activate the turn signal, side assist warns
you about vehicles that are detected and classified as criti cal. The display in the respective m irror blinks brightly . If t his happe ns, check tr affi c by glanc ing in the rearview mirror and over your
shoulder c:>.&.in General information on
page 110.
@ Tips
- You can adjust the brightness on of t he dis-
play on the rearview mirror c:>page 111 .
Fig. 9 6 Display on the exte rior mirror
Side assist helps you monito r yo ur blind spot and traffic behind your vehicle. W it hin the limit s of the system, it warns you about vehicles that are coming closer or that are traveling with your
within sensor range (D ¢ fig . 95: If a lane change
is classified as crit ical, the display @ in the exte-
rior mirror turns on c:>fig. 96.
...., The display in the left exterior mirro r provides as-
N
0 c> o
rl
sistance when making a lane change to the left, while the display in the right exterior mirror pro-
I.O
"' ""rl ''
109
A ss ist
General information
App lies to vehicles: with Audi side assist
®
@
©
Fig . 97 Driving situat ions
-· I AUDI
Fig. 98 Rearof vehicle: sensor positio ns
Side assist functions at speeds above approx imately 19 mph (30 km/h).
@ Vehicles th at are approaching
In certain cases, a vehicle will be classified as critical for a lane change even if it is still somewhat far away. The faste r a vehicle approaches, the soo ner t he d isplay in t he exter io r mirro r will t ur n on.
@ Vehicles traveling with you
Vehicles traveling with you are indicated in the exte rior m irror if they are classified as critical for a lane change. All ve hicles detected by side assist
are indicated by the time they enter your "blind spot", at the latest .
© Vehicles left behind
If you slow ly pass a veh icle that side assist has de t ected (the difference in speed bet ween the vehicle and your ve hicle is less than 9 mph o r 1S km/h), the display in the exterior mirror turns on as soon as the vehicle enters yo ur blind spot.
The disp lay will not t urn on if you quickly pass a vehicle that side ass ist has det ected (the difference in speed between the vehicle and your vehicle is greater than 9 mph or 1S km/h).
Functional limitations
The radar senso rs are des igned t o detect the left and rig ht adjacent lanes when t he road lanes a re the norma l width . In some sit ua t ions, the display in the exterior mirror may turn on even though there is no vehicle located in the area that is critical for a lane change. For example:
- If the lanes are nar row o r if your are driving on the edge of your lane. If t his is t he case, the system may have detected the vehicle in anoth-
er lane that is not adjacent to yo ur current lane.
- If you are driving t hrough a curve. Side assist may react to a vehicle that is one lane over from the adjacent lane.
- If side assist reacts to other objects (such as high or disp laced guard rails) .
- In poor weather conditions . The side assist functions are limited.
Do no t cover t he radar sensors ¢ fig. 98 with stickers, depos its, bicycle wheels or other ob jects, beca use this will affect the function . For informat ion on cleaning, see ¢ page 235 .
_& WARNING - Always pay attention to traffic and to the
area around your ve hicle. Side ass ist cannot rep lace a dr iver's attention. The driver alone is always responsible for lane changes and sim ilar driving mane uvers . - In some s ituations, the system may not fu nction or its function may be limit ed . For examp le:
110
- If vehicles are approaching or being left behind very quickly. The display may not turn on in time .
- In poor weather conditions such as heavy rain, snow or heavy mist.
- On very wide lanes, in tight curves, or if there is a rise in the road surface. Vehicles in the adjacent lane may not be detected because they are outside of the sensor range.
- Audi side assist cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions, which can increase the risk of accidents .
- Please note that side assist only displays approaching vehicles or vehicles in your blind spot if your vehicle is traveling at least 19 mph (30 km/h).
- In certain situations, the system may not work or its function may be limited . For example:
- The display may not turn on at the right time if vehicles are approaching or passing very quickly.
- In poor weather conditions, such as heavy rain, snow or fog.
- In very wide lanes, in tight curves or when there are slopes in the roadway, vehicles in the neighboring lanes may not be detected because they are outside of the sensor range .
(D Note
The sensors can be displaced by impacts or damage to the bumper, wheel housing and underbody. This can affect the system. Have an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility check their function .
(Di Tips
- If the window glass in the driver's door or
front passenger's door has been tinted, the
display in the exterior mirror may be misin-
terpreted.
M
- For an explanation on conformity with the
N
0 c> o
,....,
FCCregulations in the United States and the Industry Canada regulations, refer to
\.!.) ,., ....,,..,,
r::!>page 2 65 .
,....,
Assist
Switching on and off
Appli es to vehicles : wi th Audi side assist
The system and be switched on and off in the MMI*.
"'Select: the IMENU Ibutton> Car> Systems*
control button > Driver assistance> Audi side assist . With Off, the system is switched off.
An activated system will signal every time the ignition is switched on by turning the displays in the exterior mirrors on briefly.
Adjusting the display brightness
Appli es to vehicles: wi th Audi side assist
The display brightness can be adjusted in the MM!*.
"'Select: the IMENU Ibutton> Car> Systems*
control button > Driver assistance > Audi side assist .
The display brightness adjusts automatically to the brightness of the surroundings, both in the information and in the warning stage. In very dark or very bright surroundings, the display is already set to the minimum or maximum level by the automatic adjustment. In such cases, you may notice no change when adjusting the brightness, or the change may only be noticeable once the surroundings change.
Adjust the brightness to a level where the display in the information stage will not disrupt your view forward. If you change the brightness, the display in the exterior mirror will briefly show the brightness level in the information stage . The brightness of the warning stage is linked to the brightness in the information stage and is adjusted along with the information stage adjustment .
(D Tips
- Side assist is not active while you are making the adjustment.
- Your settings are automatically stored and assigned to the remote control key being used.
111
Assist
Driver messages
Appl ies to vehicles: with Audi side assist
If the side assist switches off automatically, a message appears in the instrument cluster disp lay.
@jAudi side assist: currently unavailable.
No sensor vision
The radar sensors' vision is affected. Do not cover the area in front of the sensors with bike wheels, stickers, dirt or other objects. Clean the area in front of the sensors, if necessary r:!>page 110,
fig. 98.
@jAudi side assist: currently unavailable
Side assist cannot be switched on temporarily because there is a ma lfunction (for examp le, the battery charge level may be too low).
@jAudi side assist: System fault!
The system cannot guarantee that it will detect veh icles correctly and it is switched off. The sensors have been displaced or are faulty. Have the system checked by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility soon.
Audi drive select (drive settings)
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
Audi drive select makes it possible to experience different types of vehicle settings in one vehicle. The driver can select from three Comfort, Auto and Dynamic modes using the ~.7l.'bi utton in the center console or the MMI to switch between a sporty and a comfortable driving mode, for example . In the individual* mode, the settings can be adjusted to your personal preferences . This makes it possib le to combine settings such as a sporty engine tun ing with light steering .
.,&.WARNING
Using Audi drive select incorrect ly can lead to collisions, other accidents and serious inju ries.
· Description
Applies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
The vehicle setup in each mode depends on the vehicle's features. However , the eng ine and steering are always affected.
Engine and automatic transmission
Depend ing on the mode, the engine and automatic transmission* respond more qu ickly or in a more balanced manner to accelerator peda l movements .
Adaptive dampers (Audi magnetic ride)*
The adaptive dampers use sensors to record informat ion regarding steer ing movements, braking and acce lerat ion operations by the driver, road surface, dr iving speed, and load. With Audi drive select you can adjust the adaptive dampers sporty (dynamic), comfortable (comfort) or balanced (auto).
Steering
The steer ing adapts in terms of steer ing ass istance. There a re diffe rent modes Q page 113. Indirect steering that moves easily as in comfort mode is especia lly suited to long drives on a high way. The dynamic mode provides sporty, direct steering .
For vehicles with progressive stee ring* the steering performance is more agi le .
Cornering light*
The cornering light adjusts when driv ing on curves at speeds between 6 mph (10 km/h) and 68 mph (110 km/h). The pivoting action and the light ing are also adapted to the mode.
Adaptive cruise control*
The behav ior when accelerating can be adjusted from comfortable to sporty, depending on the Audi drive select mode. Adaptive cruise control also responds to the driving behavior of the veh icle ahead in a more conservative or sporty manner.
112
@ Tips
In some models, the maximum vehicle speed can only be reached in the auto and dynamic modes. Selecting the driving mode
Appl ies to vehicles: with Audi drive select
You con choose between comfort, auto, dynamic and individual* .
Fig. 99 Center console: dr ive selec t button
Assist
.,.To set the mode, press the r:1:.b~utton ~ fig. 99
repeatedly until the desired mode is displayed in the instrument cluster. Or
.,.In the MMI, select: the IMENU Ibutton >Car >
Systems" control button > Comfort, Auto, Dy-
namic or Individual ".
You can change the driving mode when the vehicle is stationary or while driving. If traffic permits, after changing modes, briefly take your foot off the accelerator pedal so that the recently selected mode is also activated for the engine .
Comfort - provides a comfort-oriented vehicle setup and is suited for long drives on highways.
Auto - provides an overall comfortable yet dynamic driving feel and is suited for every day use.
Dynamic - gives the driver a sporty driving feel and is suited to a sporty driving sty le.
Individual* - <=>pag1e13.
The last chosen mode is retained when the veh icle is started again .
-.&, WARNING Pay attention to traffic whe n operating the drive select to preven t potential risk of an accident.
Fig. 100 MMI: drive selec t
Adjusting the Individual mode
You con adjust the vehicle settings to your personal preferences .
.,.Select : the IMENU ! button> Car > Systems* control button > Set individual control button . Once you select the menu, you will automat ically dr ive in the individual* mode .
The equipment in your vehicle will determine which sett ings you can adjust. The following table g ives an overview of the characteristics .
After you have closed the settings, you are automat ically dr iving in the individual* driving mode .
...., Systems
N 0
Engine and Transmission
c>o Steering
rl
I.O
"' Cornering light*
""rl ''
comfort comfortable comfortable comfortable
auto balanced balanced ba lanced
dynamic sporty sporty sporty
113
Assist
Systems Audi adaptive cruise control* Adaptive damper s* Engine sound*
comfort comfortable comfor table subtle
a) Subtle in t he selector lever position Da nd sporty in S.
(D Tips
Your individual * mode settings are automatically stored and assigned to the remote control key being used.
auto ba lanced ba la nced subtle/sportyal
dynamic sporty sporty sporty
114
Parking systems
General information
App lies to vehicles: with rear parking syst ems/park ing system pl us/rearview camera
Depending on your vehicle's equipment, various parking aids will help you when parking and maneuvering.
The rear parking system is an audible parking aid that warns you of obstacles behind the vehicle ¢ page 116.
The parking system plus assists you when parking by audibly and visually indicating objects detected in front of and behind the vehicle ¢ page 116.
The rearview camera shows the area behind the vehicle in the MMI display. This display assists you when you are cross or parallel parking. The parking system plus functions are also available ¢ page 117.
A,-
WARNING
-
- Always look for traffic and check the area
around your vehicle by looking at it directly
as well. The parking system cannot replace
the driver's attention. The driver is always
responsible when entering or leaving a park-
ing space and during similar maneuvers .
- Please note that some surfaces, such as
clothing, are not detected by the system.
- Sensors and cameras have blind spots in
which people and objects cannot be detect-
ed. Be especially cautious of small children
and animals .
- Always pay attention to the area around the
vehicle - using the rearview mirror, too.
- The sensors can be displaced by impacts or
damage to the radiator grille, bumper,
wheel housing and the underbody . The park-
ing system may become impaired as a re-
sult . Have an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facili ty check their
function.
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
- Make sure the sensors are not obstructed by
st ickers, deposits or other materials. If they
\.!.) ,., ....,,..,,
are' the sensor function could be impaired .
,....,
Parking systems
For additional information on cleaning, refer to ¢ page 235.
@ Note
- Some objects are not detected or displayed by the system under certain circumstances: - Objects such as barrier chains, trailer draw bars, vertical poles or fences - Objects above the sensors such as wall extensions - Objects with specific surfaces or structures such as chain link fences or powder snow
- If you continue driving closer to a low-lying object, it may disappear from the sensor range. Note that you will no longer be warned about this obstacle.
- The sensors can be displaced by impacts or damage to the radiator gr ill e, bumper, wheel housing and the underbody. The parking system may become impaired as a result. Have an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility check their function.
(D Tips
- The system may provide a warning even though there are no obstacles in the coverage area in some situations, such as: - certain road surfaces or for long grass. - external ultrasonic sources e.g. from cleaning vehicles. - heavy rain, snow, or thick vehicle exhaust.
- We recommend that you practice parking in a traffic-free location or parking lot to become familiar with the system. When doing this, there should be good light and weather conditions.
- You can change the volume and pitch of the
signals as well as the display¢ page 121 .
- What appears in the MMI display is somewhat time-delayed.
- The sensors must be kept clean and free of snow and ice for the park assist to operate .
115
Parkin g sys t e m s
Rear parking system
Description
Applies to vehicles: with rear parking system
The rear parking system is an audible parking aid.
Descript ion
There is a sensor in the rear bumper cover. If these detect an obstacle, audible signals warn you .
Make sure the sensors are not covered by stickers, deposits or any other obstructions as it may impair the sensor function. For information on cleaning, refer to c:::;,page235 .
The range at which the sensors begin to measure is approximately:
Side rear Side center
3 ft (0 .90 m) 5.2 ft (1.60 m)
The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorter the interval between the audible signals . A continuous tone sounds when the obstacle is less than approximately 1 foot (0.30 meters) away.
Do not continue backing up c::.:&;, .in General infor-
mation on page 115, ¢0in General information
on page 115!
If the distance to an obstacle remains constant, the volume of the distance warning gradually drops after about four seconds (this is not apply in the continuous tone range).
Activat ing
The parking system activates automatically when the reverse gear is se lected. You will hear a brief confirmation tone.
Parking system plus
Description
App lies to vehicles: with parking system plus
The parking system plus provides audio and visual signals when parking .
=
Fig. 101 Displ ay fie ld
Sensors are located in the front and rear bump ers. If these detect an obstacle, audible and visual signa ls warn you .
Make sure the sensors are not covered by stick ers, depos its or any other obstructions as it may impair the sensor function. For information on cleaning, refer to c::p:;a, ge 235.
The display field begins approx imately at:
®
4 ft (1.20 m)
®
3 ft (0.90 m)
©
5.2 ft (1.60 m)
®
3 ft (0.90 m)
The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorte r the interval between the audible signals . A continuous tone sounds when the obstacle is less than approximate ly 1 foot (0.30 meters) away. Do not continue driving forward or in reverse
c:::.;&, .in General information on page 115, c:::@;, ) in
General information on page 115!
If the distance to an obstacle remains constant, the volume of the distance warning gradually drops after about four seconds (this is not apply in the continuous tone range).
116
Switching on/ off
Applies to vehicles: with park ing system plus
Fig. 102 Center console: parking aid button
Parking sy stems
played. Obstacles in the collision area, including those outside of the vehicle's path, are shown in red. Do not continue dr iving forward or in reverse
¢ & in General information on page 115, ¢ (i) in
General information on page 115!
Rearview camera
Introduction
Applies to vehicles: wit h parking system plus with rearview camera
Fig. 104 Illust rat ion : cross parking
Fig. 103 MMI: opt ical distance display
Switching on
· Shift into reverse, or · Press the p,g~ button in the center console
¢ fig . 102. A short confirmat ion tone sounds
and the LEDin the butto n turns on .
Switching off
· Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or · Press the P,g~ button, or · switch the ignition off.
Segments in the visual display
The segments in fron t of and behind the vehicle
(vehicles with parking system plus*) hel p you to
determine the distance between you and an ob-
stacle. On some equipment the red li nes mark
the expected direction of trave l according to the
steer ing angle . A white segment indicates an
identified obstacle that is outside of the vehicle's
...., path . Redsegments show identified obstacles
N 0
that are in your vehicle's path. As your vehicle
c>o comes closer to the obstacle, the segments move
rl
I.O
"'
closer to th e vehicle. The collision area has been
""rl '' reached when the next to last segmen t is dis-
Fig. 105 Illust ra tion : pa ralle l park ing
In addition to parking system plus ¢page 116 ,
th is parking system also has a rearview camera.
You can use cross parking for example, to park in a parking space or in a garage ¢ fig . 104. You can use parallel parking if you would like to park on the side of the road ¢ fig. 1 OS.
117
Parkin g sys t e m s
General information
Applies to vehicles: with parking system plus with rearview camera
Fig. 106 Area covered (!) and area not covere d @ by th e rearv iew camera .
Fig. 107 Luggage compartment lid: locat ion of the rear view came ra
The rearview camera is located above the rear license plate bracket . Make sure that the lens for the parking system c::>fig. 107 is not covered by deposits or any other obstructions because th is can affect the function of the parking system . For information on cleaning, refer to c::p>age 235 .
The rearview camera coverage area includes (D
c::f>ig. 106 . Only th is area is displayed in the MMI. Objects that are outside of this area @ are not displayed . The accuracy of the or ientation lines and blue surfaces diminishes if Dynamic mode is activated c::p>age 112 .
A WARNING
- Always read and follow the app licable warn-
ings c::.>&.in General information on
page 115. - If the posit ion and the installation ang le of
the rearview camera was changed, for example, after a collision, do not continue to use
the system for safety reasons. Have it checked by an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility. - Only use the rearview camera to assist you if it shows a good, clear picture. For examp le, the image may be affected by the sun shining into the lens, dirt on the lens or if there is a defect. - Use the rearv iew camera only if the luggage compartment lid is completely closed. If the luggage compartment lid is open the or ientation lines and b lue surfaces are h idden. Make sure any objects yo u may have mounted on t he luggage compartmen t lid do not block the rearview camera. - The camera lens enlarges and distorts the fie ld of vision. The object appears both altered and inaccurate on the screen . - In ce rt ain sit uat ions, people or objects in the display appea r closer or further away:
- For objects that do not to uch the ground, such as the bumper of a parked vehicle, a tra iler hitch or the rear of a truck. Do not use the help lines in this case.
- If driven from a level surface onto an incline, or a downward slope .
- If driven toward protruding objects. - If the vehicle is carrying too much load in
the rear.
(D Note
- Always read and follow the applicable warnings c::(>D in General information on page 115.
- The orange colored orientation lines in the MMI display show the direction of trave l of the vehicle rear depending on the steer ing wheel a ngle . The front of the vehicle front swings out more than the rear of the vehicle. Maintain plenty of distance so that your outside mirror or a corne r of your vehicle does not collide with any ob st acles .
118
Switching on/ off
Applies to vehicles: with parking system plus w it h rearv iew camera
Switching on
· Shift into reverse, or · Press the P~Abutton in the center console
¢ page 117, fig . 102. A short confirmation tone sounds and the LEDin the button turns on.
Switching between the rearview camera and optical display
· Press the Graphic control button ® r::p!a.>ge 119, fig . 108 to see the optica l display.
· Press the Rear view cont rol button to see the rearview camera image.
Switching off
· Drive faster than 6 mph (10 km/h), or · Press the P,qAbutton, or · switch the ign ition off.
@ Tips
The visual display in the left pa rt of the display should he lp you detect the crit ical veh icle areas.
Cross parking
Applies to vehicles : with parking system plus wit h rearview camera
This view may be used when parking in a garage or in a parking space.
Parking sy stems
Gr,11;t I(
i._
Fig. 109 MMI: aligning t he veh icle
S,·T ..1',lJ',
· Turn the MMI on and select the reverse gear .
· The orange orientation lines (D show the d irec-
tion of travel of the vehicle . Turn the steering wheel unt il the orange orientation lines appear in the parking space¢ fig. 108. Use the markings @ to help you estimate the distance from an obstacle . Each marking represents approximately 3 ft (1 m) . The blue area represents an extens ion of the vehicle 's outline by approximate ly 16 ft (5 meters) to the rear. · Wh ile driving in reverse gear, adjust the steering wheel angle to fit the park ing space with
the aid of the orange or ientat ion lines QA in General information on page 118, r:0:!.>in Gen-
eral information on page 118. @ marks the rea r bumper . Stop the veh icle, at the latest, when the red orienta ti on line © borders an object.
Fig. 108 MMI: aiming at a park ing spot
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
119
Parking systems
Parallel parking
App lies to veh icles: with pa rking system plus w it h rearv iew camera
This view may be used when parallel parking along the side of a street .
Fig. 110 MMI: blue surface aligned wit h parking spot
Fig. 111 MMI: contact of the blue curved line with t he curb
Parking on the right is described here. It is identical when parking on the left . If there is an obstacle next to the park ing space (such as a wall), refer to "Information for parking next to obstacles" ¢ page 120 . .,.Turn on the right turn signal. .,.Position your vehicle next to a parked vehicle in
front of the desired parking space. The distance to this vehicle should be approximately 3 ft (1
m) .
.,.Turn the MMIon and select the reverse gear . The park ing system is turned on and the cross parking indicator is displayed.
.,.Press the control button on the MMI-controls
to select (D ¢ fig. 110. The parallel parking in-
dicator is displayed . .,.Back up and al ign your vehicle so the blue area
@ borders on the rear end of the vehicle behind you or on the parking space line ¢ .&. in Gener-
al information on page 118, ¢ (Din General information on page 118 . The blue area represents an extension of the vehicle's outline by approximately 16 ft (5 meters) to the rear. The long side of the blue area should be on the curb . The entire blue area must fit into the parking space . .,.With the vehicle stopped, turn the steering wheel to the right as far as it will go . .,.Back into the parking space until the blue curve ¢ fig. 111 touches the curb ¢ .&. in General information on page 118, ¢ (Din General information on page 118. Stop the vehicle . .,.With the vehicle stopped, turn the steering wheel to the left as far as it will go . .,.Continue to back into the parking space until the vehicle is parked parallel to the curb ¢ .&.
in General information on page 118, ¢ CI)in
General information on page 118 . @ marks the rear bumper. Stop the vehicle, at the latest, when the red or ientat ion line @ borders an object. Keep an eye on the front of your vehicle while doing this.
Parking next to obstacles
If there is an obstacle (such as a wall) next to the parking space, position the veh icle so there is more space on t hat side. Position the long side of the blue surface so that there is suff icient space from the obstacle. The surface must not be touching . Youwill also need to start turning the steering wheel much earlier. The blue curve ¢ fig. 111 must not touch the obstacle and should have sufficient room .
(D Note
Keep enough distance from the curb to avoid damage to the rims.
¢j) Tips
The left or right orientation lines and surfaces will be disp layed, depending on the turn signal be ing used.
120
Parking systems
Adjusting the display and the warning tones
App lies to vehicles: with parkin g system plus/rearv iew camera
The display and warning tones con be adjusted in the MMI.
~ Select: the IMENU ! button > Car> Systems*
control button > Driver assistance > Parking aid.
Display
On* - optical display is shown for the parking system plus, rearview camera image is shown for parking system plus with rearv iew camera *.
Off - when the parking system is switched off, only audible signals are given.
Warning tones
Front volume - Volume for the front and s ide* area
Rear volume - Volume for the rear area
Front frequency - Frequency for the front and side* area
Rear frequency - Frequency for the rear area
Entertainment volume lowering - When the parking system is turned on, the volum e of the audio/video source is lowered.
The newly adjusted value is briefly heard from the signal generator.
alarm for a few seconds after switching on the parking system or when the parking system is a lready act ivated . If the error is not corrected before you switch off the ignition, the LEDin the P11, button w ill blink the next time you switch on the parking system by shift ing into reverse .
Parking system plus*
If a sensor is faulty, the~ symbol will appear in front of/behind the vehicle in the MMI display. If a rear sensor is faulty, only obstacles that are in areas @ and @ are shown ¢ page 116, fig. 101. If a front sensor is faulty, only obstacles that are in areas © and @ are shown .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Serv ice Facility immediately to have the malfunction corrected .
- The warning tones can also be adjusted directly from the visual d isplay or the rea rview camera image*. Simply press the Settings control button.
- The settings a re automatically stored and ass igned to the remote control key that is in use.
Error messages
M Applies to vehicles: with parking system plus/rearv iew cam-
N 0
era
c> o
,...., There is an error in the system if the LEDin the
\!)
1.1"1 1.1"1
p,,1A.button is blinking and you hear a continuous
1,..1..".1,
121
Intelligent Technology
Intelligent Technology
Notice about data recorded by the Event Data Recorder and vehicle control modules
Event Data Recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this veh icle is designed to record such data as:
- How various systems in your vehicle were operat ing;
- Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
- How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the acce lerator and/or brake pedal; and,
- How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDRdata are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g ., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other part ies, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDRdata w ith the type of personally identify ing data routinely acqui red during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is requ ired, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the specia l equipment, can read the information if they have access to the veh icle or the EDR.
Some state laws restrict the retrieval or downloading of data stored by EDRs installed in a vehicle for the express purpose of retrieving data af-
ter an accident or crash event without the own er's consent.
Audi will not access the EDR and/or similar data o r g ive it to others -
- unless the veh icle owner (or lessee if the veh icle has been leased) ag rees; or
- upon the official request by the police; or - upon the order of a court of law or a govern-
ment agency; or - for the defense of a lawsuit through the judicial
discovery process . - Audi may also use the data for research about
veh icle operation and safety performance or provide the data to a third party for research purposes without identifying the spec ific vehicle or information about the ident ity of its owner or lessee and only after the recorded vehicle data has been accessed.
Vehicle control modules
Your vehicle is also equipped with a number of electronic contro l modules for var ious vehicle systems, such as engine management, emission control, airbags, and safety belts .
These electronic control modules record data during normal vehicle operation that may be needed by trained technicians for diagnostic and repair pu rposes. The recording capabil ity of these modules is lim ited to data (no sound is recorded). Only a small amount of data is actua lly recorded over a very limited period of time, or stored when a system fau lt is detected by a contro l modu le. Some of the data stored may relate to vehicle speed, direction, or brak ing, as well as restraint system use and performance in the event of a crash. Stored data can also only be read and down loaded w ith specia l equipment that is direct ly connected to the veh icle.
(D Tips
Your veh icle may be equipped with Audi connect. Your use of certain Audi connect features requ ires wireless se rvices that are provided by a third party wire less telecommunications provider. For details regarding how information obtained through Audi connect is collected, processed, transmitted, used, and ..,..
122
Intelligent Technology
shared, please see your contract with the wireless telecommunications provider and the "About Aud i connect" tab in your vehicle's MMI: !MENUI button> Audi connect> About Audi connect.
Electronic stabilization control (ESC)
Description
The Electronic Stabilization Contro l (ESC) reinforces driver safety. It reduces the risk of slipping and improves driving stability. ESCdetects criti cal s ituations such as the vehicle oversteering and understeering or the wheels a re sp inning. The vehicle is stabilized by applying the brakes or reducing engine torque. Once the ESC is activat-
DJ ed, the indicator light blinks in the instru-
ment cluster.
The fol low ing systems a re integrated in the ESC:
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
ABS prevents the wheels from locking when braking. The veh icle can still be steered even during hard braking . Apply steady pressure to the brake pedal. Do not pump the pedal. A pu lsing in the brake peda l ind icates that the system is acting to stabilize the vehicle .
Brake assist system
The brake assist system can decrease braking d istance . It increases braking power when the dr iver presses the brake pedal quick ly in emergency situations. You must press and hold the brake pedal unti l the dangerous sit uation is ove r. In vehicles with adaptive cruise control *, the brake assist system is more sensit ive if the distance detected to the vehicle ahead is too small.
Anti-slip regulation (ASR)
ASR reduces engine power when the drive whee ls begin spinning and adapts the force to the road conditions. This makes it easier to start, accelerM ate and drive up inclines.
N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1"1 1.1"1
1,..1..".1,
Electronic differential lock (EDL)
The EDLbrakes whee ls that are spinning and trans fers the drive power to the othe r drive wheel or whee ls if the vehicle is equipped with all wheel drive*). This function is not available at higher speeds.
In extreme cases, EDLautomatically switches off to keep the brake on the braked wheel from over heating. The vehicle is still working correct ly. EDL will switch on again automatically when conditions have returned to normal.
Steering recommendation
The ESC helps to stabilize the vehicle by changing the steering torque .
Selective wheel torque control
Selective wheel torque control is used when dr iving on curves. The front wheel on the insi de of the curve o r both wheels on the inside of the curve are braked selectively as needed . This allows more precise driving in curves .
Automatic post-collision braking system
The "Automat ic post -col lision braking system" can help to reduce the ris k of sliding and of other collisions after an accident. If the airbag control module detects a collision above a certain vehicle speed, the vehicle is braked by the ESC.
The vehicle does not brake automatically if:
- the dr iver presses the accelerator pedal, or - the braking force generated by the pressed
brake pedal is greater than the brak ing force that would be initiated by the system, or - the ESC,the brake system or the vehicle electr ical system are not funct ion ing .
A WARNING
- The ESCand its integrated systems cannot
overcome the lim its posed by natu ral phys i-
cal laws. This is especially important on slip-
pery or wet roads . If the systems begin act-
ing to stabilize your vehicle, you should im-
mediately a lter your speed to match the
..,.
123
Intelligen t Technology
road and traffic conditions . Do not let the increased saf ety provided tempt you into taking risks. This could increase your risk of a collision . - Please note the risk of a collision increases when driving fast, especially through curves and on slippery or wet roads, and whe n dr iving too close to obj ects ahead. The ESCand its integr ated systems cannot always prevent colli sions - the re is st ill a risk of accident s! - Press the accelerator pedal carefully whe n acceleratin g on even, slippe ry surfac es such
as ice and snow . The drive wheels can spin even wh en t hese control systems are installed and this can affect driving stability and increase the risk of a collis ion .
{!) Tips
- ABS and ASRonly fu nction correct ly when all four wheels are equipped with identica l t ires. Differe nt tire sizes can lead to a reduct ion in engine powe r.
- You may hear noises when t he systems described are wo rking.
Switching on/off
ESC turns on automatically when you start the engine .
Fig. 112 Upper center console: ESCbutto n
funct ion of the ESCis limited or switched off. The amount of stabilization control will differ depend ing on t he level.
In the fo ll ow ing unusual situations it may ma ke sense to switch t he ESCsport mode on to allow t he wheels to spin:
- Rocking the vehicle to free it when it is st uck - Driving in deep snow or on loose ground
The ESCis designed t o fu nction in levels. Depending on the level that is selected, the sta bilization
Behavior
Operation
Indicator lights Driver messages
Sport mode on
ESC/ ASR off
Sport mode off or ESC/ ASRon
The ESCand ASRstabilization f unct ions are lim ited ¢ _&.
Presst he I~OFF!butt on
briefly.
II tur ns on.
The sta bilization f unct ion is The f ull sta bilization f unc-
not available ¢ & . ESCand tion of the ESCand ASR is
ASRare switched off.
available again.
Press and hold t he I~OFFI Press t he I~OFF!but ton
butto n longer th an 3 sec- again.
onds.
ltl and lf'tl·*Ut u~rn on.
II II turns off or and lf'tl·*lHtur n off .
Stabilization control ( ESC): Stabilization control (ESC): Stabilization control
sport . Warning! Restricted off . Warning! Restricted (ESC): on
stab i lity
stability
124
In te llig e nt Te chnolog y
A WARNING
You should only switch sport mode on or switch ESC/ASRoff if your driving abilities and road condit ions perm it. - The stabilization function is limited when
sport mode is switched on. The dr iving wheels could spin and the veh icle could swerve, especially on slick or slippery road surfaces. - There is no vehicle stabilization when ESC/ ASR are switched off.
(D Tips
- ESC/ASRcannot be switched off or sport mode cannot be switched on if the cru ise control system* or the adapt ive cruise control* is switched on.
- Malfunctions in the Audi magnetic ride may make it impossible to switch the ESC/ASR off or to switch spo rt mode on.
Brakes
New brake pads
New brake pads do not achieve their full braking effect during the first 250 mi (400 km). They must be "broken in" f irst. However, you can compensate for the slightly reduced braking force by pressing firmly on the brake pedal. Avoid heavy braking during the break-in period.
Wear
Brake pad wear is large ly dependent on the way the veh icle is driven and on operating conditions. This is especially t rue if you are driving frequent ly in the city and on curves or with a sporty driving style.
Operating noise
Noises may occur when braking depending on the speed, braking force and outside conditions such as tempe rat ure and humid ity.
Effect of water and road salt
M N
0c>o In certain situat ions, for example after driving ,...., throug h wate r, in heavy rain, after overn ight con-
\!)
1.1'1 densat ion or afte r wash ing you r car, the braking
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
effect can be reduced by moisture or ice on the brake rotors and brake pads. The brakes must be "dried" first with a few careful brake applications.
At higher speeds and with the windsh ield wipers turned on, the brake pads press against the brake rotors for a short amount of time . This action wh ich is not felt by the driver happens at regular intervals and facilitates a better reaction t ime for the brakes in wet weather.
The braking effect can also be reduced if you are driv ing on salted roads and you do not apply the brakes for long periods of time. The layer of salt on the brake rotors and pads must be worn off first whe n the brakes are applied .
Corrosion
Leaving the vehicle parked for long periods of t ime, low mileage and avoiding heavy braking can contribute to corros ion on the brake rotors and dirty brake pads.
If you usually avoid heavy braking or if there is
corrosion present, occasional heavy braking at high speeds is recommended to clean the brake rotors and pads¢ ,& .
Brake system malfunct ion
if you notice that the brake pedal travel has sud-
denly gotten larger, then a brake circ uit may have failed. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authori zed Audi Service Facility immediately to have the problem corrected. On the way there, dr ive with reduced speed and keep in mind that a long braking distance and increased pressure on the brake pedal will be necessary.
Low brake fluid level
When the brake f luid level is low, malfunct ions in the brake system may occur. The brake flu id level is electronically mon itored.
Brake booster
The brake booster amplifies the pressure you ap-
ply to the brake pedal. It only works when the en-
gine is running.
IJ>
125
Intelligent Technology
& WARNING
- New brake pads do not achieve their full braking effect during the first 250 mi (400 km). They must be " broken in" first . However, you can compensate for the slight· ly reduced braking force by pressing firmly on the brake pedal. Avoid heavy braking dur· ing the break-in period.
- Alway apply the brakes for the purpose of cleaning the brake system when road and traffic conditions permit. You must not en· danger other road users. This increases the risk of an accident.
- On steep slopes, reduce the speed and select a lower gear or lower selector lever po· sition. Drive as little as possible while press· ing the brake pedal and avoid putting your left foot on the brake pedal while driving. This could cause the brakes to overheat and impair the efficiency of the brakes.
- Do not let the brakes "grind" by always keeping your foot on the brake pedal. This can cause the brakes to overheat, increase wear and increase braking distance unneces· sarily.
- Certain weather and operating conditions such as driving through water, driving in
heavy rain or driving after washing your ve·
hide can impair the effectiveness of the brakes. In the winter, ice may build up on the brake pads, rotors and drums. Check these components by braking carefully. Ap· plying the brakes carefully several times dries the brakes and removes ice build-up . - The efficiency of the brakes can also be im· paired by driving for long stretches on roads covered with salt without using the brakes.
You can remove salt deposits from the brake
rotors and pads by carefully applying the brakes several times. - If the front spoiler is damaged or you install another spoiler, make sure the front wheel brakes are ventilated properly . Otherwise, the brake system could overheat, which re· duces their effectiveness. - Failure of a brake circuit impairs braking performance, which increases braking dis·
126
tance. Avoid driving the vehicle and have it towed it to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility . - Never let the vehicle roll while the engine is stopped because this increases the risk of an accident . - If the brake booster is not working, you will have to press much harder on the brake ped· al to compensate for the lack of the booster .
(D Note
- Never let the brakes "rub" by pressing the pedal lightly when braking is not really nee· essary. This causes the brakes to overheat and increases braking distance and causes wear.
- Before driving on a long stretch with steep slopes, reduce your speed and shift to the next lower gear This makes use of the en· gine braking effect and relieves the brakes. If you need to brake additionally, brake in intervals and not continuously.
(D Tips
- If the brake booster is not working, you must press the brake pedal with much more force then normal.
- If you retrofit your vehicle with a front spoil· er, wheel covers or similar items, make sure that the air flow to the front wheels is not interrupted. Otherwise the brake system can become too hot.
Electromechanical steering
The electromechanical steering supports the driver's steering movements .
Power steering adapts elec tronically based on
the vehicle speed.
The vehicle still has full steering functionality if the power steering fails or when the engine is stopped (towing). To steer, you must apply much more force than usual.
Indicator lights and messages
· Do not drive vehicle: steering defective
Intelligent Technology
If th is indicator light turns on and stays on and this message appears, the power steering may have fa iled .
Do not continue driving. See an authorized Aud i dealer or autho rized Audi Service Facility f or assistance.
· Do not drive vehicle: steering defective
There is a malfunction in the electron ic steering lock. You cannot turn the ignition on .
Do not tow your vehicle because it cannot be steered. See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for assistance .
'-:rS,itjeering malfunction: you can continue driv-
ing
If the indicator light turns on, the steering whee l may be more difficult to move or more sensitive than usual. The steering wheel may also be at an angle when dr iving straight.
Drive slow ly to an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility to have the ma lfunction corrected.
!II Steering lock: system fault! Please contact
Service
There is a malfunct ion in the electron ic steering lock.
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili ty immediately to have the malfunction corrected.
_& WARNING Have the system malfunction corrected as soon as possible by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility, as th is increases the risk of an accident .
(D Tips
If the . or ,-:r-inndicator light only stays on
for a short time, you may continue driving.
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
All wheel drive (quattro)
Applies to vehicles: with all wheel drive
In all wheel drive, all four wheels are powered.
General information
In all whee l dr ive, t he dr iving power is divided between all four whee ls. This happens automatically depending on your driving behavior as well as the current road conditions . Refer to ¢ page 123, Electronic stabilization control (ESC).
The all wheel drive concept is designed for high engine power. Your vehicle is exceptionally powerfu l and has excellent driving characteristics both under normal driving conditions and on snow and ice. Always read and follow safety precautions q ,& .
Winter tires
By using all wheel drive, your vehicle has good forward motion with standard tires in winter conditions. However, in winter we recommend using winter or all season tires on all four wheels, because this will improve the braking effect .
Snow chains
If there are snow chain laws, snow chains must also be used on vehicles with all wheel drive q page 230, Snow chains.
Replacing tires
For vehicles with all wheel drive, only wheels with the same rolling circum f erence should be used. Avoid wheels with different tread depths q page 221.
Offroad vehicle?
Your Audi is not an offroad vehicle - there is not enough ground clearance. For this reason, avoid difficult terra in. Refer to ¢ page 259.
_& WARNING
~
- Also, in vehicles with all wheel drive, adapt your driving style to the current road and traffic cond itions . Do not let the increased safety provided tempt you into taking risks.
- The braking ability of your veh icle is limited to the tract ion of the wheels. In th is way, it
127
Intelligen t Technology
is not different fro m a two wheel drive vehicle. Do not be tempted to accelerate to a high speed when the road is slippery th is increases the risk of an accident. - Note that on wet streets, the front wheels can "hydrop lane" if driving at speeds that are too high . Unlike front whee l drive vehicles, the engi ne does not rev higher suddenly when the vehicl e begins hydrop laning. For t his reason, pay att ent ion t o the road conditi ons regardless of your speed.
Energy management
The starting ability is optimized
The energy management system manages the electrical energy distribution and optimizes the availability of electrical energy for starting the engine.
When a vehicle with a conventional energy system is not driven f or a long time, the battery is drained by equipment (for example the immobilizer) . In certa in circumstances , there could may not be enough energy to start the engine .
Your vehicle is equipped w it h an intelligent energy management system for distr ibut ing electric ity . This sign ificantly improves the starting ability and increases the battery life .
The energy management system Is made up of battery diagnosis, idling current management and dynamic energy management.
Battery diagnosis
The batte ry diagnosis determines the batte ry charge level. The sensors determine the batte ry voltage, the battery current , and the battery t emperature . The current charge level and the performance of t he battery are dete rmined based on this .
Idling current management
The idling current management decreases the energy used while parked. W it h the engine switched off, it manages the energy distribution to the different electrical components . Date from battery diagnosis is taken into account for this .
Depending on the batte ry charge level, electrical equipment is switched off one item after the other, to prevent the battery from draining and to retain the start ing ability.
Dynamic energy management
While driv ing, dynam ic energy management distribu t es the appropriate amount of energy to t he electrica l equipment. It control s the battery charge level so that more energy is not used then is being generated in order to maintain an optimal battery charge level.
(D Tips
- Energy management cannot overcome the laws of physics. Note that the charge level and length of the battery life are limited.
- When the sta rting ability is endangered, the (·) indicator light t urns on c:>page 19 .
' What you should know
Maintaining the starting ability is the highest priority.
A lot of st ress is placed on the battery when dr iving short distances, in traffic, and at cold t imes of the year. A lot of energy is used but little is
generated. It is also critical when the engine is
not ru nning but electr ical equipment is switched on. In th is case, energy is used but none is gener ated.
In sit uat ions like this, energy ma nagement w ill active ly regu lated the distribution of energy.
Long periods without use
If you do not dr ive your vehicle for several days or
weeks, electr ical consumers are grad ually scaled
back or switched off. This reduces energy use and
ensures the vehicle w ill be able to start after long
periods of time . Some convenience functions
such as opening w it h the remote control key may
not be available. These convenience f unct ions
will be available again once you swit ch the igni-
tion on and start the engine.
.,_
128
With the engine switched off
The battery w ill dra in if you use functions such as listening to the radio while the engine is switched off.
The vehicle 's ability to start may be impaired by the energy use, a message w ill appear in the In fotainment system disp lay.
The message ind icates that the system will switch off automatically soon. If you would like to continue using the functions, you m ust start the eng ine.
With the engine running
Although electrical energy is generated wh ile driving, the batte ry can drain. This can happen when little energy is gene rated, and much is used and the charge leve l of the battery is not optima l.
To restore the ba lance of energy, components that require large amounts of energy are temporar ily sca led back or switched off . Heating systems in particular require a great deal of energy. If you notice, for example, that the seat heating* or rear window defroster is not working, then it has been temporari ly reduced or switched off. These systems are avai lab le aga in as soon as the energy balance has been restored.
In addition, you may notice that the idle speed has slightly increased . That is normal and no cause for concern. Due to the increased idling speed, the add itional required energy w ill be generated and the battery will be charged .
Intelligent Technology
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
129
Driving safety
Driving safety
Basics
Safe driving habits
Please remember - safe ty first!
This chapter contains important information, tips, instructions and warnings that you need to read and observe for your own safety, the safety of your passengers and others. We have summarized here what you need to know about safety belts, airbags, child restraints as well as child
safety. Your safety is for us priority number 1. Al-
ways observe the information and warnings in this section - for your own safety as well as that of your passengers .
The information in this section applies to all model versions of your vehicle . Some of the features described in this sections may be standard equipment on some models, or may be optional equipment on others. If you are not sure, ask your authorized Audi dealer.
A WARNING -
- Always make sure that you follow the instructions and heed the WARNINGS in this
Manual. It is in your interest and in the in-
terest of your passengers. - Always keep the complete Owner's Litera-
ture in your Audi when you lend or sell your vehicle so that this important information will always be available to the driver and passengers. - Always keep the Owner's literature handy so that you can find it easily if you have questions . - Always adjust your speed to the weather traffic and conditions. Follow the speed limits . - Always drive in such a way that you can stop your vehicle safely. - Always adjust your speed to the general flow of traffic. Follow the speed limits.
· Safety equipment
The safety features are part of the occupant restraint system and work together to help reduce the risk of injury in a wide variety of accident situations.
Your safety and the safety of your passengers should not be left to chance. Advances in technology have made a variety of features available to help reduce the risk of injury in an accident. The following is a list of just a few of the safety features in your Audi:
- sophisticated safety belts for driver and all passenger seating positions,
- safety belt pretensioners, - safety belt force limiters for the front seats, - safety belt height adjustment systems for the
front seats, - front airbags, - knee airbags for the front seats* - side airbags in the front seats and outer rear
seats*, - side curtain airbags with ejection mitigation
features, - special LATCHanchorages for child restraints, - head restraints for each seating position, - adjustable steering column . - pre sense basic* (preventative passenger pro-
tection)
These individual safety features, can work together as a system to help protect you and your passengers in a wide range of accidents . These features cannot work as a system if they are not always correctly adjusted and correctly used .
Safety is everybody's responsibility!
Important things to do before driving
Safety is everybody 'sjob! Vehicle and occupant safety always depends on the informed and careful driver.
For your safety and the safety of your passengers, before driving always:
.. Make sure that all lights and signals are operat -
ing correctly .
.. Make sure that the tire pressure is correct.
..,.
130
Dri v in g s a f e ty
.. Make sure that a ll windows are clean and afford good visibility to the outside .
.. Secure all luggage and other items carefully
r=p>age 59, r=>page 59.
.. Make sure that nothing can interfere with the pedals.
.. Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors correct ly for your he ight.
.,.Instruct passengers to adjust t he head restra ints according to their he ight .
.. Make sure to use the right child restraint cor-
rect ly to protect children r=>page 172, Child safety .
.. Sit properly in your seat and make sure that
your passengers do the same r=p>age 54, Front seats .
.. Fasten your safety belt and wear it proper ly. Also instruct your passengers to fasten their safe-
ty belts properly r=>page 140.
-A WARNING Impaired dr iving safety increases the risk of serious personal injury and death wheneve r a vehicle is being used .
Correct passenger seating positions
Proper seating position for the driver
The proper driver seating position is important for safe, relaxed driving.
What impairs driving safety?
Safe driving is directly related to the condition of the vehicle, the driver as well as the driver's ability to concentrate on the road without being distracted.
The driver is respons ible for the safety of the ve-
hicle and all of its occupants. If your ability to
d rive is impaired, safety risks for everybody in the veh icle increase and you also become a hazard to
eve ryone else on the road r=&>, . Therefo re:
.. Do not let you rself be distracted by passengers or by using a cellular telephone .
.. NEVER dr ive when your dr iving abili ty is impaired (by medicat ions, alcohol, drugs, etc.).
.. Observe all traffic laws, rules of the road and speed limits and plain common sense.
.. ALWAYSadjust your speed to road, traffic and weather conditions.
.. Take frequent breaks on long trips. Do not dr ive for more than two hours at a stretch .
.,.Do NOTdrive when you are t ired, under pressu re or when you a re stressed.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Fig, 1 13 Correct seating posit ion
For yo ur own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of a n accident, we recommend that you adjust t he dr iver's seat to the fo llowing pos ition:
.,.Adj ust the driver's seat so that you can easily push the pedals all the way to the floor while
keeping your knee(s) slightly bent r=&>, .
.. Adju st t he a ngle of the seatbac k so that it is in an upright position so that your back comes in full contact with it when you drive .
.. Adjust the steering whee l so that there is a dis tance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the
steering wheel and your breast bone r=f>ig. 113.
If not poss ible, see your authorized Audi dealership about adapt ive eq uipment. .,.Adj ust the steering wheel so that the steering wheel and airbag cover points at your che st a nd not at your face . .. Grasp the top of the steer ing whee l with your elbow(s) slightly bent . .. For adjustab le head restraints: Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head . If that is not possible, try to adj ust the head restraint so that it .,.
131
Driving safety
is as close to this position as possible. Move the head restraint so that it is as close to the back of the head as possible. .. Fa sten and wear safety belt s correctly
<=p>age 143.
.. Always keep both feet in the footwell so that you are in control of the veh icle at all times.
For detailed information on how to adjust the driver's seat, see <=p>age 55 .
A WARNING
Drivers who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds. To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury: - Always adjust the dr iver's seat and the
steering wheel so that there are at least 10 inches (25 cm) between your breastbone and the steering wheel. - Always adjust the driver's seat and the steering wheel so that there are at least 4 inches (10 cm) between the knees and the lower part of the instrument panel. - Always hold the steering wheel on the outside of the steering wheel rim with your hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to help reduce the risk of personal injury if the driver's airbag inflates . - Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or with your hands at other positions inside the steering wheel rim or on the steering wheel hub . Holding the steering wheel the wrong way can cause serious injuries to the hands, arms and head if the driver's airbag inflates. - Pointing the steering wheel toward your face decreases the ability of the supplemental driver's airbag to protect you in a collision. - Always sit in an upright position and never lean against or place any part of your body too close to the area where the airbags are located. - Before driving, always adjust the front seats properly and make sure that all passengers are properly restrained.
- For adjustable head restraints: before driving, always also adjust the head restraints properly .
- Never adjust the seats while the vehicle is moving. Your seat may move unexpectedly and you could lose control of the vehicle.
- Never drive with the backrest reclined or tilted far back! The farther the backrests are tilted back, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the safety belt and improper seating position .
- Children must always ride in child seats <=p>age 172 . Special precautions apply when installing a child seat on the front passenger seat <=p>age 148.
· Proper seating position for the front passenger
The proper front passenger seating position is important for safe , relaxed driving.
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an accident, we recommend that you adjust the seat for the front passenger to the following position :
.. Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in an upright position and your back comes in full contact with it whenever the vehicle is moving .
.. For adjustab le head restraints: adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head. If that is not pos sible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close t o this position as possible <=p>age 134 . Move the head restraint so that it is as close to the back of the head as possible.
.. Keep both feet flat on the floor in front of the front passenger seat .
.. Fasten and wear safety belts correctly
<=p>age 143 .
For detailed information on how to adjust the front passenger's seat, see c>page 54.
A WARNING
Front seat passengers who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the airbag can be
132
seriously injured or killed by the airbag as it unfolds. To help reduce the risk of serious personal injury: - Passengers must always sit in an upright po-
sition and never lean against or place any part of their body too close to the area where the airbags are located. - Passengers who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with great force in the blink of an eye. - Always make sure that there are at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the front passenger's breastbone and the instrument panel. - Always make sure that there are at least 4 inches (10 cm) between the front passenger's knees and the lower part of the instrument panel. - Each passenger must always sit on a seat of their own and properly fasten and wear the safety belt belonging to that seat. - Before driving, always adjust the front passenger seat properly. - For adjustable head restraints: before driving, always also adjust the head restraints properly. - Always keep your feet on the floor in front of the seat. Never rest them on the seat, instrument panel, out of the window, etc. The airbag system and safety belt will not be able to protect you properly and can even increase the risk of injury in a crash. - Never drive with the backrest reclined or tilted far back! The farther the backrests are tilted back, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the safety belt and improper seating position. - Children must always ride in child seats <=p>age 172. Special precautions apply when installing a child seat on the front passenger seat r=p>age 148.
Driving safety
Proper seating positions for passengers in rear seats
Rear seat passengers must sit upright with both feet on the floor consistent with their physical size and be properly restrained whenever the vehicle is in use.
To reduce the risk of injury caused by an incorrect seating position in the event of a sudden braking maneuver or an accident, your passengers on the rear bench seat must always observe the following :
.,.For adjustable head restraints: adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head. If that is not possible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to this position as possible <=>pag1e34 .
.,.Keep both feet flat in the footwell in front of the rear seat .
.,.Fasten and wear safety belts properly Qpage 143 .
.,.Make sure that children are always properly restrained in a child restraint that is appropriate for their size and age Q page 172.
A WARNING
P assengers who are improperly seated on the rear seat can be seriously injured in a crash. - Each passenger must always sit on a seat of their own and properly fasten and wear the safety belt belonging to that seat. - Safety belts only offer maximum protection when the safety belts are properly positioned on the body and securely latched. By not sitting upright, a rear seat passenger increases the risk of personal injury from improperly positioned safety belts! - For adjustable head restraints: always adjust the head restraint properly so that it can give maximum protection.
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1"1 1.1"1
1,..1..".1,
133
Driving safety
Proper adjustment of head restraints
App lies to vehicles: with adj ustable head restraints
Correctly adjusted head restraints are an important part of your vehicle 's occupant restraint system and can help to reduce the risk of injuries in accident situations .
restraint so that it is as close to this position as possible. Move the head restraint so that it is as close to the back of the head as possible . - Never attempt to adjust head restraint while driving. If you have driven off and must adjust the driver headrest for any reason, first stop the vehicle safely before attempting to adjust the head restraint. - Children must always be properly restrained in a child restraint that is appropriate for their age and size ¢ page 172.
Fig. 114 Head restraint: viewed fro m the front
The head restraints must be correctly adjusted to achieve the best protection.
"Ad jus t the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head. If that is not possible, try to adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to this position as possible¢ fig. 114 . Move the head restraint so that it is as close to the back of the head as possible.
" If there is a passenger on the rear center seating position, slide the center head restraint upward at least to the next notch.
Adjusting head restraints c:;,page 56.
A WARNING
-
All seats are equipped with head restraints.
Driving without head restraints or with head
restraints that are not properly adjusted in-
creases the risk of serious or fatal neck injury
dramatically. To help reduce the risk of injury:
- Always drive with the head restraints in
place and properly adjusted.
- Every person in the vehicle must have a properly adjusted head restraint.
- Always make sure each person in the vehicle properly adjusts their head restraint. Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is as even as possible with the top of your head. If that is not possible, try to adjust the head
Examples of improper seating positions
The occupant restraint system can only reduce the risk of injury if vehicle occupants are properly seated.
Improper seating positions can cause se rious injury or death . Safety belts can only work when they are properly positioned on the body. Improper seating positions reduce the effectiveness of safety belts and will even increase the risk of injury and death by moving the safety belt to critical areas of the body. Improp e r seating positions also increase the risk of serious injury and death when an airbag deploys and strikes an occupant who is not in the proper seat ing position. A driver is respons ible for the safety of all vehicle occupants and especially for children . Therefore:
" Never allow anyone to assume an incorrect seating position when the vehicle is being used
9& .
The following bulletins list only some sample positions that will increase the risk of serious injury and death . Our hope is that these examples will make you more aware of seating positions that are dangerous .
Therefore, whenever the vehicle is moving:
- never stand up in the vehicle - never stand on the seats - never kneel on the seats - never ride with the seatback reclined - never lie down on the rear seat - never lean up against the instrument panel
134
Dr iv in g s a f et y
- never sit on the edge of the seat - never sit sideways - never lea n out the w indow - never put your feet out the window - never put your feet on the instrument panel - never rest your feet on the seat cushion or back
of the seat - never ride in the footwe ll - never ride in the cargo area
&_ WARNING
Improper seat ing positions increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is be ing used. - Always make sure that all vehicle occupants
stay in a proper seating position and are properly restrai ned whenever the vehicle is being used.
Driver's and front passenger's footwell
Important safety instructions
Applies to vehicles:with kneeairbags
&_ WARNING
Always ma ke sure that the knee a irbag can inflate without interference. Objects between yourself and t he airbag can increase the risk of injury in an accident by interfering with the way the airbag deploys or by being pushed into you as the airbag deploys. - No persons (children) or animals should ride
in the footwe ll in front of the passenger seat. If the airbag dep loys, this can result in serious or fatal injuries. - No objects of any kind shou ld be carried in the footwe ll area in front of the dr iver's or passenger's seat. Bulky objects (shopp ing bags, for example) can hamper or prevent proper deployment of the airbag . Small objects can be th rown thro ugh the vehicle if the a irbag deploys and injure you o r you r passengers.
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
Pedal area
Pedals
The pedals must always be free to move and must never be interfered with by a floor mat or any other object.
Make sure that a ll peda ls move freely without interference and that nothing prevents them from returning to the ir original positions.
Only use f loor mats that leave the pedal area free and can be secured with floor mat fasteners.
If a brake circuit fa ils, increased brake pedal trav el is required to bring the vehicle to a full stop.
-&_ WARNING
-
Pedals that cannot move free ly can cause loss
of vehicle control and increase the risk of ser i-
ous injury .
- Never place any objects in the driver's foot-
well. An object could get into the pedal area
and interfere with pedal function. In case of
sudden braking or an accident, you would
not be able to brake or accelera t e!
- Always make sure that nothing can fall or
move into the d river's footwell.
Floor mats on the driver side
Always use floor mats that can be securely attached to the floor mat fasteners and do not interfere with the free movement of the pedals.
.. Make sure that the floor mats are properly secured and cannot move and inte rfere with the
pedals ~A .
Use only floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed and that are firmly secured so that they cannot sl ip out of position . You can obta in suitable floor mats from your authorized Audi Dealer .
Floor mat fasteners are insta lled in your Audi.
Floor mats used in your vehicle must be attached to these fasteners. Properly securing the floor .,..
135
Dr iv ing safet y
mats will prevent them from sliding into posi tions that cou ld interfere with the peda ls or impa ir safe operation of your vehicle in other ways .
A WARNING
Pedals that cannot move freely can result in a loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of ser ious persona l injury . - Always make sure that floor mats are prop-
erly secured . - Never place or insta ll floor mats or other
floor coverings in t he veh icle that cannot be properly secured in place to prevent them from slipping and inte rfering with the pedals or the ability to control the veh icle . - Never place or insta ll floor mats or other floor coverings on top of already installed floor mats. Additiona l floo r mats and other coverings will reduce the size of t he pedal area and interfere with t he pedal s. - Always proper ly reinstall and secu re floor mats that have been t ake n ou t for clean ing . - Always make sure that objects cannot fa ll int o the dr iver footwell while the veh icle is moving. Objects can become trapped unde r the brake pedal an d accelerator peda l caus ing a loss of vehicle cont ro l.
Storing cargo correctly
Loading the luggage compartment
All luggage and other objects must be properly stowed and secured in the luggage compartment.
Fig. 11 5 Safe load positioning: place heavy objects as low and as far forwa rd as possib le.
Loose items in the luggage compa rtment can shift suddenly, changing vehicle handling charac teristics. Loose items can also increase the risk of serious persona l injury in a sudden vehicle maneuver or in a collision.
.,.Distribute the load even ly in the luggage compartment.
.,.Always place and properly secure heavy items in the luggage compartment as far forward as possible .
.,.Secure luggage using the tie-downs prov ided ~ page 59.
.,.Make s ure that the rear seatback is securely latc hed in place.
A WARNING
Improperly stored luggage or other items can fly through the vehicle causing serio us persona l injury in the event of hard braking or an accident. To help reduce the risk of ser ious personal injury: - Always put objects, for example, luggage or
other heavy items in the luggage compartment. - Always secure objects in the luggage compartment using the tie-down hooks and suitable straps.
A WARNING
Heavy loads will influence the way your vehi-
cle handles . To help reduce the risk of a loss
of contro l leading to se rious pe rsonal injury:
-Always keep in mind when transpo rting
heavy objects, tha t a change in the center of
grav ity can also cause changes in vehi cle
ha ndli ng:
- Always distribute the load as evenly as
possib le.
- Place heavy objects as far forward in the
luggage compartment as possib le.
- Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating
or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating specif ied
on the safety compliance sticker on the left
door jamb. Exceeding permissib le weight
standards can cause the veh icle to slide and
handle d ifferently.
,...
136
- Please observe information on safe driving ~ page 130.
A WARNING
To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from being drawn into the vehicle, always keep the rear lid closed while driving . - Never transport objects larger than those
fitting completely into the luggage area because the rear lid cannot be fully closed. - If you absolutely must drive with the rear lid open, observe the following notes to reduce the risk of poisoning: - Close all windows, - Close the power roof*, - Open all air outlets in the instrument pan-
el, - Switch off the air recirculation, - Set the fresh air fan to the highest speed.
A WARNING
Always make sure that the doors, all windows, the power roof* and the rear lid are securely closed and locked to reduce the risk of injury when the vehicle is not being used. -After closing the rear lid, always make sure
that it is properly closed and locked. - Never leave your vehicle unattended espe -
cially with the rear lid left open . A child could crawl into the vehicle through the luggage compartment and close the rear lid becoming trapped and unable to get out. Being trapped in a vehicle can lead to serious personal injury. - Never let children play in or around the vehicle. - Never let passengers ride in the luggage compartment. Vehicle occupants must always be properly restrained in one of the vehicle's seating positions.
(D Tips
- Air circulation helps to reduce window fog-
M N
ging. Stale air escapes to the outside
0
c> o
through vents in the trim panel. Be sure to
.....
\!)
keep these slots free and open.
1.1"1
1.1"1
1...1.".1.
Driving safety
- The tire pressure must correspond to the load. The tire pressure is shown on the tire pressure label. The tire pressure label is located on the driver's side B-pillar. The tire pressure label lists the recommended cold tire inflation pressures for the vehicle at its maximum capacity weight and the tires that were on your vehicle at the time it was manufactured. For recommended tire pressures for normal load conditions, please see chapter ~ page 224.
Tie-downs
'
The luggage compartment is equipped with four tie-downs to secure luggage and other items.
Use the tie-downs to secure your cargo properly ~ page 136, Loading the luggage compartment.
In a collision, the laws of physics mean that even smaller items that are loose in the vehicle will become heavy missiles that can cause serious injury. Items in the vehicle possess energy which vary with vehicle speed and the weight of the item. Vehicle speed is the most significant factor.
For example, in a frontal collision at a speed of 30 mph (48 km/h) , the forces acting on a 10-lb (4.5 kg) object are about 20 times the normal weight of the item. This means that the weight of the item would suddenly be about 200 lbs. (90 kg). You can imagine the injuries that a 200 lbs. (90 kg) item flying freely through the passenger compartment could cause in a collision like this.
-A WARNING Weak, damaged or improper straps used to secure items to tie-downs can fail during hard braking or in a collision and cause serious personal injury . - Always use suitable mounting straps and properly secure items to the tie-downs in the luggage compartment to help prevent items from shifting or flying forward as dangerous missiles. - When the rear seat backrest is folded down, always use suitable mounting straps and properly secure items to the tie-downs in
137
Driving safety
t he luggage compartment to help prevent items from flying forwa rd as da ng ero us missiles int o t he pass en g er compartm e nt. - Never att ach a child safe ty seat t et her stra p to a ti e-down.
Reporting Safety Defects
Applicable to U.S.A.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)in addition to notifying Audi of America, Inc.
If NHTSAreceives similar com -
plaints, it may open an investiga-
tion, and if it finds that a safety defects exists in a group of vehicles , it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Audi of America, Inc.
To contact the NHTSA,you may either call :
Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153) or 1-800 -424 -9393
or you may write to:
NHTSA U.S. Department of Transportation 1200 New Jersey Ave., S.E. West Building Washington, DC20590
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from:
http://www.safercar.gov
Applicable to Canada
If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a defe ct that could cause a crash , injury or death, you should immedi-
ately inform Transport Canada,
Defect Investigations and Recalls. You should also notify Audi Canada .
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada , Defect Investigations and Recalls, may either call Transport Canada toll-free at:
Tel.: 1-800-333-0510 or Tel.: 1-819-994-3328 (Ottawa region and from other countries) TTYfor hearing impaired: Tel.: 1-888-67 5-6863
or contact Transport Canada by mail at:
138
Transport Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Investigations Laboratory 80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z OAl
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc .ca/eng/ roadsafety/menu.htm
Dr iv ing safety
1 39
Safet y belt s
Safety belts
General notes
Always wear safety belts!
Wearing safety belts correctly saves lives!
This chapter exp lains why safety belts are necessary, how they work and how to adjust and wear them correctly.
.. Read all the information that fo llows and heed all of the instructions and WARNINGS.
&_ WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them improperly increases the risk of serious personal injury and death. - Safety belts are the single most effective
means available to reduce the risk of serious injury and death in automobile accidents. For your protection and that of your passengers, always correct ly wear safety belts when the vehicle is moving. - Pregnant women, injured, or physically impaired persons must also use safety belts. Like all veh icle occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety be lts . The best way to protect a fetus is to protect the mother - throughout the ent ire pregnancy.
Number of seats
Your Audi has a total of five seating positions: two in t he front and three in the rear. Each seating position has a safety belt .
&_ WARNING
Not wea ring safety belts or wearing them improperly increases the risk of serious personal injury and death. - Never strap more than one person, includ-
ing small ch ildren, into any belt. It is especially dangerous to place a safety belt over a child sit t ing on your lap . - Never let more people ride in the veh icle than there are safety be lts available.
- Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is properly restrained with a separate safety belt or child restraint.
~- Safety belt warning light Your vehicle has a warning system for the driver and front seat passenger (on USAmodels only) to remind you about the importance of bucklingup .
(0
""9 ' ' "m<f'
Fig. 116 Safety belt warning light in the instrument cluster - enlarged
Before driving off, always: .. Fasten your safety belt and make sure you are
wearing it properly . .. Make s ure that your passengers a lso buckle up
and properly wear their safety belts . .. Protect children with a child restraint system
appropriate for the s ize and age .
The warning light . in the instrument cluster light s up when the ign it ion is on as a reminder to fasten the safety belts . In add ition, you will hear a warn ing tone for a certain pe riod of time. Fasten your safety belt and make sure that your passengers also properly put on their safety belts .
&_ WARNING - Safety belts are the s ingle most effect ive
means available to reduce the risk of serious injury and death in automobile acc idents. For your protection and that of your passen gers, always correctly wear safety belts when the vehicle is moving . - Failure to pay attention to the warning light that come on, cou ld lead to personal injury.
140
Safety belts
Why use safety belts?
Frontal collisions and the law of physics Frontal crashes create very strong forces for people riding in vehicles .
(2,000 lbs, or 1,000 kg) or more . At greater speeds, these forces are even higher .
People who do not use safety belts are also not attached to their vehicle. In a frontal collision they will also keep moving forward at the speed their vehicle was travelling just before the crash. Of course, the laws of physics don't just apply to frontal collisions, they determ ine what happens in all kinds of accidents and collisions.
Fig. 117 Unbe lted occupants in a vehicle heading for a wall
CD
~
±
<t ID
What happens to occupants not wearing safety belts?
In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop themselves from flying forward and being injured or killed . Always wear your safety belts!
Fig. 118 The vehicle cras hes into th e wall
The physical principles are simple. Both the vehicle and the passengers possess energy which varies with vehicle speed and body weight . Engineers call this energy "kinetic energy."
The higher the speed of the vehicle and the greater the vehicle's weight, the more energy that has to be "absorbed" in the crash.
Vehicle speed is the most significant factor . If the speed doubles from 15 to 30 mph (25 to 50 km/ h), the energy increases 4 times!
Because the passengers of this veh icle are not using safety belts q fig. 117, they will keep moving at the same speed the vehicle was moving just before the crash, until something stops them here, the wall q fig. 118 .
...., The same principles apply to people sitting in a
N
0 c> o
rl
vehicle that is involved in a frontal collision. Even at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph (30 to 50 km/h),
I.O
"' the forces acting on the body can reach one ton ""rl ''
Fig. 119 A dr iver not wea ring a safety belt is violently thrown forward
Fig. 120 A re ar passenger not wearing a sa fety be lt will fly fo rward and strike t he driver
Unbelted occupants are not able to resist the tre -
mendous forces of impact by holding tight or
bracing themselves . Without the benefit of safe-
ty restraint systems, the unrestrained occupant
will slam violently int o the steering wheel, in-
strument panel, windshie ld, or whatever else is
in the way q fig . 119 . This impact with the vehi-
cle interior has a ll the energy they had just before
the crash.
..,_
141
Safet y belts
Never rely on airbags a lone for protection . Even when they deploy, airbags provide only additional protection . Airbags are not supposed to deploy in all kinds of accidents. Although your Audi is equipped w ith airbags, all vehicle occupants, including the driver, must wear safety belts correctly in orde r to min imize the risk of seve re injury or death in a crash .
Remember too, that airbags will deploy only once and that your safety be lts are a lways there to offer protection in t hose accidents in which airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have a lready deployed . Unbelted occupan t s can also be thrown ou t of t he vehicle where even mo re severe or fata l injur ies can occur .
It is also important fo r the rea r passenge rs to wear safety belts correctly. Unbe lted passenge rs in t he rear se ats endanger not only themselves but also the driver and other passengers ~ fig. 120. In a frontal coll ision they will be thrown forward violent ly, where they can hit and inju re the driver and/or front seat passenger.
Safety belts protect
People think it's possible to use the hands to brace the body in a minor collision. It 's simply not true!
Safety be lts attach passengers to the car and give them the benefit of being slowed down more gently or "softly" through the "give" in the safety belts, crush zones and other safety features eng ineered into today's veh icles. By "absorbing" the kinet ic ene rgy over a longer period of time, the safety be lts make the forces on the body more "tole rable" and less likely to cause injury.
Although these examples are based o n a frontal collision, safety be lts can also substantially reduce the risk of injury in other kinds of crashes. So, whether you're on a long tr ip or just go ing to t he cor ne r store, always bu ckle up and ma ke sure others do, too. Acciden t sta t isti cs show th at vehicle occupants properly wearing safety belts have a lowe r risk of be ing injured and a much better chance of surviving an accident. Pro perly using safety belts a lso greatly increases the ab ility of the supp lemental airbags to do their job in a collis ion. For this reason, wear ing a safety be lt is legally required in most countries including much of the United States and Canada .
Although your Audi is equipped with a irbags, you still have to wear the safety belts provided. Front airbags, for example, are act ivated only in some fron tal coll is io ns . The front airbags are not act ivated in a ll frontal col lisions, in s ide and rear collis io ns, in ro ll overs o r in cases whe re the re is not eno ugh deceler at ion th rough impac t to the front of t he vehicle . The same goes for the other airbag systems in your Audi. So, always wear your safety belt and make sure everybody in your vehicle is proper ly restrained!
Fig. 121 Driver is correct ly restra ined in a sudden braking m aneuver
Safety belts used properly can make a big difference. Safety belts help to keep passengers in their seats , gradually reduce energy levels applied to the body in an accident, and he lp prevent the uncont rolled movement that can cause seri ous injur ies. In add it ion, safety belts reduce the danger of being t hrow n ou t of t he vehicle.
Important safety instructions about safety belts
Safety belts must always be correctly positioned across the strongest bones of your body.
.,.Always wear safety belts as illustrated and described in this chapter .
.,.Make s ure that your safety belts are always ready fo r use and are not damaged .
142
_& WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them im-
properly increases the risk of serious personal
injury and death. Safety belts can work only
when used correctly .
- Always fasten your safety belts correctly be-
fore driving off and make sure al l passen-
gers are correctly restrained.
- For maximum protection, safety belts must
always be pos itioned properly on the body.
- Never strap more than one person, includ-
ing small ch ildren, into any belt.
- Never place a safety belt over a child sitting
on your lap.
- Always keep feet in the footwell in front of
the seat while the vehicle is being driven.
- Never let any person ride with their feet on
the instrument panel or st icking out the
window or on the seat.
- Never remove a safety belt while the vehicle
is moving . Doing so will increase your risk of
being injured or killed.
- Never wear belts twisted.
- Never wear belts over rigid or breakable ob-
jects in or on your clothing, such as eye
glasses, pens, keys, etc., as these may cause
injury.
- Never allow safety belts to become dam-
aged by being caught in door or seat hard-
ware.
- Do not wear the shoulder part of the belt
under your arm or otherwise out of position.
- Several layers of heavy clothing may inter-
fere with correct positioning of belts and re-
duce the overall effectiveness of the system.
- Always keep belt buckles free of anything
that may prevent the buckle from latching
securely.
- Never use comfort clips or devices that cre-
ate slack in the shoulder be lt. However, spe-
cial clips may be required for the proper use
of some child restraint systems.
- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear, and
....,
N
damaged belt hardware can break in an acci-
0 >
dent. Inspect belts regularly. If webb ing,
C()
rl
bind ings, buckles, or retracto rs are dam-
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Safety belts
aged, have belts replaced by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop. - Safety belts that have been worn and loaded in an accident must be replaced with the correct replacement safety belt by an authorized Audi dealer. Replacement may be necessary even if damage cannot be clearly seen. Anchorages that were loaded must also be inspected. - Never remove, modify, d isassemble, o r try to repair the safety belts yourself. -Always keep the belts clean. Dirty belts may not work properly and can impair the function of the inertia reel~ table Internal cleaning on page 237.
Safety belts
Fastening safety belts
Safety first - everybody buckle up!
Fig. 122 Belt buckle and tongue on t he driver's seat
To provide maximum protection, safety belts must always be positioned correctly on the wearer's body.
.. Adjust the front seat and head restraint proper-
ly ¢ page 54, Front seats.
.. Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench is
in an upright position and securely latched in
place before using the belt ¢ .&, .
.. Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it even ly
across the chest and pelvis ¢ .&_.
.. Insert the tongue into the correct buckle of
your seat until you hear it latch securely
¢ fig. 122 .
.. Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely
latched in the buckle.
Ill>
143
Safet y belts
Autom atic safet y belt retractors
Every safety belt is eq uipped with an automatic be lt retractor on the shou lder belt. This feature locks the belt when the be lt is pulled out fast, during hard brak ing and in an accident . The belt may also lock when you drive up or down a steep hill or through a sharp curve. During normal driving the belt lets you move freely.
Safety belt pret ensioners
The safety be lts are equipped with a belt pretensioner that helps to t ighten the safety belt and remove s lack when the pretensioner is activated ¢ page 146. The funct ion of the pretensioner is mon itored by a warning light <=:>pa2g0e.
Converti ble locking ret ractor
Every safety belt except the one on the driver seat is equipped with a convertib le locking retractor that must be used when the safety belt is used to attach a child seat. Be sure to read the important information about this feature ¢page 182 .
.&_WARNING
Improperly positioned safety belts can cause ser ious injury in an accident¢ page 144, Safety belt posi tion. - Safety belts offer optimum protection only
when the seatback is upright and belts are properly positioned on the body. - Always make sure that the rea r seat backrest to which t he center rear safety belt* is attached is securely latched whenever the rear center safety be lt is being used . If the backrest is not securely latched, the passen ger will move forward with the backrest during sudden braking, in a sudden maneuver and especially in a crash. - Never attach the safety belt to the buck le for another seat. Attaching the belt to the wrong buckle will reduce safety be lt effect iveness and can cause serious persona l injury. - A passenger who is not properly restrained can be se riously injur ed by the safety belt itself when it moves from the stronger parts
of the body into critical areas like the abdomen. - Always lock the convertible locking retractor when you are secur ing a child seat in the vehicle ¢page 184.
(D Tips
For information on safety belt pretensioners, refer to ¢page 146.
Safety belt position
Correct belt position is the key to getting maximum protection from safety belts .
Fig. 123 Safety belt posit ion
Use the height adjustment to change the posit ion of the shoulder belt of the front safety belts.
.&_WARNING
Imp roperly posit ioned safety be lts can cause
serio us pe rsonal injury in an accident.
- The shou lder belt should lie as close to the
center of the collar bone as possib le and
should fit well on the body. Hold the bel t
above t he latch to ng ue and pull it evenly
across the chest so that it sits as low as pos -
sible on the pe lvis and there is no pressure
on the abdomen. The belt should always fit
snug ly¢ fig. 123. Pull on the belt to tighten
if necessary.
- The lap be lt portion of the safety belt must
be positioned as low as poss ible across pel-
vis and never over the abdomen. Make sure
the belt lies flat and snug c::>fig. 123. Pull on
the belt to tighten if necessary.
~
144
Safety belts
-A loose-fitting safety belt can cause serious injuries by shifting its position on your body from the strong bones to more vulnerable, soft tissue and cause serious injury.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGSand
other important information ¢ page 142.
Pregnant women must also be correctly restrained
The best way to protect the fetus is to make sure that expectant mothers always wear safety belts correctly - throughout the pregnancy .
Fig. 124 Safety belt position during pregnancy
To provide maximum protection, safety belts must always be positioned correctly on the wear-
er's body c:>page 144.
· Adjust the front seat and adjustable head re-
straint* correctly¢ page 54, Front seats.
· Hold the belt by the tongue and pull it evenly
across the chest and pelvis ¢ fig. 124, c:>.&_.
· Insert the tongue into the correct buckle of your seat until you hear it latch securely
¢ page 143, fig. 122 .
·Pullon the belt to make sure that it is securely latched in the buckle.
_& WARNING
Improperly positioned safety belts can cause
serious personal injury in an accident.
- Expectant mothers must a lways wear the
lap portion of the safety belt as low as pos-
sible across t he pelvis and be low the round-
....,
N
ing of the abdomen .
0 c> o
- Always read and heed all WARNINGSand
rl
other important information ¢ .&.in Fasten-
I.O
"' ""rl ''
ing safety belts on page 144.
Unfastening safety belts Unbuckle the safety belt with the red release button only a~er the vehicle has stopped .
0.....
N 0
:i:
C"D'
J-L
Fig. 125 Releasing the tongue from the buckle
· Push the red release button on the buckle
¢ fig. 125. The belt tongue will spring out of
the buckle c:>.&_.
· Let the belt wind up on the retractor as you guide the belt tongue to its stowed position .
-_& WARNING Never unfasten safety belt while the vehicle is moving. Doing so will increase your risk of being injured or killed.
Adjusting the safety belt latch tongue
Fig. 126 Safety belt: latch tongue clip (example)
.,..Slide t he clip so that you can easily reach the belt latch when putting the safety belt on .
145
Safet y belts
Adjusting safety belt height With the aid of the safety belt height adjustment, the three point safety belt strap routing can be fitted to the shoulder area, according to body size.
Fig. 127 Safety belt height adjustment for t he front seats - loop-around fitt ings
The shou lder belt should lie as close to the center of the collar bone as possib le and should fit well on the body¢ .&. in Safety belt position on page 144 . ...Push the loop-around fittings up ¢ fig . 127 @ ,
or
...squeeze t ogether the (D button, and push the
loop-around fit t ings down @ . ...Pull the belt to make sure t hat the upper at -
tachment is properly engaged .
A WARNING
Always read and heed all WARNINGSand other important information ¢ page 142.
(D Tips
With the front seats, the height adjustment of the seat can a lso be used to adjust the position of the safety belts.
Improperly worn safety belts Incorrectly positioned safety belts con cause severe injuries. Wearing safety be lts imprope rly can cause serious injury or death . Safety belts can on ly work when they are correctly positioned on the body. Improper seating positions reduce the effective-
ness of safety be lts and will even increase the risk
of injury and death by moving the safety belt to critical areas of the body . Improper seating positions also increase the risk of serious inju ry and death when an airbag deploys and strikes an occupant who is not in the correct seating position. A driver is responsible for the safety of all vehicle occupants and especially for ch ildren . Therefore:
...Never permit anyone to assume an incorrect sitting posit ion in the vehicle while traveling
¢ &_.
A WARNING
Improperly worn safety belts increase the risk of serious personal inju ry and death wheneve r a veh icle is being used. - Always make sure that all vehi cle occupants
are correctly restrained and stay in a correct seating position wheneve r t he vehicle is being used . - Always read and heed a ll WARNINGSand ot her important informa ti on ¢ page 142.
Belt tensioners
How safety belt pretensioners work
In front, side and rear-end collisions above a particular severity and in a rollover, safety belts are tensioned automatically.
Reve rsib le safety belt t e nsione rs
The safety belts on the front seats are equipped with power reversib le tensioners. The fo llowing functions are availab le when the driver's/front passenger's safety belts are fastened:
- Automatic tensio ners: at the start of a drive, the safety belts automat ica lly adjust to the passenger after a certain t ime period or vehicle speed.
- In certain driving situations, the safety belts may tighten with a reversible tensioning function ¢ page 103.
- The safety belts may a lso tighten with this revers ible tensioning function in minor collisions.
Pyrotechn ic safet y belt pretens ioner s
The safety belts are equipped with safety belt pretensioners. The system is activated by sensors ..,.
146
Safety belts
in front, side and rear-end collisions of great severity and in a rollover. This tightens the belt and takes up belt slack ¢ .&.in Service and disposal of safety bel t pretensioner on page 147. Taking up the slack helps to reduce forward occupant movement during a collision.
A WARNING
- It is possible for the pretensioners to deploy incorrectly .
- The pyrotechnic system can only provide protection for one collision . If the pyrotechnic pretensioners deploy, the pretensioning system must be replaced.
(D Tips
The pyrotechnic safety belt pretensioners can only deploy once . - The safety belt pretensioners do not deploy
in minor frontal and side collisions, in rearend collisions, in rollovers and in collisions involving very little impact force. -A fine dust is released when the pyrotechnic safety belt pretensioners deploy. This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the vehicle. - The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or components of the system are scrapped. A qualified dealership is familiar with these regulations and will be pleased to pass on the information to you. - Be sure to observe all safety, environmental and other regulations if the vehicle or individual parts of the system, particularly the safety belt or airbag, are to be disposed. We recommend you have your authorized Audi dealer perform this service for you.
Service and disposal of safety belt pretensioner
The safety belt pretensioners are parts of the
safety belts on your Audi. Installing, removing,
M N
servicing or repairing of belt pretensioners can
0c>o damage the safety belt system and prevent it ,...., from working correctly in a collision.
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
There are some important things you have to know to make sure that the effectiveness of the system will not be impaired and that discarded components do not cause injury or pollute the environment.
A= WARNING
-
Improper care, servicing and repair proce -
dures can increase the risk of personal injury
and death by preventing a safety belt preten-
sioner from activating when needed or acti-
vating it unexpectedly:
- The belt pretensioner system can be activat-
ed only once. If belt pretensioners have
been activated, the system must be re-
placed.
- Never repair, adjust , or change any parts of
the safety belt system.
- Safety belt systems including safety belt
pretensioners cannot be repaired. Special
procedures are required for removal, instal-
lation and disposal of this system.
- For any work on the safety belt system, we
strongly recommend that you see your au-
thorized Audi dealer or qualified technician
who has an Audi approved repair manual,
training and special equipment necessary .
@ For the sake of the environment
Undeployed airbag modules and pretensioners might be classified as Perchlorate Material -special handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. When the vehicle or parts of the restraint system including airbag modules safe ty belts with pretensioners are scrapped, all applicable laws and regulations must be observed. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar with these requirements and we recommend that you have your dealer perform this service for you.
147
Airbag system
Airbag system
Important information
Importance of wearing safety belts and sitting properly
Airbags are only supplemental restraints . For airbags to do their job, occupants must always properly wear their safety belts and be in a proper seating position.
For your safety and the safety of your passengers, befo re driving off, always:
"' Adjust the driver's seat and steering wheel properly Q page 131,
"' Adjust the front passenger's seat properly Q page 54,
"'Wear safety be lt s properly C?page 142, "' Always proper ly use the proper child restraint
to protect children Qpage 172.
In a coll ision, airbags must inflate within the blink of an eye and with considerable force. The supp lemental airbags can cause injuries if the driver or the front seat passengeris not seated properly . Therefore in order to he lp the airbag to do its job, it is important, both as a driver and as a passenger to sit properly at all times.
By keeping room between your body and the steering whee l and the front of the passenger compartment, the airbag can inflate fully and completely and provide supplemental protection in certain frontal collisions c>page 131, Correct passenger seating positions. For details on the operation of the seat adjustment controls c>page54.
It's especially important that children are properly restrained Qpage 172.
There is a lot that the driver and the passengers can and must do to help the individual safety features installed in your Audi work together as a system .
Proper seat ing position is important so that the front airbag on the driver side can do its job. If you have a phys ical impairment or condition that prevents you from sitt ing properly on the dr iver seat with the safety be lt properly fastened and
reaching the pedals, or if you have concerns with regard to the function or operation of the Advanced Airbag System, please contact your authori zed Audi dea ler or qualified workshop, or call Audi Customer Relations at 1-800-822-2834 for possible modifications to your vehicle.
When the airbag system dep loys, a gas generator will fill the airbags, break open the padded covers, and inflate between the steering wheel and the driver and between the instrument panel and the front passenger . The a irbags will deflate immed iate ly after deployment so that the front occupants can see through the windshield again without interruption.
All of th is takes place in the blink of an eye, so fast that many people don't even realize that the a irbags have deployed. The airbags also inf late with a grea t deal of force and nothing should be in their way when they dep loy. Front airbags in combination with properly worn safety belts slow down and limit the occupant's forward movement . Together they he lp to prevent the driver and front seat passenger from hitting parts of the inside of the vehicle while reducing the forces acting on the occupant during the crash . In this way they help to reduce the risk of injury to the head and upper body in the crash . Airbags do not protect the a rms or th e lower parts of the body.
Both front a irbags w ill not inflate in all fronta l collisions . The triggering of the a irbag system depends on the veh icle deceleration rate caused by the coll ision and registered by the electronic con trol un it. If th is rate is below the reference val ue programmed into the control unit, the airbags will not be triggered , even though the car may be badly damaged as a result of the collision . Vehicle damage, repair costs or even the lack of vehicle damage is not necessarily an indication of whether an a irbag should inflate or not.
Since the circumstances will vary considerably between one collision and another, it is not possible to define a range of vehicle speeds that will cover every possible kind and angle of impact that w ill always trigger the airbags . Important factors include, for example, the nature (hard or soft) of the object wh ich the car hits, the angle of impact, vehicle speed, etc. The front airbags will .,.
148
Airbag sys t e m
also not inflate in side or rear collisions, or in rollovers.
Always remember: Airbag s wi ll deploy on ly once, and on ly in cert ain kinds of collisions. Your safety belts are always there to offer protection in those situations in which airbags are not supposed to deploy, or when they have already deployed; for examp le, when your vehicle str ikes or is struck by another vehicle after the first collision.
This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is a supp lementary restraint and is not a substitute for a safety belt. The airbag system works most effectively when used w ith the safety belts. Therefore, always properly wear your safety belts c::>page140 .
A WARNING Sitting too close to the steer ing whee l or in-
strument panel will decrease the effect ive-
ness of the airbags and will increase the risk
of persona l injury in a coll ision .
- Never sit closer than 10 inches (25 cm) to
the steering wheel or instrument panel.
- If you cannot sit more than 10 inches
(25 cm) from the steer ing whee l, investi-
gate whethe r adaptive equipment may be
available to help yo u reach the pedals and
increase your seating distance from the
steering wheel.
- All vehicle occupants and especially children
must be restrained properly whenever riding
in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly
restrained child could be injured by striking
the inte rior or by being ejected from the ve-
hicle during a sudden maneuver or impact.
An unrestrained or improperly restrained
child is also at greater risk of injury or death
thro ugh contact wi t h an infla ti ng airbag.
- If you are unrestrained, lean ing fo rward, sit-
t ing sideways or out of position in any way,
your risk of inju ry is much highe r.
- You w ill also receive serio us inju ries and
cou ld even be killed if you are up against the
M
airbag or too close to it when it infl ates -
N
0 c> o
even with an Advanced Airbag.
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
- To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag inflates, always wear safety belts properly c::p>age 143, Safety belts.
- Always make certain that children age 12 or younger always ride in the rear seat. If children are not properly restrained, they may be severely injured or killed when an airbag inflates.
- Never let children ride unrestrained or improperly rest rained in the vehicle . Adj ust the front seats properly .
- Never ride with the backrest reclined. - Always sit as far as possible from the steer-
ing wheel or the instrument panel c::p>age 131. - Always sit upright with your back against the backrest of your seat . - Never place your feet on the instrument panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat to help prevent serious injur ies to the legs and hips if the airbag inflates. - Never recli ne the front passenger's seat to
transport objects. Items can also move into
the area of the side airbag or the front airbag during braking or in a sudden maneuver. Obj ects near the airbags can become projectiles and cause inj ury when an airbag inflates.
A WARNING
Airbags that have deployed in a crash must be replaced. - Use on ly original equipment airbags ap-
proved by Aud i and installed by a trained technician who has the necessary too ls and diagnostic equipment to properly replace any airbag in your vehicle and assure system effectiveness in a crash. - Never permit salvaged or recycled airbags to be installed in your vehicle.
Child restraints on the front seat - some important things to know
.,.Be sure to read the importa nt information and heed the WARNI NGSfor important detai ls
149
Airbag system
about children and Advanced Airbags ¢ page 172 .
Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag System, make certain that all chi ldren, especially those 12 years and younger, always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a child in a forward-facing child seat . It can be a very dangerous place for an infant or a child in a rea rward-facing seat.
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has been certified to comply with the requirements of United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 as applicable at the time your vehicle was manufactured.
The Standard requires the front airbag on the passenger side to be turned off ("suppressed") if a child up to about one year of age restrained in one of the rea r-facing or forward -fa cing infant rest raints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified has been installed on the front passenger seat. For a listing of the ch ild restraints that were used to certify compliance with the US Safety Standard ¢ page 174 .
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the instrument panel tells you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off by the electron ic control unit .
Each time you switch on the ignit ion, the PAS· SENGER AIR BAG OFF light w ill come on for a few seconds and:
- will stay on if the front passenger seat is not occupied,
- will stay on if the electrical capacitance meas ured by the capacitive passenger detection system for the front passenger seat equals the combined capacitance of an infant up to about one year of age and one of the rearward-facing or forward-facing child restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 w ith which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was cert ified. For a listing of the chi ld re-
straints that were used to certify your vehicle's compliance with the U.S. Safety Standard ¢ page 174. - will stay on if there is a small chi ld or child restraint on the front passenger seat, - will go off if the front passenger seat is occu pied by an adu lt as registered by the capacitive passenger detection system ¢ page 160, Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on when electrical capacitance registered on the front passenger seat is eq ua l to or less than the combined capacitance of a typical 1 year-o ld infant and one of the rearward-facing or forwardfacing child restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with wh ich the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified.
If the total e lectr ical capacitance registered on the front passenger seat is more than that of a typ ical 1 year-old child but less than the weight of a sma ll adult, th e front airbag on the passe nger side can deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on).
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on, the fron t airbag on the passenger side has not been turn ed off by the electronic contro l unit and can deploy if the control un it senses an impact that meets the cond itions stored in its memory.
For example, the airbag may deploy if:
- a small ch ild that is heavier than a typical 1 year-old chi ld is on the front passenger seat (regardless of whethe r the child is in one of the child seats listed ¢ page 174), or
- a child who has outgrown chi ld restraints is on the front passenger seat .
If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on in the inst rument cluster and stays on.
If the front passenger airbag dep loys, the Federal Standa rd requires the airbag to meet the "low risk" deployment criteria to reduce the risk of injury through interaction with the airbag. "Low risk" dep loyment occurs in those crashes that
150
Airbag sys t e m
take place at lowe r decelerations as defined in the electronic contro l unit ¢ page 160, PASSENGERAIR BAG OFFlight.
Always remember, a chi ld seat or infant carrie r installed on the front seat may be struck and knocked out of position by the rapidly inflating passenger's a irbag in a frontal collision . The airbag could greatly reduce the effectiveness of the child restraint and even ser iously injure the ch ild during inflation .
For this reason, and because the back seat is the safest place for ch ildren - when properly restrained according to their age and s ize - we strongly recommend that ch ildren always s it in the back seat ¢ page 172, Child safety .
A WARNING A child in a rearward-facing child seat installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously inj ured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System. - The inflating a irbag w ill hit the child seat or
infant carrier with great force and will smash the child seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof. - Always install rear -facing child seats on the rear seat. - If you mus t install a rearward facing child seat on the front passenger seat beca use of exceptional circumstances and the PASSEN· GERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rearfacing child seat in a rear seating position and have the a irbag system inspected by your Audi dealer. - Forward-fac ing ch ild seats installed on the front passenger's seat may interfere with the deployment of the airbag and cause serious persona l injury to t he ch ild.
A WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, you mus t in-
M N
stall a forward-facing ch ild restraint on the
0 c> o
front passenger's seat :
,....,
\!)
- Always make sure the forward-fac ing seat
1.1'1
1.1'1
has been designed and ce rtified by it s man-
1,..1..'1.,
ufacturer for use on a front seat with a passenger front and side a irbag. - Never put t he fo rward-facing child restraint up aga inst or very near the instrument panel. - Always move the passenge r seat into its rearmost pos ition in the seat's fore and aft adj ustment range, as far away from the a irbag as possible before installing the forward-facing child restraint. The backrest must be adjusted to an upr ight position . - Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time wheneve r the ignit ion is switched on.
A= WARNING
-
To reduce t he risk of serious inju ry, ma ke su re
that t he PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF ligh t will
be d isplayed whenever a ch ild restr a int is in-
stalled on the front passenger seat and t he
ignition is switched on.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does
not stay on, pe rform the checks describe d
~ page 160, Monitoring the Advanced Air ·
bag System .
- Take the chi ld restraint off the front passen-
ge r seat and install it properly at one of the
rea r seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
BAGOFF light does not stay on.
- Have the airbag system inspected by your
Aud i dealer immediately.
- Always carefu lly follow instr uctions from
child restraint manufacturers when instal-
ling child restraints.
A WARNING
If, in except ional circumstances, you m ust in-
stall a forward or rearward-fac ing ch ild re-
straint on the front passenger's seat:
- Improper installation of ch ild restra ints can
red uce their effectiveness or even prevent
them from providing any pro t ect ion.
- An improperly installed ch ild restra int can
interfere with the airbag as it deploys and
serio us ly injure or even kill the child - even
with an Advanced Airbag Syst em.
~
151
A irb a g syst em
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child seat or carr ier.
- Always make sure that there is nothing on the front passenger seat that will cause the capacit ive passenger detection system in the seat to signal to the Airbag System that the seat is occupied by a person when it is not, or to signa l that it is occupied by someone who is heav ier than the person actually sitting on the seat. The presence of additional objects could cause t he passenger front a irbag to be turned on when it should be off, or could cause the airbag to work in a way that is different from the way it would have worked without the object on the seat.
Front airbags
Description of front airbags
The airbag system can provide supplemental protection to properly restrained front seat occupants.
Fig. 128 Location of d river airbag: in steeri ng wheel
Fig. 129 Location of fro nt passenge r's airbag: in the inst rument pane l
Your vehicle is equipped with an "Advanced Airbag System" in compliance with United States
Federa l Moto r Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS)208 as applicable at the time your vehicle was manufactured. The safety be lts for the seats have "pretensioners" that help to take slack out of the belt system. The pretensioners are also activated by the electronic control unit for the airbag system.
The front safety belts also have load limiters to help reduce the forces applied to the body in a crash .
The airbag for the driver is in the steering wheel hub ¢ fig. 128 and the airbag for the front passenger is in the instrument panel ¢ fig . 129. The genera l location of the airbags is marked ''AIRBAG".
There is a lot you need to know about the a irbags in your vehicle. We urge you to read the detailed information about airbags, safety belts and child safety in this and the other chapte rs that make up the owner's literature . Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS- they are extremely important for your safety a nd the safety of your passengers, especially infants and small children .
A WARNING Never rely on airbags a lone for protection.
- Even when they deploy, airbags provide only
supp lemental protection.
- Airbag wor k most effective ly when used
wit h properly worn safety belts.
- Therefore, always wea r your safe ty belts and
ma ke sure that everybody in your vehicle is
properly rest rained.
- Always hold the st eer ing whee l with bot h
hands on the outside of the steer ing whee l
rim at the 9:00 o'clock and 3:00 o'clock po-
sitions to help reduce the risk of persona l in-
jury if the driver's airbag inflates.
- Never hold the steering wheel at the 12
o'clock position or with your hands any-
where inside the steering wheel or on the
steer ing whee l hub. Hold ing the steer ing
wheel the wrong way increases the risk of
severe inj ury to the arms, hands , and head if
the dr iver airbag deploys .
ll>
152
_& WARNING
-
Objects between you and the airbag will in-
crease the risk of injury in a crash by interfer-
ing with the way the airbag unfolds and/or by
being pushed into you as the airbag inflates.
- Always make sure nothing is in the front air-
bag deployment zone that could be struck
by the airbag when it inflates.
- Objects in the zone of a deploying airbag
can become projectiles when the airbag de-
ploys and cause serious personal injury.
- Never hold things in your hands or on your
lap when the vehicle is in use.
- Never place accessories or other objects
(such as cup holders, telephone brackets,
note pads, navigation systems, or things
that are large, heavy, or bulky) on the doors;
never attach then to the doors or the wind-
shield; never place them over or near or at-
tach them to the area marked ,,AIRBAG" on
the steering wheel, instrument panel or the
seat backrests; never place them between
these areas and you or any other person in
the vehicle.
- Never attach objects to the windshield
above the passenger front airbag, such as
accessory GPSnavigation units or music
players. Such objects could cause serious in-
jury in a collision, especially when the air-
bags inflate.
- Never recline the front passenger seat to
transport objects. Items can also move into
the deployment area of the side airbags or
the front airbag during breaking or in a sud-
den maneuver. Objects near the airbags can
fly dangerously through the passenger com-
partment and cause injury, particularly
when the seat is reclined and the airbags in-
flate.
_& WARNING
A person on the front passenger seat, espe-
cially infants and small children, will receive
M
serious injuries and can even be killed by be-
N
0 c> o
ing too close to the airbag when it inflates.
...... - Although the Advanced Airbag System in
\!)
1.1'1
your vehicle is designed to turn off the front
1.1'1
1...1..'1..
Airbag system
passenger airbag if an infant or a small child is on the front passenger seat, nobody can absolutely guarantee that deployment under these special conditions is impossible in all conceivable situations that may happen during the useful life of your vehicle. - The Advanced Airbag System can deploy in accordance with the ,,low risk" option for 3and 6-year-old children under the U.S. Federal Standard if a child with electrical capacitance greater than the combined capacitance of a typical one-year old infant restrained in one of the forward facing or rearward-facing child seats with which your vehicle was certified is on the front passenger seat and the other conditions for airbag deployment are met. - Accident statistics have shown that children are generally safer in the rear seat area than in the front seating position . - For their own safety, all children, especially 12 years and younger, should always ride in the back properly restrained for their age and size.
Advanced front airbag system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front Advanced Airbag System in compliance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 asapplicable at the time your vehicle was manufactured.
The front Advanced Airbag System supplements the safety belts to provide additional protection for the driver's and front passenger's heads and upper bodies in frontal crashes. The airbags inflate only in frontal impacts when the vehicle deceleration is high enough.
The front Advanced Airbag System for the front seat occupants is not a substitute for your safety belts. Rather, it is part of the overall occupant restraint system in your vehicle. Always remember that the airbag system can only help to protect you, if you are sitting upright, wearing your safety belt and wearing it properly . This is why you ..,.
153
Airbag system
and your passengers must always be properly restrained, not just because the law requires you to be .
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has been certified to meet the "low risk" requirements for 3 and 6 year-old chi ldr en on the passenger side and very small adu lts on the driver side. The low risk deployment criteria are intended to help reduce the risk of injury through interaction with the front airbag that can occur, for example, by being too close to the steer ing wheel and instrument pane l when the airbag inflates.
In addition, the system has been certified to comp ly with the "suppress ion" requirements of the Safety Standard, to turn off the front airbag for infants 12 months old and younger who are restrained on the front passenger seat in child restraints that are listed in the Standard
¢ page 174, Childrestraints and Advanced front airbag system.
"Suppression" requires the front airbag on the passenger side to be turned off if:
- a child up to about one year of age is rest rained on the front passenger seat in one of the rearfacing or forward-facing infant rest raints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified . For a listing of the child restraints that were used to certify your vehicle's comp liance with the US Safety Standard
¢ page 174,
- When a person is detected on the front passenger seat that has an electrica l capacitance that is more than the total electrical capacitance of a child that is about 1 year old restrained in one of the rear-facing or forward-facing infant restra ints (listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle was certified), the front airbag on the passenger side may or may not deploy.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on when the e lectronic control un it detects a total elec t rical capacitance on the front passenger seat that requires the front airbag to be turned off. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not
come on, the front airbag on the passenger side has not been turned off by the contro l unit and can deploy if the control unit senses an impact that meets the cond itions stored in its memory.
If the total e lectrica l capacitance registered on the front passenger seat is more than t hat of a typ ical 1 year-old, but less than the we ight of a small adult, the front airbag on the passenger s ide may deploy (the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on).
For example, the airbag may deploy if:
- a small ch ild t hat is heavier than a typical 1 year -old chi ld is on the front passenger seat (re gardless of whether the chi ld is in one of the
child seats listed ¢ page 174),
- a child who has outgrown chi ld restraints is on the front passenger seat.
If the front passenger airbag is turned off, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light in the center of the instrument panel will come on and stay on.
If the front passenger airbag deploys, the Federal Standard requires the airbag to meet the "low risk" deployment criteria to help reduce the risk of injury through interaction with the airbag. "Low risk" deployment occurs in those crashes that take place at lower decelerations as defined
in the electronic control un it ¢ page 160.
Always remember: Even though your vehicle is equipped with Advanced Airbags, the safest place for children is properly restrained on the back seat. Please be sure to read the important information in the sections that follow and be sure to heed all of the WARNINGS.
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury when an a irbag inflates, always wear safety belts prope rly.
- If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sit-
ting sideways or out of position in any way, your risk of injury is much higher. - You will also receive se rious injuries and could even be killed if you are up against the airbag or too clos e to it when it inflates -
even with an Advanced Airbag ¢page 148.
154
Airbag sys t e m
A WARNING -
A child in a rearward -facing child seat instal led on the front passenger seat will be seri ously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System. -Although the Advanced Airbag System in
your vehicle is designed to turn off the front airbag when a rearward-facing child restraint has been installed on the front passenger seat, nobody can absolutely guarantee that deployment is impossible in all conceivable situations that may happen dur ing the useful life of you r vehicle. - The inflating a irbag will hit the child seat or infant carrier with great force an d will smash t he ch ild seat and child agains t the backrest, center armrest, doo r, or roo f. - Always install rearward- facing child restraints on the rear seat . - If you must inst a ll a rearw a rd facing child sea t on the front passenger sea t beca use of excep t ional circumstances and the PASSEN-
GERAIRBAGOFFlight does not come on
and stay on, immediately install the rearfacing child seat in a rear seating position and have the a irbag system inspected by your Audi dealer.
A WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must in-
stall a forward-facing ch ild restraint on the
front passenge r's seat:
-Always make sure the forward-fac ing seat
has be en designed and certified by its man-
ufact urer for use on a fro nt seat wit h a pas-
senger front and side airbag.
- Never put the forwa rd-facing child rest raint
up against or very nea r the instr ument pan -
el.
- Always move t he passenger seat into its
rearmost position in the seat 's fore and aft
adjus t ment range, as far away fr om the air-
M
bag as possib le, before installing t he fo r-
N
0 c> o
ward-facing child restraint . The backrest
,....,
must be adjusted to an up right position .
\!)
1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
- Always make sure that there is nothing on the front passenger seat that w ill cause the capacitive passenger detection system in the seat to signal to the Airbag System that the seat is occup ied by a person when it is not, or to signal that it is occupied by someone who is heavier than the person actually sitt ing on the se at . The presen ce of add ition al objects could cause t he passenger front airbag to be tu rned on when it shou ld be off, or could cause the airbag to wo rk in a way that is different from the way it would have worked without the object on the seat.
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time wheneve r the ignit ion is switched on.
Advanced Airbag System components
The front passenger seat in your vehicle has a lot of very impo rtant parts of the Advanced Airbag System in it . These pa rts include the capacitive passenge r detection system, wir ing, brackets, and more. The con t rol unit mon itors t he syste m on the front passenge r se at when the ignition is swit ched on and turns the airbag indicator ligh t on when a malfunction in the one of the system components is detected ¢ page 160 . Because the front passenger seat contains important parts of the Advanced Airbag System, you must take care to prevent it from being damaged. Damage to the seat may prevent the Advanced Airbag System for the front passenger seat from doing its job in a crash.
The front Advanced Airbag System consists of the following:
- Crash sensors in t he front of the vehicle that
measure vehicle acceleration/deceleration to
p rovide info rmat ion to t he Advanced Airbag
System abo ut t he sever ity of the crash.
- An elect ron ic cont rol unit, with integrated
crash senso rs for front and side imp act s. The
cont rol uni t "dec ides" whet her to fire t he fr on t
airbags based on the info rmation received from
the crash sensors . The control unit a lso "de -
cides" whether the safety belt pretens ione rs
should be activated.
..,.
155
Airb a g syste m
- An Advanced Airbag wit h gas generator for the driver inside the steering wheel hub.
- An Advanced Airbag with gas generator inside the instrument pane l for the front passenger.
- A capacitive passenger dete ct ion system underneath the front passenge r seat cover. This sys tem measures the electrical capacitance of the person in the seat. The information registered is sent continuously to the electronic control unit to regulate deployment of the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger s ide.
- An airbag monitoring system and indicator light in the instrument cluster ¢ page 160.
- A sensor in each front seat registers the distance between the respect ive seat and the steering wheel or instrument panel. The information registered is sent cont inuously to the electronic control unit to regulate deployment of the front Advanced Airbags.
- The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light comes on and stays on in the center of the instrument pane l ¢ page 198 a nd tells you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been t urned off .
- A sensor in the safety belt latch for the dr iver and for the front seat passenger that senses whether that safety belt is latched or not and transmits this information to the e lectronic control unit .
_&.WARNING
Damage to the front passenger seat can prevent the front airbag from work ing properly. - Improper repair or disassembly of the front
passenger and driver seat will prevent the Advanced Airbag System from funct ioning properly. - Repairs to the front passenger seat must be performed by qualified and properly trained workshop personnel. - Never remove the front passenger or driver seat from the veh icle. - Never remove the upholstery from the front passenger seat. - Never disassemble or remove parts from the seat or disconnect wires from it.
- Never carry sharp objects in your poc kets or
put them on the seat. The capacitive pas-
senger detection mat in the front passenger
seat will not function properly if it is punc-
tured.
- Never carry things on you r lap or carry ob-
jects on t he front passenger seat. Such ob-
jects can influence the capacitance regis-
tered by the capac itive passenger detection
system, so that incorrect info rmation is pro-
vided to the airbag cont rol unit .
- Never store items under the front passenger
se at. Part s of t he Advanced Airbag System
under the passenger seat could be dam-
aged, preventing t hem and the airbag sys-
tem from wo rking properly.
- Never place sea t covers or rep lacement up -
holstery that have not been specifically ap-
proved by Audi on the front seats .
- Seat covers can prevent the Advanced Air-
bag System from recognizing child re-
straints or occupants on the front passenger
seat and prevent the side a irbag in the seat
backrest from deploying properly.
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or oth-
erw ise added to the front passenger seat,
never install any child restraint system on
this seat.
- Never use cushions, pillows, blankets, or
sim ilar items on the front passenger seat .
The additional layers prevent the capacitive
passenger detection system from accurately
measuring the capacitance of the child safe-
ty seat and/or t he person on the seat and
thus keep t he Advance d Airbag System from
wo rking properly .
- Never place or use any e lectr ical device
(such as a laptop, CDplayer, elec t ronic
games device, power inve rter or seat heater
for child seats) on the front passenger seat
if the device is connected to the 12 -volt
socket or the cigarette lighter soc ket. Such
dev ices can influence the capac itance regis-
tered by the capac itive passe nger detection
system, so that incorrect info rmation is pro-
vided to the airbag cont rol unit.
~
156
- If you must use a child restraint on the front passenger seat and the child restraint manufacturer's instructions requ ire the use of a towel, foam cushion or someth ing else to properly position the child restraint, make certain that the PASSENG ER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on whenever the child restrain t is inst alled on t he fron t passenger seat.
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, immed iately insta ll child restra int in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer .
&_ WARNING
If the front passenger seat gets wet, dry it immediately. - If liquid soaks into the front passenger seat,
this can keep the airbag system from working properly and may, for instance, deactivate the passenger frontal a irbag. If th is happens, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on and stay on together with
II the a irbag indicator light in the inst ru-
me nt cluster. - If liquid is poo led on the seat, but has not
soa ked in, this may a lso keep the airbag system from wor king proper ly and cause the passenger fron tal airbag to be ena bled (turned on), even tho ugh there is a properly installed chi ld restraint system on the seat . Wet towels or other wet things on the seat cushion can have the same effect. If the front passenger fronta l airbag is turned on, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will go out.
Airbag sys t e m
sure to read the important information about safety and heed the WARNINGSin this chapter .
Deployment of the Adva nced Airbag System and the act ivation of the safety belt pretensione rs de pend on the dece lerat ion meas ured by the crash sensors and registered by the e lectronic control unit . Cras h seve rity depends on speed and deceleration as we ll as the mass and stiffness of the vehicle or object involved in the crash .
On t he passenger side, regardless of safety belt use, the front passenger fronta l airbag will be turned off if the electrical capacitance meas ured by the capacitive passenger detection system on the front passenger seat is less than the amount programmed in the electronic control unit . The front passeng er fronta l airbag will a lso be turned off if the capac itance meas ured by t he system for the front passenger sea t eq uals t hat of an infa nt of about one year of age in one of t he chi ld seats that was used to certify the Advanced Airbag System under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on to tell you when the front Advanced Airbag System on the passenger side has been turned off c::p>age 160 .
-&_ WARNING To reduce the risk of injur y when an a irbag inflates, always wear safety belts prope rly. - If you are unrestra ined, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of posit ion in any way, your risk of injury is m uch higher. - You will a lso receive se rious injur ies an d could even be killed if you a re up aga inst t he airbag or too close to it when it inflates even with a n Advan ced Airba g <=p:>age 14 8.
How the Advanced Airbag System components work together
The fron t Advanced Airbag Syst em and t he side
airbags supplement the pro t ect ion offered by the
front three-point safety be lts with pretensioners
M N
and load limiters and the adjustable head re-
0c>o straints* to he lp red uce the risk of injury in a ,...., wide range of accident and cras h situations. Be
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
157
A irb a g syst em
More important things to know about front airbags
Fig. 130 Inflated front a irbags
Safety belts are important to help keep front seat occupants in the proper seated position so that airbags can unfold properly and provide supplemental protection in a frontal collision. The front airbags are designed to provide additional protection for the chest and face of the d river and the front seat passenger when: - safety belts are worn properly, - the seats have been posit ioned so that the oc-
cupant is properly seated as far as poss ible from the a irbag, - and for adjustable head restraints: the head restraints have been properly adjusted . Because airbags inflate in the blink of an eye with great force, things you have on your lap or have placed on the seat could become dangerous projectiles, and be pushed into you if the airbag inflates. When an airbag deploys, fine dust is released. This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the veh icle. This dust is made up mostly of a powder used to lubricate the airbags as they deploy . It could irritate skin. It is important to remember that while the supplemental a irbag system is designed to reduce the likelihood of serious injuries, other injuries, for example swell ing, bruising and minor abrasions, can also happen when a irbags inflate. Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower parts of the body. Front airbags supplement the threepoint safety belts only in some frontal collisions
in which the vehicle dece le ration is high enough to deploy the airbags.
Front airbags will not depl oy:
- if the ignition is sw itched off when a crash occurs ,
- in side collisions, - in rear-end collisions, - in rollovers, - when the crash deceleration measured by the
airbag system is less than the minimum threshold needed for airbag deployment as registered by the electronic control unit.
The front passenger airbag also will not deploy:
- when the front passenger seat is not occupied, - when the e lectrical capacitance measured by
the capacit ive passenger detection system for the front passenger seat indicates that the pas senger side frontal airbag must be switched off by the electronic control unit (the PASSENGER AI R BAGOFF light ¢ page 160 and how they work comes on and stays on).
.&, WARNING
Sitt ing in the wrong position can increase the risk of serious injury in cras hes. - To reduce the risk of injury when the airbags
inflate, t he driver and passenge rs must always sit in an upright position, must not lean aga inst or place any part of thei r body too close to the area where the airbags are located. - Occupants who are unbelted, out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with great force in the blink of an eye ~ page 149 .
A WARNING
A child in a rearward-facing ch ild seat insta lled on t he front passenger seat will be ser iously injured and can be killed if the front a irbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag Syst em. - The infla t ing air bag will hit the ch ild seat o r
infant carrier wit h grea t fo rce and will
158
smash the child seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof. - Always install rear-facing child seats on the rear seat. - If you must install a rearward facing child seat on the front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rearfacing child seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer.
A WARNING
Objects between you and the airbag will in-
crease the risk of injury in a crash by interfer-
ing with the way the airbag unfolds or by be-
ing pushed into you as the airbag inflates.
- Never hold things in your hands or on your
lap when the vehicle is in use.
- Never transport items on or in the area of
the front passenger seat. Objects could
move into the area of the front airbags dur-
ing braking or other sudden maneuvers and
become dangerous projectiles that can
cause serious personal injury if the airbags
inflate.
- Never place or attach accessories or other
objects (such as cup holders, telephone
brackets, large, heavy or bulky objects) on
the doors, over or near the area marked
"AIRBAG"on the steering wheel, instru-
ment panel, seat backrests or between
those areas and yourself. These objects
could cause injury in a crash, especially
when the airbags inflate.
- Never recline the front passenger's seat to
transport objects. Items can also move into
the area of the side airbag or the front air-
bag during braking or in a sudden maneu-
ver. Objects near the airbags can become
projectiles and cause injury, particularly
when the seat is reclined.
- Never place or transport objects on the
M
N
front passenger seat. Objects on the front
0
c> o
passenger seat could cause the capacitive
,....,
\!)
sensor in the seat to signal to airbag system
1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
Airbag system
that the seat is occupied by a person when it in fact is not, or that the person on the seat is heavier than he or she actually is. The change in electric capacitance because of such objects can cause the passenger front airbag to be turned on when it should be off, or can cause the airbag to work in a way that is different from the way it would have worked without objects on the seat. -Always make sure that there is nothing on the front passenger seat that will cause the capacitive passenger detection system in the seat to signal to the Airbag System that the seat is occupied by a person when it is not, or to signal that it is occupied by someone who is heavier than the person actually sitting on the seat. The presence of an object could cause the passenger front airbag to be turned on when it should be off, or could cause the airbag to work in a way that is different from the way it would have worked without the object on the seat.
_LDW.ARNING
The fine dust created when airbags deploy can cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing conditions. - To reduce the risk of breathing problems,
those with asthma or other respiratory conditions should get fresh air right away by getting out of the vehicle or opening windows or doors. - If you are in a collision in which airbags deploy, wash your hands and face with mild soap and water before eating . - Be careful not to get the dust into your eyes, or into any cuts or scratches. - If the residue should get into your eyes, flush them with water.
159
A irb a g syst em
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System
:AAirbag monitoring indicator light
Two separate indicators monitor the function of the Advanced Airbag System: the airbag monitoring indicator light and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light.
The Advanced Airbag System as we ll as the side airbags and side curtain airbags with ejection mitigation features (including the electronic control unit, sensors and system wiring) are all monitored continuously to make sure that they are functioning properly whenever the ignition is on . Every time you turn on the ignition, the a ir-
fl bag system indicator light will come on for a
few seconds (function check) .
II: T he system mu st be inspe cted when t he
indicato r li g ht
- does not come on when the ignition is switched on,
- does not go out a few seconds after you have switched on the ignition, or
- comes on while driving.
If an airbag system ma lf unction is detected, the indicator light will first start flashing to catch the driver's attention and then stay on continuously to serve as a constant reminder to have the system inspected immed iately .
If a malfunction occurs that turns the front a irbag on the passenger side off, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on and stay on whenever the ignition is on.
.,&.WARNING
An airbag system that is not funct ion ing properly cannot provide supplemental protect ion in a frontal crash. - If the airbag indicato r light c::p>age 20
comes when the vehicle is be ing used, have the system inspected immediate ly by yo ur authorized Aud i dealer . It is possible t hat the a irbag will inflate when it is not supposed to, or will not inf late when it should.
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF l ight
Fig. 131 Center console: passe nger airbag off warning light
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light is located in the center of the instrument panel r:!;>fig. 131.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will come on and stay on to te ll you when the front Advanced Airbag on the passenger side has been turned off by the electronic control unit. If the bulb fo r the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light burns out, the
rl airbag indicator light will come on to s ignal a
malfunction in the Advanced Airbag System. Although the burned-out bulb will not change the way the front passenger's frontal airbag works, it will no longer be possible to use the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light to make sure that the a irbag on/off status is correct fo r the occupant on the front passenger seat . Have the a irbag system inspected immed iately by your aut horized Aud i dealer.
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will blink for about 5 second s when :
- the ignition is sw itched on and - the capacitive passenger detection system,
which switches the front seat passenger's fron tal Advanced Airbag on and off, detects a change in the status of the front passenger seat.
As soon as the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light
stops blinking, always make sure that the a irbag
status (on or off) as shown by the PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF light is proper for the age, size and
electrical capacitance of the person occupying
the front passenger seat . Always make sure that
the safety be lt for the front passenger seat is
proper ly fastened .
.,..
160
Airbag system
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light will show the status of the front seat passenger's frontal Advanced Airbag a few seconds after the igni· tion is switched on and the airbag indicator light goes off. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light:
- will stay on if the front passenger seat is not occupied;
- will stay on if the electrical capacitance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system for the front passenger seat equals the combined capacitance of an infant up to about one year of age and one of the rearward -fac ing or forward-facing child restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 wit h wh ich the Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle was certified; For a listing of the child restra ints that were used to certify your vehicle's compliance with the U.S. Safety Standard ¢ page 174 .
- will go out if the front passenger seat is occupied by an adult as registered by the capacitive passenger detection system .
- The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light must come on and stay on if the ignition is on and .. .
- a car bed has been installed on the front passenger seat, or
- a rearward-facing child restraint has been installed on the front passenger seat, or
- a forward-facing child restraint has been insta lled on the front passenger seat,
- and if the electr ical capacitance regis t ered on the front passenger seat is equa l to or less t han the combined capacitance of a typical 1 year old infant and one of the rearward -facing or forward-facing child restraints listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was certified .
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the
front airbag will not deploy, and the PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF light will stay on. Never install a
rearward -facing child restraint on the front pas ·
M senger seat , the safest place for a child in any
N
0 c> o
,....,
kind of child restra int is at one of the seating positions on the rear seat ¢ page 149, Child re-
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
straints on the front seat - some important things to know and ¢ page 172, Childsafety.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light comes on ...
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on when one of the conditions listed above is met, be sure to check the light reg ularly to make certa in that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light stays on continuously whenever the ignition is on . If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not appea r on and does not stay on all the time, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and
- reactivate the system by turning the ign ition off for more than 4 seconds and then turning it on aga in;
- remove and reinstall the child restraint. Make sure that the child restraint is properly installed and that the safety belt for the front passenger seat has been correctly routed through the child restraint as described in t he child restraint manufacturer's inst ruct ions;
- make sure t hat the convertible locking retractor
on the s,;1fetybelt for the front passenger seat
has been activated and that t he safety belt has been pulled tight. - make sure that no ele ct rical device (such as a laptop, CDplayer, electronic games device, power inverter or seat heater fo r child seats) is placed or used on the front passenger seat if the device is connected to the 12-volt socket or the cigarette lighter socket; - make sure that no seat heater has been retrofit ted or otherwise added to the front passenger seat; - make sure that nothing can interfere with the safety belt buckles and that they are not obstructed; - make sure that there are no wet objects (such as a wet towel) and no water or other liquids on the front passenger seat cush ion.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG light still does not come on ...
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light still does
not come on and does not stay on continuously
(when the ignition is switched on),
111-
161
Airb a g syste m
- take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions. Have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer immediately .
- move the child to a rear seat position and make sure that the child is properly restrained in a child restra int that is appropriate for its size and age .
The PASSENGER AIR BAG light should NOT come on ...
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light should NOT come on when the ignition is on and an adult is sitting in a proper seating position on the front passenger seat . If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on or flashes fo r about 5 seconds while driving, under these circumstances, make sure that:
- the adult on the front passenger seat is properly seated on the center of the seat cushion with his or her back up aga inst the backrest and the backrest is not reclined,
- the adult is not taking weight off the seat by
holding on to the passenger assist handle
above the front passenger door or suppo rting their weight on the armrest, - the safety belt is bei ng properly wor n and that there is not a lot of slack in the safety be lt web bing, - the re are no aftermarket seat covers or cushions or other things (such as blankets) on the front passenger seat that might cause the capacitive passenger detection system to miscalculate electrical capacitance.
Important safety instructions on monitoring the Advanced Airbag System
.&_WARNING
- If the status of the Advaneed Airbag System has changed while the vehicle is moving, the PASSENGER AI R BAG OFF light blinks for about 5 seconds to catch the driver's attent ion. If this happens, always stop as soon as it is safe to do so and check the steps descri bed above .
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not go off when an adult who is not very small is sitting on the front passenger seat after tak ing the steps described above, make sure the adult is properly seated and restrained at one of the rear seating positions. Have the airbag system inspected by your author ized Audi dealer befo re transport ing anyone on the front passenger seat.
.&_WARNING
-
An airbag system that is not functioning prop-
erly cannot provide supplemental protection
in a frontal crash .
- If the airbag indicator light ~ page 20
comes when the vehicle is being used, have
the system inspected immediately by your
authorized Audi dealer. It is possible that
the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
posed to, or will not inflate when it should .
.&_WARNING
If the front airbag inflates, a child without a child restraint, or in a rearward -facing child safety seat, or in a forward-fac ing child restraint that has not been proper ly installed will be ser iously injured and can be killed. - Even though your vehicle is equipped with
an Advanced Airbag System, make certain that all children, especially 12 years and younger, always ride on the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. - Always install forward or rear-facing child seats on the rear seat - even with an Advanced Airbag System. - If you must install a rearwa rd-facing child seat on the front passenger seat because of exceptiona l circumstances and the PASSEN· GER AIR BAG OFF light does not appear and stay on, immediately install the rear-facing child seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer . - If, in exceptional circumstances, you must install a forward-facing child restraint on the front passenger seat, always move the
162
seat into its rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the airbag as possible . The backrest must be adjusted to an upright position . Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFFlight comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on.
A WARNING
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight does not go out when an adult is sitting on the front passenger seat after taking the steps described above, make sure the adult is properly seated and restrained at one of the rear seating positions.
- Have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer before transporting anyone on the front passenger seat.
(D Tips
If the capacitive passenger detection system determines that the front passenger seat is empty, the frontal airbag on the passenger side will be turned off, and the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFFlight will stay on .
Repair, care and disposal of the airbags
Parts of the airbag system are installed at many different places on your Audi . Installing, removing , servicing or repairing a part in an area of the vehicle can damage a part of an airbag system and prevent that system from working properly in a collision.
There are some important things you have to know to make sure that the effectiveness of the system will not be impaired and that discarded components do not cause injury or pollute the environment.
A WARNING
-
Improper care, servicing and repair proce-
dures can increase the risk of personal injury
M
and death by preventing an airbag from de-
N
0 c> o
ploying when needed or deploying an airbag
,...., unexpectedly:
\.!.) ,.,
....,,..,,
,....,
Airbag system
- Never cover, obstruct, or change the steering wheel horn pad or airbag cover or the instrument panel or modify them in any way.
- Never attach any objects such as cup holders or telephone mountings to the surfaces covering the airbag units.
- For cleaning the horn pad or instrument panel, use only a soft, dry cloth or one moistened with plain water . Solvents or cleaners could damage the airbag cover or change the stiffness or strength of the material so that the airbag cannot deploy and protect properly.
- Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of the airbag system.
-All work on the steering wheel, instrument panel, front seats or electrical system (including the installation of audio equipment, cellular telephones and CBradios, etc.) must be performed by a qualified technician who has the training and special equipment necessary.
- For any work on the airbag system, we strongly recommend that you see your authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
- Never modify the front bumper or parts of the vehicle body.
- Always make sure that the side airbag can inflate without interference: - Never install seat covers or replacement upholstery over the front seatbacks that have not been specifically approved by Audi . - Never use additional seat cushions that cover the areas where the side airbags inflate. - Damage to the original seat covers or to the seam in the area of the side airbag module must always be repaired immediately by an authorized Audi dealer.
- The airbag system can deploy only once. After an airbag has been deployed, it must be replaced with new replacement parts designed and approved especially for your Audi model version. Replacement of complete airbag systems or airbag components must be performed by qualified workshops only. Make sure that any airbag service action is
163
A irb a g syst em
entered in your Audi Warranty & Maintenance booklet under AIRBAGREPLACEMENT RECORD. - For safety reasons in severe accidents, the alternator and starter are separated from the vehicle battery with a pyrotechnic circuit interrupter .
- Work on the pyrotechnic circuit inter rupter must only be performed by a qualified technicians who have the experience, information and special tools necessary to perform the work safely.
- If the veh icle or the circuit interrupter is scrapped, a ll applicable safety precautions must be followed.
@ For the sake of the environment
Undep loyed airbag modu les and pretension ers might be classified as Perchlorate Materia l - specia l hand ling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. When the veh icle or parts of the restraint system including a irbag modules and safety belts with prete ns ioners are scrapped , all applicable laws and regulat ions must be observed. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar with the s e requirements a nd we recommend that you have your dealer perform this service for yo u.
the sensors and p revent the airbag from dep loying when it shou ld .
A WARNING
Changing the vehicle's suspension including use of unapproved tire-rim combinations can change Advanced Airbag performance and increase the risk of serious personal injury in a crash. - Never install suspension components that
do not have the same performance character istics as the components origina lly installed on you r vehicle. - Never use tire-rim combinations that have not been approved by Audi.
Knee airbags
Description of knee airbag s
Applies to vehicles: with knee airbags
The knee airbag system can provide supplemental protection to properly restrained front seat occupants .
Other things that can affect Advanced Airbag performance
Changing the vehicle's suspension system ca n change the way that the Advanced Airbag System performs in a crash. For example, using t ire- rim combinat ions not approved by Audi, lower ing the ve hicle, chang ing the stiffness of t he suspension, includ ing the spr ings, suspension str uts, shoc k absorbers etc. can change the forces that are measured by the a irbag sensors and sent to the e lectronic control unit. Some suspension changes can, for example, increase the force levels meas ured by the sensors and make the a irbag system deploy in crashes in which it wou ld not deploy if the changes had not been made. Other kinds of changes may reduce the force levels measured by
Fig. 132 Driver's knee air bag
The driver knee airbag is in the instrument panel underneath the steer ing wheel ~ fig. 132 , the airbag fo r the passenger is at abou t the same height in the instr ument panel underneath the glove comp a rtment.
The knee airbag offers additional protection to the d river's and passenge r's knees and uppe r and lower thigh areas and supplements the protection provided by t he safety belts.
If the front a irbags deploy, the knee a irbags also
deploy in fronta l collisions when the dep loyment
th reshold stored in the con t rol un it is met
II>-
164
Ai r b ag sy stem
¢ page 158, More impor t ant things to know about front airbags .
In addition to their normal safety function, safety belts help keep the driver or front passenger in position in a fronta l collision so that the airbags can provide supp lemental protection.
The airbag system is not a s ubst itute for your safety belt. Rather, it is part of the overall occupant restraint system in your vehicle . Always remember that the airbag system can only help to protect you if you are wearing your safety belt and wearing it properly. This is why you should always wear your safety belt, not just because the law requires you to do so ~ page 140, General notes.
Remember too, airbags will deploy only once and only in certain kinds of accidents - your safety be lts are a lways there to offer protection in those accidents in which airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have already deployed, for examp le when your vehicle str ikes or is struck by anothe r after the first collision .
This is just one of the reasons why an a irbag is not a substitute for the safety belt . The airbag syst em works most effective ly when used with the safety belts. Therefore, always wear your safety bel t s correctly .
It is important to remember that whi le the supplemental knee a irbag system is designed to red uce the likelihood of serious inj uries , ot her injuries, for examp le, swe lling, bruising and m inor abrasions and friction burns can a lso occur when an airbag inf lates.
The knee airbag system basically consists of:
- The elec t ronic control mod ule - Two inflatab le airbags (airbag and gas genera-
tor), one for the drive r and one fo r the front passenge r - The airbag ind icator light in the instrument pane l
...., The knee airbag system will not deploy:
N
0c>o - when t he ign it ion is swit ched off
rl - in frontal collis ions when the dece lerat ion
I.O
"' ""rl ''
measured by the control unit is too low
- in side collisions - in rear-end collisions - in rollove rs - in the event of a system malfunction (war ning/
ind icator light is on) ¢ page 20 .
,&. WARNING
- Safety belts and the airbag system can only p rovide protection when occupan t s are in the proper seating position ~ page 158 .
- If t he airbag ind icator light 9 page 20 comes when the veh icle is being used, have the system inspected immediately by your authorized Audi dealer . It is possib le that the airbag will inflate when it is not supposed to, or will not inflate when it should.
How knee airbags work
Applies to vehicles: wit h knee airbags
The risk of injury to the leg area can be reduced by fully inflated knee airbags .
Fig. 1 33 Inflated airbags protect ing in a fronta l co llision
The knee airbag system has been designed so that the airbags for the driver and front passenger dep loy in certai n but not all fronta l co llisions. If the front airbags dep loy, the knee a irbags also deploy in frontal collisions when the deployment threshold stored in the control un it is met . When the system deploys, the airbags fill with a compressed propellant gas, and inflate between the lowe r part of the instr ument panel and the driver and the lower part of the instrument pane l and the front passenger ¢ page 158, fig. 130. Although they are not a soft pillow, they can "cushion " the impact and in th is way they can
165
A irb a g syst em
he lp to reduce the risk of injury to the lower extrem ities.
All of this takes place in the blink of an eye, so fast that many people don' t even realize that the airbags have deployed. The airbags also inflate with a great deal of force and it is important for occupant safety that noth ing shou ld be in their way when they deploy.
Fully inflated airbags in combination with properly worn safety belts slow down and limit the occupant's forward movement and he lp to reduce the risk of injury.
Important safety instructions on the knee airbag system
Applies to vehicles: with knee airbags
Airbags are only supplemen tal restraints. Always wear safety belts correctly and ride in a proper seating position.
There is a lot that you and your passengers must know and do to help the safety belts and airbags to provide supplemental protection .
A WARNING
An inflating knee airbag can cause ser ious injury . Wearing safety belts incor rectly and imprope r seating positions increase the risk of ser ious persona l injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. - The knee airbag system ca nnot prot ect you
properly if you are seated too close to any of the airbag locat ions. When adjusting their seat positions, it is important that both the dr iver and the front passenger keep the ir upper bodies and knees at the following min imum safe distances: - at least 10 inches (2 5 cm) between t he
chest and the st eer ing whee l/i nstr ument panel. - at least 4 inches (10 cm) betwee n the knees and the lower part of t he inst rument panel. - The risk of persona l injury increases if you lean forward or to t he side, or if the seat is improperly positioned and you are not wear-
ing your safety belt . The risk increases even more should the a irbag deploy. - Always make sure that the knee airbag can inflate without interference . Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of injury in an accide nt by interfering with the way the airbag deploys or by being pushed into yo u as the a irbag deploys . - Never let anybody, especia lly children or
anima ls ride in the footwell in front of the passenger seat. If the airbag deploys, this can resu lt in serious or fatal injur ies . - Never carry objects of any kind in the footwell area in front of the driver's or pas senger's seat. Bulky objects (shopping bags, for examp le) can interfere with or prevent proper deployment of the airbag . Small objects can be thrown through the vehicle if the airbag deploys and injure yo u or your passe ngers . - Make sure the re are no cracks, deep scratches or othe r damage in the area of the instr umen t panel where the knee a irbags are locat ed . - If ch ildren are incorrec t ly seated, t heir risk of injury increases in a coll is io n ¢ page 172, Child safety.
Side airbags
Description of side airbags
The airbag system can provide supplemen t al protection to properly restrained occupants .
Fig. 13 4 Side airb ag locat ion in t he dri ver's seat
The side airbags are located in the sides of the fron t seat backrests ¢ fig. 134 and the rear backres t faci ng the doors.
166
Airbag sys t e m
The side airbags installed for the front seating positions have been designed and certified to he lp reduce the risk of inj ury that can be caused by airbags when they inflate, part icularly when the occupant sitt ing next to it is not seated properly . The side airbag for the front passenger seat can be used with properly installed child restraints . Please be sure to read the important info rmation and wa rnings whenever using a child
restra int in a vehicle: Safety belts q page 140, Airbag system qpage 148, Child safety qpage 172.
The side airbag system basically consists of :
- the e lectronic control module and external side impact sensors
- the two airbags located in the sides of the front backrests and the two a irbags* located in the rear backrest
- the a irbag warning light in the inst rument cluste r.
The airbag system is monitored electron ically to make certa in that it is functioning properly at all times. Each time you switch on the ignition, the airbag system indicator light will come on for a few seconds (self d iagnost ics) .
The s ide airbag system supplements the safety
belts and can help to reduce the risk of injury to
the dr iver's, front and rear passenger's upper to r-
so on the side of the veh icle that is struc k in a
side col lis ion. The airbag deploys only in s ide im-
pacts and only when the vehi cle acceleration reg-
ist ered by t he control unit is high enough . If this
rate is below t he reference value programmed in-
to the contro l unit, the side airbags will not be
tr iggered, even though the car may be badly
damaged as a result of the collision. It is not pos-
sible to define an airbag tr igger ing range that
will cover every poss ible angle of impact, since
the circumstances will vary considerably between
one collision and another . Important factors in-
clude, for example, the nature (ha rd or soft) of
the impa cting object, the angle of impact, vehicle
speed, etc. q page 168, Important safety in-
M
N 0
structions on the side airbag system.
c> o
,...., Aside from the ir normal safety func t ion, safety
\!)
1.1'1 1.1'1
be lts work to help keep the dr iver or front pas -
1,..1..'1.,
senger in posi t ion in the event of a side collision so that the side airbags ca n provide protection.
The a irbag system is not a substi t ute for you r
safety belt . Rather, it is part of the overa ll occu pant restrain t system in your vehicle. Always remember that the side airbag system ca n only help to protect you if you are wearing your safety belt and wearing it properly. This is another reason why you should a lways wear your safety belts, not just because the law requires you to do
so q page 140, General notes .
It is important to remember that wh ile the sup plemental side airbag system is designed to reduce the likelihood of serious injur ies, othe r injuries, fo r example, swell ing, bruising, frict ion burns and minor abrasions can a lso be associated with deployed side airbags. Remember too, side airbags will deploy only once and only in cer tain kinds of accidents - your safe ty belts are always t here to offer protection.
Vehicle damage , repair costs or even the lack of vehicle dam age are not necessari ly an indica t ion of over-sensitive o r failed airbag activation. In some collisions, bot h front and side airbags may inflate. Remember too, that ai rbags will dep loy on ly once and on ly in certa in kinds of collisions your safety belts are always there to offer protect ion in those accidents in which airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they have already deployed .
The side airbag system will not deploy:
- when the ignit ion is switched off - in side collisions when the acceleration meas -
ured by the senso r is too low - in front-end collisions - in rear-en d collis ions - in rollove rs.
In some types of accidents t he front airbags, side curtain airbags and s ide a irbags may be tr iggered togethe r.
&_ WARNING
- Safety belts and t he airbag system will only provide protec t ion when occup an t s a re in
the proper seating position q page 168 .
167
A irb a g syst em
- If the airbag indicator light ¢ page 20 comes when the vehicle is being used, have the system inspected immediately by your authorized Audi dealer. It is possible that the a irbag will inflate when it is not sup· posed to, or will not inflate when it should.
How supplemental side airbags work Side airbags deploy instantly and can help re· duce the risk of upper torso injuries for occupants who are properly restrained.
Fig. 135 Side impact protection: inflated side airbags
When the system is triggered, the airbag is filled with prope llant gas and breaks thro ugh a seam in the seat surface area marked "AIRBAG".It expands between the side trim pane l and the passenger . In order to help prov ide th is additional protection, the side airbag must inflate within a fraction of a second at very high speed and with great force. The supplemental side airbag cou ld inju re you if your seating pos ition is not prope r or upright or if item s ar e located in the area where the supplemental side airbag expands . This ap plies especially to children c::>page 172, Child safety . Supplemental side airbags inflate be tween the occupant and the door pane l on the side of the vehicle that is struck in certain side collis ion¢ fig. 135 . Although they are not a soft pillow, they can "cushion" the impact and in this way they can help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper part of the body. A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys. This is normal and does not mean there is a f ire in the vehicle.
Important safety instructions on the side airbag system
Airbags are only supplemental restraints . Always properly wear safety bel ts and ride in a proper seating position .
There is a lot that you and your passengers must know and act accordingly to help the safety bel t s and airbags do their job to provide supp lemental protection.
_& WARNING -
An inflating side airbag can cause serious or fata l injury. Improperly wear ing safety be lts and improper seating positions increase the risk of serious personal injury and death whenever a vehicle is being used. - In order to reduce the risk of injury when
the supplemental side airbag inflates:
- Always sit in an upright position and never lean again st the area where the supplemental s ide airbag is located .
- Never let a child or anyone else res t the ir head against the side tr im panel in the area where the supplemen t al side airbag inflates .
- Always make sure t ha t safety be lt s are worn correctly,
- Do no t let anyone s itting in t he fron t seat put t heir hand or any other parts of their body out of the window.
- Always ma ke sure that the s ide airb ag can inflate without interference.
- Never install seat covers or rep lacement upholstery over the front seatbacks that have not been specifically approved by Audi .
- Never use additional seat cushions that cover the areas where the side a irbags deploy.
- Damage to the orig inal seat cove rs or to the seam in the area of the side airbag module mu st a lways be repaired immediate ly by an autho rized Audi dealer .
- Objects between you and the a irbag can increase t he risk of injury in an acciden t by interfer ing wit h the way the airbag unfolds or .,._
168
by being pushed into you as t he airbag in-
flates.
- Never place or attach accessories or other
objects (such as cup holders, te lephone
bracket s, or even large, bulky objects) on
the doors, over or near t he area marked "AIRBAG" on the seat backrests .
- Such objects and accessories can become
dangerous projecti les and cause injury
when the supplementa l side airbag de-
ploys .
- Never carry any objects or pets in the de-
ployment space between them and the airbags or allow chi ldren or other passen-
gers to travel in this position.
- Always use the built-in coat hooks only for
lightweight clothing. Never leave any heavy
or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that
may interfere with side airbag deployment
and can cause personal injury in an accident .
- Always prevent the side airbags from being
damaged by heavy objects knocking against
or hitt ing the sides of the seatbacks.
- The airbag system can only be triggered
once. If the airbag has been triggered, the
system must be replaced by an authorized
Audi dealership.
- Damage (cracks, deep scratches etc.) to the
origi nal seat covers or to the seam in the
area of the side airbag module must always
be repaired immedia t ely by an authorized
Audi dealer.
- If children are seated improperly, t heir risk
of injury increases in t he case of an accident
c>page 172, Childsafety.
- Never attempt to modify any compo nents of
the airbag syst em in any way.
- I n a side collision, side airbags will not func -
t ion properly if sensors cannot correctly
measure increasing air pressure inside the doors when air escapes through larger, un-
closed openings in the door panel.
- Never drive w ith inter ior door trim panels
....,
removed.
N 0
- Never drive when parts have been re-
c> o
moved from the ins ide door panel and the
rl
I.O
"'
open ings they leave have not been proper-
""rl ''
ly closed.
Ai r b ag sy stem
- Never drive when lo udspeakers in the doors have been removed unless the speaker holes have been properly closed.
- Always make certain that openings are covered or filled if additiona l speakers or other equipment is installed in the inside door panels.
- Always have work on the doors done by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
Side curtain airbags
Description of side curtain airbags
The side curtain airbag system can provide supplemental protec tion to properly restrained occupants.
Fig. 1 36 Side curtain airbags, driver's side: side curtain airbag location
The side curtain airbags are located on both sides of the inter ior above the front and rear side w in-
dows c>fig . 136. They are identified by the word
"AIRBAG" on the w indshield frame and the cente r roof pill ar.
The side curtain airbags conta in features that provide ejection mitigation to help prevent vehicle occupants or parts of their bodies from being completely or partially ejected from the vehicle interior in certa in side impacts and vehicle rollovers.
The side curtain airbag system supplements the
safety belts and can help to reduce the risk of in-
jury for occupants' heads and uppe r torso on the
side of the vehicle t hat is str uck in a side coll i-
sion. The side curtain airbag inflates in side im-
pacts and only when t he vehicle acceleration
Ill--
169
A irb a g syst em
registered by the cont rol unit is high enough. If this rate is below the reference value programmed into the control unit, the side curtain airbag will not be triggered, even though the car may be
badly damaged as a result of the collision . It is
not possib le to define an airbag triggering range that will cover every possible angle of impact , since the circumstances will vary considerab ly between one col lis ion and another. Important factors include , for example , the nature (hard or soft) of the impacting object, the angle of impact , vehicle speed, etc. 9 page 170, How side curtain airbags work.
Aside from the ir normal safety function , safety be lts work to help keep the driver or front passenger in position in the event of a collision so that the side curtain airbags can provide protection .
The airbag system is not a substitute for your safety belt . Rather, it is part of the overall occ upant restraint system in your vehicle . Always remember that the airbag system can only he lp to protect you if you are wearing your safety belt and wearing it properly . This is another reason why you should a lways wear your safety belts, not just because t he law requires you to do so 9 page 140, General notes.
It is important t o remember that while the side curta in a irbag system is designed to help reduce the likelihood of serious injur ies, other injur ies, for example, swe lling, bruising, fr iction burns and minor abras ions can also be associated w it h these airbags upon deployment . Remember too, these airbags will deploy only once and only in certain kinds of accidents - your safety belts are always there to offer protection .
The side curtai n airbag system basically consists of:
- The electronic control modu le and externa l side impact sensors
- The side curtain airbags above the fro nt and rear side windows with ejection mit igation features
- The airbag indicator light in the instrument panel
The airbag system is monitored electronically to make certain it is functioning properly at all times . Each time you sw itch on the ign ition, the airbag system ind icator light will come on for a few seconds (self diagnostics). The side curtain airbag is not activat ed: - if the ign ition is switched off, - in side collisions whe n the accelera t ion meas-
ured by the sensor is too low, - in rear-end col lisions .
.&_WARNING
- Safety belts and the airbag system will only provide protection when occupants are in the proper seating position 9 page 54, Front seats.
- If the airbag indicator light ~ page 20 comes when the vehicle is being used, have the system inspected immediately by your
author ized Audi dealer. It is possible that
the airbag will inflate when it is not supposed to, or will not infla te when it should.
How side curtain airbags work Side curtain airbags can work together with side airbags to help reduce the risk of head and upper torso injuries for occupants who ore properly restrained .
Fig. 137 Illust rat ion of principle: Inflated side curtain airbags on the left side
The side curtai n airbags infla t e be tween the occupant and the w indows on the side of the veh icle that is st ruck in a side collision ~ fig. 137 . When the system is tr iggered, the side curta in airbag is filled with prope llant gas and breaks
170
Airbag system
through a seam above the front and rear side windows identified by the AIRBAG label. In order to help provide this additional protection, the side curtain airbag must inflate within the blink of an eye at very high speed and wit h great force. The side curtain airbag could injure you if your seating position is not proper or upright or if items are located in the area where the supplemental side curtain airbag inflates . This applies
especially to children q page 172 .
Although they are not a soft pillow, side curtain airbags can "cushion " the impact and in this way they can help to reduce the risk of injury to the head and the upper part of the body.
A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys. This is quite normal and does not mean there is a fire in the vehicle .
Important safety instructions on the side curtain airbag system
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. Always properly wear safety belts and ride in a proper
seating position.
There is a lot that you and your passengers must know and do to help the safety belts and airbags do their job to provide supplemental protection.
,&. WARNING
Improperly wearing safety belts and improper
seating positions increase the risk of serious
personal injury and death whenever a vehicle
is being used.
- Never let occupants place any parts of their
bodies in the area from which the side cur-
tain airbag inflate.
-Always make sure that the side curtain air-
bags can inflate without interference.
- Use the built-in coat hooks only for light-
weight clothing . Never leave any heavy or
sharp-edged objects in the pockets that may
interfere with airbag deployment and can
cause personal injury in a collision.
M N
- Never use hangers to hang clothes on the
0 c> o
hooks.
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
....,,..,,
,....,
- Only use factory-installed sun shades or, if shades installed after the vehicle leaves the factory, use only genuine Audi sun shades.
- Never swing the sun visors over to the side windows if things such as pens, garage door openers, hands-free speakers, etc. are attached to the sun visors . They could come loose and cause serious injury if the side curtain airbag inflates.
- A deploying airbag inflates in a fraction of a second and with great force .
- Never attach objects to the cover or in the deployment zone of a side curtain airbag .
- The airbag deployment zones must be kept clear at all times . Make sure there are no objects, pets, or other persons in the space between any vehicle occupant and any airbag at any time.
- Do not attach any accessories to the doors .
-,&. WARNING - The airbag system can deploy only once. If the airbag has been triggered, the system must be replaced by an authorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop. - Always have work involving the side curtain airbag system, removal and installation of the airbag components, or other repairs performed by a qualified dealership. Otherwise the airbag system may not work correctly. - Never attempt to modify any components of the airbag system in any way.
171
Ch ild safety
Child safety
Important information
Introduction
The rear seat is generally the safest place in a collision.
The physical principles of what happens when your vehicle is in a crash apply also to children
¢ page 141, What happens to occupants not wearing safety belts? . But unlike adults and
teenagers, the ir muscles and bones are not fully developed. In many respects children are at greater risk of serious injury in crashes than adults.
Becausechildren's bodies are not fully developed, they requ ire restra int systems especially designed for their size, weight, and body structure. Many countr ies and all states of the United States and provinces of Canada have laws requir ing the use of approved child restraint systems for infants and small children.
I n a fronta l crash at a speed of 20-35 mph (30 -56 km/h) the forces acting on a 13-pound (6 kg) infant wi ll be more than 20 times the weight of the child. This means the weight of the child would suddenly be more than 260 pounds (120 kg). Under these conditions, only an appropriate child restra int properly used can reduce the risk of serious injury . Child restraints, like adult safety belts, must be used properly to be effective. Used improperly, they can increase the risk of serious injury in an accident.
Consult the child safety seat manufacturer's instructions in order to be sure the seat is right for
your child's size ¢ page 175, Important safety instructions for using child safety seats . Please
be sure to read and heed all of the important information and WARNINGS about child safety, Advanced Airbags, and the installation of child restraints in this chapter.
There is a lot you need to know about the Advanced Airbags in your vehicle and how they work when infants and children in child restraints are on the front passenger seat. Because of the large amount of important information, we cannot re-
peat it all here. We urge you to read the detailed information in this owner's manua l about airbags and the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle and the very important information about transporting children on the front passenger seat. Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they are extremely important for your safety and the safety of your passengers, especially infants and small chi ldren.
.&_WARNING
- Accident statistics have shown that children are generally safer in the rear seat area than in the front seating position. Always restrain any child age 12 and under in the rear.
- All vehicle occupants and especially children must be restrained properly whenever riding in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child could be injured by striking the inter ior or by being ejected from the vehicle dur ing a sudden maneuver or impact . An unrestra ined or improperly restrained child is also at greater risk of injury or death through contact with an inflating airbag.
- A suitable child restraint properly installed and used at one of the rear seating posit ions provides the highest degree of prot ect ion for infants and small children in most accident sit uations.
.&_WARNING
Children on the front seat of any car even with Advanced Airbags can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag inflates. A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front passenger seat will be serious ly injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates. - The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
seat or infant carr ier with great force and w ill smash the child safety seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, or door. - Always install rear-fac ing child safety seats on the rear seat. - If you must install a rearward fac ing child safety seat on the front passenger seat in
172
exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected immediately by your Audi dealer .
A WARNING
- Forward-facing child seats installed on the front passenger seat may interfere with the deployment of the airbag and cause serious personal injury to the child.
- If exceptional circumstances require the use
of a forward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat, the child's safety
and well-being require the following special precautions to be taken:
-Always make sure that the forward-facing seat has been designed and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front passenger
seat with a front and side airbag.
-Always carefully follow the manufacturer's
instructions provided with the child seat
or infant carrier.
- Never install a child restraint without a properly attached top tether strap if the child restraint manufacturer's instructions require the top tether strap to be used.
- Never put the forward-facing child restraint up against or very near the instru-
ment panel.
- Always set the safety belt upper anchor-
age to the adjustment position that per-
mits proper installation in accordance with the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
- Always move the passenger seat into its rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft
adjustment range, as far away from the airbag as possible before installing the child restraint . The backrest must be ad -
justed to an upright position .
- Always make sure that nothing prevents
the front passenger's seat from being
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
moved to the rearmost position in its fore and aft adjustment range.
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
Child safety
- Never place objects on the seat (such as a laptop, CD player, electronic games device, power inverter or seat heater for child seats) . These may influence the electrical capacitance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system and can also fly around in an accident and cause serious personal injury.
- Never place or use any electrical device (such as a laptop, CD player, electronic games device, power inverter or seat heater for child seats) on the front passenger seat if the device is connected to the 12volt socket or the cigarette lighter socket.
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or otherwise added to the front passenger seat, never install any child restraint system on this seat.
- Make sure that there are no wet objects (such as a wet towel) and no water or other liquids on the front passenger seat cushion.
- Always make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF light comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the forward-facing child seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi dealer.
- Always buckle the child seat firmly in place even if a child is not sitting in it. A loose child seat can fly around during a sudden stop or in a collision.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever using a child restraint in a vehicle ¢ page 140, Safety belts, ¢ page 148, Airbag system and ¢ page 172, Important information.
(D Tips
Always replace child restraints that were installed in a vehicle during a crash. Damage to a child restraint that is not visible could cause it to fail in another collision situation.
173
Child safety
Advanced front airbag system and children
Your vehicle is equipped with a front "Advanced Airbag System" in compliance with United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 208 as applicable at the time your vehicle was manufactured.
The Advanced Airbag system in your vehicle has been certified to meet the "low-risk" requirements for 3- and 6-year old children on the passenger side and small adults on the driver side. The low risk deployment criteria are intended to reduce the risk of injury through interaction with the airbag that can occur, for example, by being too close to the steering wheel and instrument panel when the airbag inflates . In addition, the system has been certified to comply with the "suppression " requirements of the Safety Standard, to turn off the front airbag for infants up to 12 months who are restrained on the front passenger seat in child restraints that are listed in the Standard.
Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all children, especially those 12 years and younger, should always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size. The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to ride. The front seat is not t he safest place
for a child in a forward-facing child safety seat . It
can be a very dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in a rearward-facing seat .
The vehicle's Advanced Airbag System has a capacitive passenger detection system in the front passenger seat cushion that can detect the presence of a baby or a child in a child restraint system on this seat .
The capacitive passenger detection system regis ters the changes that result in an electrical field when a child, a child restraint, and a baby blanket are on the front passenger seat. The change in the measured capacitance due to the presence of a child, a child restraint, and a baby blanket on the front passenger seat is related to the child restraint system resting on the seat. The measured capacitance of a child restraint system varies de-
pending on the type of system and specific make and model.
The electrical capacitance of the various types, makes, and models of child restraints specified by the U.S.National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in the relevant safety standard are stored in the Advanced Airbag System control unit together with the capacitances typical of infants and a 1-year old child. When a child restraint is used on the front passenger seat with a typical 1 year-old infant, the Advanced Airbag System compares the capacitance measured by the capacitive passenger detection system with the data stored in the electronic control unit.
Child restraints and Advanced front airbag system
Regardless of the child restraint that you use, make sure that it has been certified to meet United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and has been certified by its manufacturer for use with an airbag. Always be sure that the child restraint is properly installed at one of the rear seating positions. If in exceptional circumstances you must use it on the front passenger seat, carefully read all of the information on child safety and Advanced Airbags and heed all of the applicable WARNINGS. Make certain that the child and child restraint are correctly recognized by the capacitive passenger detection system in the front passenger seat, that the front passenger airbag is turned off, and that the airbag status is always correctly signaled by the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light .
Many types and models of child restraints have been available over the years, new models are introduced regularly incorporating new and improved designs and older models are taken out of production. Child restraints are not standardized . Child restraints of the same type typically have different weights and sizes and different "footprints", the size and shape of the bottom of the child restraint that sits on the seat, when they are installed on a vehicle seat . These differences make it virtually impossible to certify compliance with the requirements for advanced airbags with ..,.
174
Child s a f ety
each and every child rest raint that has ever been sold in the past or will be sold over the course of the useful life of your vehicle.
For this reason, the United States Nat ional Highway Traffic Saf ety Admin istration has published a list of specific type, makes and models of child restra ints that must be used to certify comp li ance of the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle with the suppression requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208. These child restra ints are:
Subpart A - Car bed child restraints
Model
Ange l Guard Ange l Ride AA2403FOF
Manufactured on or after September 25, 2007
Subpart B - Rear-facing child restraints
Model
Manufactured on or after
Century SmartFit 4543 December 1, 1999
Cosco Arriva 22-013PAW and base 22-999WHO
September 25, 2007
Evenflo Discovery Ad- December 1, 1999 just Right 2 12
Evenflo First Choice 204
December 1, 1999
Grace Infant 8457
December 1, 1999
Grace Snugride
September 25, 2007
Peg Perego Primo Viag- September 25, 2007 gio SIP IMUNOOUS
Subpart C - Forward-facing and convertible child restraints
Model
Manufactured on or after
Britax Roundabout E9 L0 2xx
September 25, 2007
CoscoTouriva 02519 December 1, 1999
M Cosco Summit Deluxe September 25, 2007
N
0 c> o
,....,
High Back Booster 2 2-262
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
Model
Manufactured on or after
Cosco High Back Boos- September 25, 2007 ter 22-209
Evenflo Tribute V 379xxxx
September 25, 200 7
Evenflo Medallion 254 December 1, 1999
Evenflo Generations 352xxxx
September 25, 2007
Graco ComfortSport
September 25, 2007
GraceToddler Safety Seat Step 2
September 25, 2007
Graco Plati num Cargo September 2 5, 200 7
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of serio us injury, make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light comes on and stays on whenever a child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ign it ion is switched on. - Take the chi ld restraint off the front passen-
ger seat and install it properly at one of the
rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF ligh t does not stay on.
- Have the airbag system inspected by your author ized Audi dealer immed iate ly.
(D Tips
The child seats listed in categor ies A to C have been statically tested by Audi only for the Advanced Airbag function.
Important safety instructions for using child safety seats
Correct use of child safety seats substantially reduces the risk of injury in an accident!
As the dr iver, you are responsib le for the safety of everybody in t he vehicle, especially children:
.. Always use the right child safety seat for each
child and always use it properly ¢ page 178 .
.. Always carefully follow the child safety seat
manufacturer's instruct ions on how to route
the safety belt properly through the child safe-
t y seat.
.,,.
175
Ch ild s afet y
"' When using the vehicle safety be lt to insta ll a child safety seat, you must first activate the convertible locking retractor on the safety belt to prevent the ch ild safety seat from moving
¢ page 182.
"' Push the child safety seat down with your full weight to get the safety belt really tight so that the seat cannot move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm).
"' Secu re unused safety belts on the rear seat
¢ page 177 .
Always remember: Even thoug h your veh icle is eq uipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all chi ldren, espec ia lly those 12 years and younger, should always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size.
A WARNING
Not using a chi ld safety seat, using the wrong child safety seat or improperly insta lling a child restraint increases the risk of serious personal injury and death . - All veh icle occupants and especially children
must be restra ined properly whenever riding in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child could be injured by striking the interior or by being ejected from the vehicle du ring a sudden maneuver or impact. An unrestrained or improperly restrained child is also at greater risk of injury or death thro ugh contact with an inflat ing airbag . - Commercially avai lab le child safety seats are required to comply with U.S. Fede ral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS)213 (in Canada CMVSS213).
- When buying a ch ild restraint, select one that fits your child and the vehicle.
- Only use child restra int systems that fully contact the flat port ion of the seat cushion. The ch ild restra int must not tip o r lean to either s ide. Audi does not recommend using child safety seats that res t on legs or tube -like frames. They do not pro vide adequate contact with the seat.
- Always heed all legal requirements pe rtaining to the installation and use of child safety seats and carefully follow the in-
str uctions provided by the manufacturer
of the seat you are using.
- Never allow children under 57 inches
(1.45 meters) to wear a norma l safety belt.
They must always be restrained by a proper
child restraint system. Otherwise, they
could sustain injuries to the abdomen and
neck areas during sudden braking maneu-
vers or accidents.
- Never let more than one child occupy a child
safety seat.
- Never let babies or o lder children ride in a
veh icle wh ile sitting on the lap of another
passenger .
- Holding a child in your arms is never a sub-
stitute for a child restraint system.
- The strongest pe rson could not hold the
child with the forces that exist in an acci-
dent. The child will strike the interior of
the veh icle and can also be struck by the
passenger.
- The child and the passenger can also in-
jure each other in an accident .
- Neverinstallrear-facingchildsafety seats or
infant carriers on the front passenger seat.
A child will be serious ly injured and can be
killed when the passenger airbag inflates -
even with an Advanced Airbag System .
- The inflating airbag will hit the ch ild safety
seat or infant carr ier with great force and
will smash the child safety seat and child
aga inst the backrest, center armrest, door
or roof.
- Always install rear-facing ch ild safety seats
or infant car riers on the rear sea t .
- Forwa rd-facing child safety seats instal led
on the front passenger's seat can inte rfe re
wit h the airbag when it inflates and cause
serious injury t o the child. Always install fo r-
ward-facing child safety seats on the rear
seat.
- If except ional circumstances req uire the use
of a fo rward-facing child restraint on the
front passenger's seat, the child's safety
and well-be ing require that the following
special precautions be taken :
..,.
176
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has
been designed and certified by its manu-
facturer for use on a front seat with a pas-
senger front and side airbag.
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's
instructions provided with the child safety
seat or carrier.
- Always move the front passenger seat into
the rearmost position of the passenger
seat's fore and aft adjustment range, and
as far away from the airbag as possible be-
fore installing the child restraint.
- Always make sure that nothing prevents
the front passenger's seat from being
moved to the rearmost position in its fore
and aft adjustment range .
- Always make sure that the backrest is in
the upright position.
- Never place or use any electrical device
(such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
games device, power inverter or seat heat-
er for child seats) on the front passenger
seat if the device is connected to the 12-
volt socket or the cigarette lighter socket.
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or
otherwise added to the front passenger
seat, never install any child restraint sys-
tem on this seat.
- Make sure that there are no wet objects
(such as a wet towel) and no water or oth-
er liquids on the front passenger seat
cushion.
- Never place objects on the seat (such as a
laptop, CD player, electronic games device,
power inverter or seat heater for child
seats). These may influence the electrical
capacitance measured by the capacitive
passenger detection system and can also
fly around in an accident and cause serious
personal injury.
- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in
place even if a child is not sitting in it. A
loose child safety seat can fly around during
a sudden stop or in a collision .
....,
N
- Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhen-
0 c> o
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
rl
I.O
being used ¢ page 140, Safety belts,
"'
""rl ''
Child safety
¢ page 148, Airbag system and ¢ page 172, Child safety.
-A WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light comes on and stays on whenever a child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat and the ignition is switched on. - Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not stay on. - Have the airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi dealer immediately.
Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
Fig. 138 Schematic overview: keep unused safety belts away from children in child safety seats. @ - outer rear safety belt, @ - center rear safety belt*
If a child safety seat is used on the rear bench, especially with LATCHuniversal lower anchorag-
es, the unused safety belts must be secured so
that the child in the child restraint cannot reach them ¢ _&.
- Guide the safety belt webbings @ and ®*be-
hind the head restraint of the seat where the child restraint is installed ¢ fig. 138. When doing so, do not engage the convertible locking retractor! You should not hear a "clicking " sound when winding up the safety belt. - Let the belt retractor wind up the safety belt webbing.
177
Child safety
_& WARNING
A child in a child safety seat installed with the LATCHlower anchorages or with the standard safety belt or a child in a booster seat on the rear seat cou ld play with unused rear seat safety belts and become entangled. This could cause the child serious personal injury and even death. - Always secure unused rear seat safety belts
out of reach of children in child seats such as by properly routing them around the head restraint of the seat where the child restraint is installed. - Never activate the convertible locking retractor when routing the safety belts around the head restraints. - Never let anyone sit at the center rear seating position if the center rear safety belt has been routed around a rear head restraint.
Child seats
Infant seats Babies and infants up to about one year old and 20 lbs. or 9 kg need special rearward-facing child restraints that support the back, neck and head in a crash.
Fig. 139 Schematic overview: rearward-facing infant seat, properly installed on the rear seat
.. When using the vehicle safety be lt to install a child safety seat, you must first activate the convertible locking retractor on the safety belt to prevent the ch ild safety seat from moving c::p>age 182 or install the seat using the LATCH attachments.
.. Push the child safety seat down with your full weight to get the safety belt really tight so that
the seat cannot move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm). .. Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat c::>pag1e 77.
Infants up to about one year (20 lbs. or 9 kg) are best protected in special infant carriers and child safety seats designed for their age group. Many experts believe that infants and small children should ride only in special restraints in which the ch ild faces the back of the vehicle. These infant seats support the baby's back, neck and head in a crash c::>fig. 139.
The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potent ially dangerous place for a child to ride . The front seat is not the safest place for a child in a forward-facing child seat. It is a very dangerous place for an infant or a Larger child in a rearward-facing seat.
_& WARNING
Not using a child safety seat, using the wrong
child safety seat or improperly installing a
child restraint increases the risk of serious
personal injury and death in a crash.
- Never install rear-facing child safety seats or
infant carriers on the front passenger seat -
even with an Advanced Airbag System. A
child will be seriously injured and can be kil-
led when the inflating airbag hits the child
safety seat or infant carrier with great force
and smashes the child safety seat and child
against the backrest, center armrest, door
or roof c::>page 149, Child restraints on the front seat - some important things to
know .
-Always install rear-facing chi ld safety seats
or infant carriers on the rear seat.
- Never install a rear-fac ing ch ild restraint in
the forward-facing direction . Such restraints
are designed for the special needs of infants
and very small children and cannot protect
them properly if the seat is forward-facing.
- If you must install a rearward facing child
safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
cause of exceptional circumstances and the
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not
come on and stay on, immediately install
~
178
Chil d s a f e ty
the rear-fac ing ch ild safety seat in a rear seating pos it ion and have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer. - Never place or use any electrical device (such as a laptop, COplayer, electron ic games dev ice, power inverter or seat heater for child seats) on the front passenger seat if the dev ice is connected to the 12-volt socket or the cigarette lighter socket. - If a seat heater has been retrofitted or otherwise added to the front passenger seat, never install any ch ild restra int system on this seat. - Make sure that there are no wet objects (such as a wet towel) and no wa t er or othe r liquids on the front passenger seat cushion. - Never place objects on the seat (such as a laptop, CDplaye r, e lectronic games dev ice, power inverter or seat heater for child seats). These may influence the e lectr ical capacitance measured by the capacitive pas· senger detection system and can a lso fly around in an accident and cause serious personal injury. - Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhen· ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is being used c:::p>age 140, Safety belts, ¢ page 148, Airbag system and c::>page 172, Important information.
Convertible child safety seats
Properly used convertible child safety seats can help protect toddlers and children over age one who weigh between 20 and 40 lbs. (9 and 18 kg) in a crash.
....,
N
0 c> o
Fig. 140 Schemat ic overview: installat ion of the atta ch-
rl
I.O ments applicab le to a LATCHseat
"' ""rl ''
Fig. 14 1 Schemat ic overview: installat ion of the seat using the vehicle's safety belt system
.. When using the vehicle safety belt to install a child safety seat, you must first activate the convert ible locking retractor on the safety belt to prevent the child safety seat from moving c::>page 182 or install the seat using the LATCH attachments .
.. Push the ch ild safety seat down with your full weight to get the safety belt rea lly t ight so that t he seat cannot move forward or sideways more than one inch (2.5 cm) c::p>age 182.
.. If the child safety seat is equipped with a tether strap, attach it to the tether anchors c::>page 188 .
.. Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat c::>page177 .
A toddler or child is usua lly too large for an infant restraint if it is more than one year old and weighs more than 20 lbs. (9 kg).
Toddlers and children who are older than one year up to about 4 years old and weigh more than 20 lbs (9 kg) up to 40 lbs. (18 kg) must always be properly restrained in a child safety seat certif ied for their size and we ight c:::f>ig . 140 and c::f>ig . 141.
The airbag on the passenger side makes the front seat a potent ially dangerous place for a child to ride . The front seat is not the safest place for a child in a forward-fac ing child safety seat. It is a very dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in a rearward-facing seat.
_&.WARNING
Not using a child safety seat, us ing the wrong
child safety seat or improper ly installing a
child restraint increases the risk of serious
~
179
Child safety
personal injury and death in a collision or other emergency situation. - Children on the front seat of any car, even
with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously injured or even killed when an airbag inflates. A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System. - The inflating airbag will hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the child safety seat and child against the backrest, center arm rest, door or roof. - Always install rear-facing child safety seats on the rear seat. - If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer . - The rear side of the child safety seat should be positioned as close as possible to the backrest on the vehicle seat . - For adjustable head restraints: adjust or remove the rear seat head restraint if it is difficult to install the child seat with the head restraint in place Q page 56 . Install the head restraint again immediately once the child seat is removed. Driving without head restraints or with head restraints that are not properly adjusted increases the risk of serious or fatal neck injury dramatically. - Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhenever using a child restrained in a vehicle is being used Q page 140, Safety belts, Q page 148, Airbag system and Q page 172, Important information.
A WARNING
If exceptional circumstances require the use of a forward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat, the child's safety and well-
180
being require that the following special pre-
cautions be taken :
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has been
designed and certified by its manufacturer
for use on a front seat with a passenger
front and side airbag .
- Always follow the manufacturer's instruc-
tions provided with the child safety seat or
infant carrier .
- Always move the front passenger seat into
the rearmost position of the passenger
seat's fore and aft adjustment range, and as
far away from the airbag as possible before
installing the child restraint .
- Always make sure that nothing prevents the
front passenger's seat from being moved to
the rearmost position in its fore and aft ad-
justment range.
- Always make sure the backrest is in an up-
right position .
- Never place or use any electrical device
(such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
games device , power inverter or seat heater
for child seats) on the front passenger seat
if the device is connected to the 12-volt
socket or the cigarette lighter socket.
- If a seat heater has been retrofitted or oth-
erwise added to the front passenger seat,
never install any child restraint system on
this seat.
- Make sure that there are no wet objects
(such as a wet towel) and no water or other
liquids on the front passenger seat cushion.
- Never place objects on the seat (such as a
laptop, CD player, electronic games device,
power inverter or seat heater for child
seats). These may influence the electrical
capacitance measured by the capacitive pas-
senger detection system and can also fly
around in an accident and cause serious per-
sonal injury.
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG
OFF light comes on and stays on all the time
whenever the ignition is switched on.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does
not come on and stay on, immediately in-
stall the forward-facing child seat at a seat-
ing position on the rear seat and have the
~
airbag system inspected by your authorized Audi dealer. - Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat pos it ions if the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched on .
Booster seats and safety belts
Properly used booster seats can help protect children weighing between about 40 lbs. and 80
lbs . (18 kg and 36 kg) who are less than 4 ft. 9
in . (57 inches/1 .45 meters) tall .
Fig. 14 2 Re ar se at: child properly restrain ed in a booster seat
The vehicle's safety belts alone will not fit most
children unti l they are at least 4 ft . 9 in. (57 in-
ches/1.45 meters) tall and we igh about 80 lbs . (36 kg). Booster seats raise these children up so that the safety belt will pass properly over the stronger parts of their bodies and the safety belt can help protect them in a crash.
.,.Do not use the convertib le locking retractor
when using the vehicle's safety bel t to restra in
a ch ild on a boos t er sea t .
.. The shoulder be lt must lie as close to the cen-
te r of the child's collar bone as possible and
must lie flat and snug on the upper body. It
must never lie across the throat or neck. The
lap belt must lie across the pelvis and never
ac ross the stomach or abdomen . Make sure the
belt lies flat and snug . Pull on the belt to tight-
...., en if necessary .
N 0
.,.If you must transpo rt a n older child in a boos-
c>o ter seat on the front passenger sea t , you can
rl
I.O
"'
use the safety belt height adj ustmen t to help
""rl ''
adjust the shoulder port ion properly .
Chil d s a f e ty
.. Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat i=>page 177.
Childre n up t o at least 8 yea rs old (over 4 0 lbs or 18 kg) are best protected in child safety seats de signed for their age and weight . Experts say that the skeleta l structure, particularly the pelvis, of these children is not fully deve loped, and they must not use the vehicle safety belts without a su itable child restraint .
It is usually best to put these child ren in appropriate booster seats . Be sure the booster seat meets all applicab le safety standards.
Booster seats raise the seating position of the child and reposit ion both the lap and shoulder parts of the safety belt so that they pass across the child's body in the right places. The routing of the be lt over the child 's body is very important for the ch ild's protection, whether or not a boos te r seat is used . Children age 12 and under must always ride in the rear seat.
Children who are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (57 inches/
1.45 meters) tall can generally use the vehicle's th ree po int lap and shoulder be lts . Never use the lap belt portion of the veh icle's safety belt a lone to rest rain any child, regardles s of how big the child is . Always remember t hat children do not have the pronounced pe lvic struct ure required for the proper function of lap belt port ion of the vehicle 's t hree point lap and shoulder be lts . The child's safety abso lutely requires that a lap belt portion of the safety belt be fastened snug ly and as low as possible around the pelvis . Never let the lap belt portion of the safety belt pass over the ch ild's stomach or abdomen .
In a crash, a irbags must inflate within a blink of an eye and with considerable force . In order to do its job, the airbag needs room to inflate so that it will be the re to protect the occupant as th e occupant moves fo rward into the airbag .
Avehicle occupant who is out of posit ion and too
close to the a irbag gets in the way of an inflating
airbag . When an occupan t is too close, he o r she
will be struck violent ly and will receive ser ious or
poss ibly eve n fata l injury.
.,,.
181
Ch ild s afet y
In order for the airbag to offer protection, it is important that all vehicle occupants, especially any children, who must be in the front seat because of except ional circumstances, be proper ly restrained and as far away from the airbag as possible . By keeping room between the child's body and the front of the passenger compartment, the airbag can inflate comp letely and provide supp lemental protection in certain frontal coll is ions .
A WARNING
-
Not using a booster seat, using the booster
seat improperly, incorrect ly installing a boos-
ter seat or using the vehicle safety belt im-
properly increases the risk of serious personal
injury and death in a collision or other emer-
gency situat ion. To help reduce the risk of se-
rious personal injury and/or death:
- The shoulder belt must lie as close to the
center of the child's collar bone as possible
and must lie flat and snug on the upper
body . It must never lie across the throat or
neck. The lap belt must lie across the pelv is
and never across the stomach or abdomen.
Make sure that the be lt lies flat and snug.
Pull on the belt to tighten if necessa ry.
- Failure to properly route safety be lts over a
child 's body will cause severe injuries in an
accident or other emergency sit uation
¢ page 140 .
- The rear side of the child safety seat shou ld
be positioned as close as possible to the
backrest on the vehicle seat.
- For adjustable head restraints: adjust or re-
move the rear seat head restraint if it is dif-
ficult to install the child seat with the head
restraint in place¢ page 56. Install the
head restraint again immediately once the
child seat is removed . Driving without head
restraints or with head restraints that are
not properly adjusted increases the risk of
serious o r fatal neck injury dramatically .
- Children on the front seat of any car, even
with Advanced Airbags, can be ser iously in-
jured or even killed when an airbag inflates.
- Never let a child stand or knee l on any seat,
for example the front seat.
- Never let a child ride in the cargo area of your veh icle.
- Always remember that a child leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way during an acc ident can be struck by a deploying airbag. This will resu lt in serious personal injury or death.
- If you must install a booster seat on the front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light must come on and stay on, wheneve r the ign it ion is switched on.
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, perform the
checks described ¢ page 160, Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System.
- Take the child restraint off the front passenge r seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched on .
- Always read and heed a ll WARNINGSwhenever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
being used¢ page 140, Safety belts, ¢page 148, Airbag system and ¢ page 172, Important information.
Securing child seats
Securing a child safety seat using a safety belt
Safety belts for the rear seats and the front passenger can be locked with the convertible locking retractor to properly secure child safety seats .
The safety belts emergency locking retracto rs fo r the rear seats safety belts and for the front pas senger's seat safety be lt have a convert ible locking retractor for chi ld restraints. The safety belt must be locked so that belt webbing cannot unreel. The retractor can be activated to lock the safety belt and prevent the safety be lt webbing from loosening up during normal driving. A child safety seat can on ly be properly installed when the safety belt is locked so that the child and child safety seat will stay in place .
Always remember: Even though your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all
182
children, especially those 12 years and younger, should always ride in the back seat properly restrained for their age and size.
A WARNING Improperly installed child safety seats in-
crease the risk of serious personal injury and
death in a collision.
- Always make sure that the safety belt re-
tractor is locked when installing a child safe-
ty seat. An unlocked safety belt retractor
cannot hold the child safety seat in place
during normal driving or in a crash.
- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in
place even if a child is not sitting in it . A
loose child safety seat can fly around during
a sudden stop or in a collision.
- Always make sure that the rear seat back-
rest to which the center rear safety belt* is
attached is securely latched whenever the
rear center safety belt is being used to se-
cure a child restraint.
- If the backrest is not securely latched, the
child and the child restraint will be thrown
forward together with the backrest and will
strike parts of the vehicle interior. The child
can be seriously injured or killed.
- Never install rear-facing child safety seats or
infant carriers on the front passenger seat.
A child will be seriously injured and can be
killed when the passenger airbag inflates.
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
seat or infant carrier with great force and
will smash the child safety seat and child
against the backrest, center armrest, door
or roof.
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats
or infant carriers on the rear seat.
- Forward-facing child safety seats or infant
carriers installed on the front passenger's
seat may interfere with the deployment of
the airbag and cause serious injury to the
child.
- It is safer to install a forward-facing child
M N
safety seat on the rear seat.
0
c>o - Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhen-
,....,
\.!.) ,.,
ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
....,,..,,
being used r:::p>age 172 . Special precautions
,....,
Child safety
apply when installing a child safety seat on the front passenger seat r:::p>age 149, Child restraints on the front seat - some important things to know .
A WARNING Always take special precautions if you must install a forward or rearward-facing child restraint on the front passenger's seat in exceptional situations:
- Whenever a forward or rearward-facing child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light must come on and stay on whenever the ignition is switched on.
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not come on and stay on, perform the checks described r:::p>age 160, Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System.
- Take the child restraint off the front passenger seat and install it properly at one of the rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light does not stay on whenever the ignition is switched on.
- Improper installation of child restraints can reduce their effectiveness or even prevent them from providing any protection.
-An improperly installed child restraint can interfere with the airbag as it deploys and seriously injure or even kill the child.
-Always carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions provided with the child safety seat or carrier.
- After checking to make sure that the child restraint is properly installed, make certain that the child restraint is correctly recognized by the capacitive passenger detection system in the front passenger seat and that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF light signals the correct front passenger frontal airbag status.
A WARNING
Forward-facing child restraints:
183
Ch ild safety
- Always make sure the forward-facing seat has been designed and certified by its manufacturer for use on a front seat with a passenger front and side airbag.
- Never put the forward-facing child restraint up, aga inst or very near the instrument panel.
- Always move the passenger seat into its rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft adjustment range, as far away from the airbag as possible before installing the forward-fac ing child restraint. The backrest must be adjusted to an up right posit ion.
- Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF light comes on and stays on all the time whenever the ignition is switched on.
_&.WARNING
Rearward-fac ing ch ild restra int s: - A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat
installed on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured and can be killed if t he front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System . - The inflating airbag wil l hit the child safety seat or infant carrier with great force and will smash the chi ld safety seat and child against the backrest, center armrest, door or roof. - Always be especially carefu l if you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat in exceptional circumstances. - Make sure that the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFFlight comes on and stays on all the t ime whenever the ignition is switched on . - If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on, immed iately install the rear-fac ing ch ild safety seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer.
· Activating the convertible locking retractor
Use the convertible locking retractor to secure a child restraint.
Always heed the child safety seat manufacturer's instructions when installing a child restraint in your vehicle . To activate the convert ible locking retractor:
.. Place the child restraint on a seat, preferably on the rear seat .
.. Slowly pull the belt all the way out . .. Route it around or through the child restraint
belt pat h c::>,&..
.. Push the ch ild safety seat down with your full weight to get the safety belt really tight.
.. Insert the belt tongue into the buckle for that seating position.
.. Guide the safety be lt back into the retractor until the belt lies flat and snug on the ch ild safety seat.
.. You should hear a "clicking" noise as the belt w inds back into the inertia reel. Test the convert ible locking retractor by pulling on the belt . You should no longer be able to pull the belt out of the ret ractor. The convertible locking retractor is now activated .
.. Make sure that the red release button is fac ing away from the child restraint so that it can be unbuckled quickly .
.. Pull on the belt to make sure the safety belt is properly tight and fastened so that the seat cannot move forward or sideways more than one inch (2 .5 cm).
_&.WARNING
.
Using the wrong child restraint or an improp-
erly installed child restraint can cause serious
personal injury or death in a crash.
- Always make sure that the safe ty belt re-
tractor is loc ked when insta lling a child safe-
ty seat. An unlocked safety belt retractor
cannot hold the child safety seat in place
during normal driving or in a crash.
- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in
place even if a chi ld is not sitting in it. A
loose child safety seat can fly around during
a sudden stop or in a crash.
184
Child s a f ety
- Always make sure the seat backrest to which the ch ild restraint is installed is in an upright position and securely latched into place and cannot fold forward. Otherw ise, the seatback with the ch ild safety seat attached to it could f ly forward in the event of an acc ident or ot her emergency sit uat ion.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGSwhenever using a child rest rained in a vehicle is
being used r=;p, age 172. Spec ia l precautions
apply when inst alling a child safety se at on
the front passenger sea t ¢ page 149, Child restraints on the front seat - some important things to know.
Deactivating the convertible locking retractor
The convertible locking retractor for child restraints will be deactivated automatically when the belt is wound all the way back int o the retractor .
~ Press the red button on the safety belt buck le. The belt tongue w ill pop out of the buckle.
~ Guide the safety belt all the way back into its stowed position .
Always let the safety belt retract comp lete ly into its stowed position . The safety be lt can now be used as an ordinary safety belt without the conve rtible locking retrac t or fo r child restra ints .
If the convert ible locking retractor shou ld be activated inadvertently, the safety belt must be unfastened and gu ided completely back into its
stowed position to deact ivate this feature . If the
convert ible locking retractor is not deactivated, the safety belt will gradua lly become t ighter and uncomfo rt a ble t o wear .
_& WARNING Imprope rly insta lled child sa fet y se ats in-
crease the risk of ser ious personal inju ry and
death in a co llision.
- Never unfasten t he safety belt to deac t ivat e
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
the conve rtible locking retractor for child restraints while the veh icle is moving. You
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
wou ld not be restra ined and cou ld be ser iously injured in an accident. - Always read and heed all WARNINGS whenever us ing a child restrained in a vehicle is
be ing used ¢ page 172. Special precaut ions
apply when install ing a child safety seat on
the front passenger seat c:>page 149, Child restraints on the front seat - some important things to know .
LATCH system (Lower anchorages and tethers for children)
Child Restraint System anchors and how are they related to child safety
To provide a simpler and more practicable way to attach the ch ild restra int on the veh icle seat, Federal regulations require special lower anchorages in vehicles a nd devices on new child restraints to attach to the vehicle anchorages .
The combination of the tether anchorages and the lower anchorages is now generally called the LATCHsystem for "Lower Anchorages and Tethers for Child ren ."
Forward -facing chi ld restraints manufactured after September 1, 1999, are requ ired by U.S. federal regulations to comp ly with new ch ild head movement performance requ irements . These new pe rformance requ irements make a te t her necessary on most new child seats .
Installing a ch ild restra int that requires a top tethe r without one can seriously impair the perfo rmance of the child restra int and its ability to protect the ch ild in a collision . Installing a ch ild rest rain t that requ ires a top t et her w it hout t he top t ether may be a violation of st ate law.
Child rest raint manufacturers offer LATCH lower anchorages on the ir child seats with hook-o n or push-on connec t ors attached to adjustab le str a ps.
In add ition to the LATCHlower anchorages, these
child restra int systems usually requ ire the use of
te t he r straps to he lp keep the child restra int
firmly in place.
.,..
185
Child safety
_& WARNING
Improper installation of child restraints will increase the risk of injury and death in a crash. - Always follow the instructions provided by
the manufacturer of the child restraint you intend to install in your vehicle. - Never install a child restraint without a properly attached top tether strap if the child restraint manufacturer's instructions require the top tether strap to be used . - Improper use of child restraint LATCHlower anchorage points can lead to injury in a collision. The LATCHlower anchorage points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints . - Never mount two child restraint systems on one LATCHlower anchorage point . - Never secure or attach any luggage or other item to the LATCHlower anchorages .
(D Tips
- In Canada, the terms "top tether" with "lower universal anchorages" (or "lower universal anchorage bars") are used to describe the system.
- In other countries, the term "ISOFIX" is used to describe the lower anchorages.
Location
Fig. 143 Schemat ic overv iew : LATCH an chorage po int l oca· tio ns
The illustrat ion shows the seat ing locations in your vehicle which are equipped with the lower anchorages system.
Description
The lower anchorage positions are marked for quick locating .
Fig. 144 Lower anchorages, covers m arked
Fig. 145 Rear seats : low er anchorage bracket location s
Lower anchorages
The circular markings on the rear seat help you to ident ify the location of lower anchorages for the two outboard seating positions ~ fig. 144. The LATCHlower universal anchorage attachment points a re between the rear seatback and rear seat cushion .
Remove the covers ~ fig. 144 to access the lower anchorage attachment points.
The lower anchorage attachment points are visible ~ fig. 145.
Lower anchorages secure the child restraint in the seat without using the vehicle's safety belts. Anchorages provide a secure and easy-to-use at tachment and minimize the possibility of improp er child restraint installation.
All child restraints manufactured after Septem-
ber 1, 2002, must have lower anchorage attach-
ments for the LATCH system.
..,.
186
Child s a f ety
Please remember that the lower anchorage points are only intended for insta llation and attachment of child restraints specif ica lly certif ied for use w ith LATCHlower anchorages . Child restraints that are not equipped w ith the lower anchorage attachments can still be installed in compliance w ith the child rest raint manufacturer 's instructions on using vehicle safety belts .
.8, WARNING
Imprope r use of LATCHlower anchorages can cause serious personal injury in an accident. - Always carefully fo llow the ch ild restra ints
man ufactu rer's instr uctio ns for proper insta llation of the child restrain t and proper use of t he lower anchorages or safety belts in yo ur vehicle. - Never se cure or attach any luggage or other items to the LATCHlower anchorages . - Always read and heed the impor tan t information about child restraints in this chapter
and WARNINGS ¢ page 172, Child safety.
Installing a child restraintwith LATCH
lower anchorages
App lies to vehicles: with top tet her
Whenever you install a child restraint always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
Fig. 14 6 Lower anchorages: proper mount ing
Mounting
.,.Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench is
in the upright pos ition and secure ly latched in
M
N
place.
0 c> o
,....,
.,.Attach both hook-on con nectors with t he spring
~
catch release on the child safety seat onto the
Vl
V,.l ...,
LATCH lower ancho rage so that the connecto rs
lock into place ¢ fig. 146 .
.,. Pull on the connector attachments to make sure they are properly attached to the LATCH lower anchorage .
.,.Pull straps tight fo llow ing the child restraint manufacturer's instruct ions .
Releasing
.,. Loosen the tension on the straps following the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
.,. Depress the spring catches to release the anchorage hooks from the lower anchorages .
Remember: Use tether straps to help keep the child restra int firmly in place.
.8, WARNING
"--
-
Improper use of the LATCHsystem can in-
crease the risk of serious pe rsonal injury and
death in an accident.
- These anchors were developed only for child
safety seats using the "LATCH" system .
- Never attach other ch ild safety seats, belts
or other objects to these anchors.
- Always make sure that you hear a click when
latching the seat in place. If you do not hear
a click the seat is not sec ure and could fly
forward and hit the inter ior of the vehicle,
or be ejec t ed from t he vehicle .
.8, WARNING
Improper installat ion of child restra ints w ill increase the risk of injury in a n accide nt. - Always follow the child res t raint system
manufac t urer's instr uct ions for proper inst allat ion of the ch ild restrai nt system and proper use of tether straps as we ll as the lower ancho rages or safety be lts in your vehicle. - Always read a nd heed t he important infor matio n and WARNINGSabout child safety and the installat ion of child restra int sys-
tems ¢ page 172, Childsafety .
187
Child safety
Tether anchors and tether straps
Fig. 147 Tether anchors: recessflaps behind the rear seatbacks
The tether anchors for the rear seating positions are located in recesses in the rear window shelf
~ fig. 147
Atether is a straight or V-shaped strap that at taches the top part of a child restraint to special anchorage points in the vehicle.
The purpose of the tether is to reduce the forward movement of the child restraint in a crash, in order to help reduce the risk of head injury that could be caused by striking the vehicle interior.
Forward facing child restraints manufactured after September 1, 1999, are required by U.S. federal regulations to comply with new child head movement performance requirements. These new performance requirements make a tether necessary on most new child safety seats.
&_ WARNING
.
Improper installation of child restraints will
increase the risk of injury and death in a crash.
- Always follow the instructions provided by
the manufacturer of the child restraint you
intend to install in your Audi.
- Improper use of child restraint anchors (in-
cluding tether anchors) can lead to injury in
a collision. The anchors are designed to
withstand only those loads imposed by cor-
rectly fitted child restraints .
- Never mount two child restraint systems on
one LATCHlower anchor point .
- Never attach two child restraint systems to
one tether strap or tether anchorage.
- Never attach a tether strap to a tie-down hook in the luggage compartment.
- Never use child restraint tether anchorages to secure safety belts or other kinds of occupant restraints.
- Never secure or attach any luggage or other items to the LATCHlower anchorages or to the tether anchors.
- If you must install a rearward facing child safety seat on the front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rear-facing child safety seat in a rear seating position and have the airbag system inspected by your Audi dealer.
Installing the upper tether strap on the anchorage
Fig. 148 Tether strap : proper rout ing and mounting
Installing the tether strap
11>Release or deploy the tether strap on the child restraint according to the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
"Guide the upper tether strap under the rear
head restraint ~ fig. 148 (raise the head re-
straint if necessary) . "Tilt the recess flap up to expose the anchor
bracket. "Attach the tether strap anchorage hook into the
opening of the tether anchorage . 11oPull on the tether strap hook so that the spring
catch of the hook engages. 11>Tighten the tether strap firmly following the
child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
188
Child s a f ety
Relea sing the teth er strap
"' Loosen the tens ion following the child restra int manufacturer's instructions.
"' Depress the spring catch on the hook and release it from the anchorage.
(D Note
If you leave the child restraint with the tether strap firmly insta lled for several days, this could leave a mark on the upholstery on the seat cush ion and backrest in the area where the tether strap was installed. The upholstery wou ld also be permanently stretched around the tether strap. This applies espec ially to leather seats.
Using tether straps on rearward-facing child restraints
Currently, few rear-facing child restraint systems come with a tether. Please read and heed the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions carefully to determ ine how to properly in-
stall the tether .
A WARNING
A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat installed on the front passenger seat will be ser iously injured and can be killed if the front airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag System. - The inflating a irbag will hit the chi ld safety
seat or infant carrie r wit h grea t fo rce and will smash the chi ld safety seat and chi ld against t he backrest, center armrest, or doo r. - If you mus t install a rearward facing chi ld safety seat on the front passenger seat because of exceptional circumstances and the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF light does not come on and stay on, immediately install the rear-fac ing child safety seat in a rear seat ing pos it ion and have the airbag system inspected by you r Audi dealer .
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
Additional information
Sources of information about child restraints and their use The re a re a number of sou rces of add itiona l information about child restraint se lection, insta llation and use: NHTSA advises that t he bes t ch ild safety seat is the one that fits your child and fits in your vehi cle, and that you will use correctly and consistent ly. Try before you buy! U.S National Highw ay Traffic Safety Admin istration Tel.: 1-888-3 2 7-42 36 (TIY: 1-800-424-9153) www. nhtsa .gov National SAFE KIDS Campaign Tel.: (202) 662-0600 www.safe kids.o rg Safety BeltSafe U.S.A Tel.: (800) 745-SAFE (English) Tel.: (800) 747-SANO (Span ish) www.carseat .org Transport Canada Information Centre Tel.: 1-800-333-0371 or call 1-613-998-86 16 if you are in the Ottawa a rea http://www.tc.gc.ca/e ng/ roadsafety/menu .htm Audi Customer Relations Tel.: (800) 822-2834
189
Che ck ing and Fill in g
Checking and Filling
Gasoline
Fuel supply
Applies to vehicles: with gasoline engine
Using the right fuel helps keep the environment clean and prevents engine damage.
Fuel re comm e ndation
The fuel recommended for your vehicle is unleaded premium grade gasoli ne. Audi recommends using TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline with a minimum octane rating of 91 AKI (95 RON). For more information on TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the official website (www.toptiergas .com).
The recommended gasoline octane rating for your engine can also be found on a label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap . This rating may be specified as AKI or RON.
Your vehicle may also be operated using unleaded regular gasol ine with a minimum octane rat -
ing of 87 AKl/91 RON. However,using 87 AKI/
9 1 RONoctane fue l wi ll slight ly reduce engine performance.
Use unleaded ga soline only. Unleaded gasoline is available throughout the USA, Canada, and in most European countries. We recommend that you do not ta ke you r vehicle to areas or countr ies where unleaded gasoline may not be available.
For more informat ion on refueling your veh icle,
see ¢page 192 .
Octan e rat ing
Octane rating indicates a gasoline's ability to resist engine damaging "knock" caused by premature ignition and detonation . Therefore, buying the correct grade of gasoline is very important to help prevent possible eng ine damage and a loss of engine performance.
Gasoline most commonly used in the United States and Canada has the following octane ratings that can usually be found on the filler pump:
- Premium Grade: 91 - 96 AKI
- Regular Grade: 87 - 90 AKI
Explanation of the abb reviations:
AKI = Anti Knock I ndex = (R+M)/2 = (RON+MON)/ 2
RON= Research Octane Number
MON = Motor Octane Number.
{[) Note - Do not use any fue l w ith octane rat ings low-
er t han 87 AKI or 91 RONotherwise expensive engine damage w ill occur. - Do not use leaded gasoline. The use of leaded gasoline will severely damage your veh icle's catalytic converter and its abi lity to control exhaust em issions.
Blended gasoline
Appli es to vehicles: wit h gasolin e engi ne
Us e of gas oline cont ai ning alcohol or MTBE (meth yl tert iary but yl ethe r) You may use unleaded gasoline blended with alcohol or MTBE (commonly referred to as oxygenates) if the ble nded mixture meets the following criteria:
Blend of gasoline methano l (wood alcohol or met hyl alcoho l)
- Anti -knock index must be 87 AKI or higher. - Blend must contain no more than 3% metha-
nol. - Blend must contain more than 2% co-solvents.
Blend of ga soline and ethan ol (grain alcoho l or ethyl alcohol )
- Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher. - Blend must not conta in more than 15% etha-
nol.
Blend of ga soline and MTBE
- Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher. - Blend must contain not more tha n 1S% MTBE.
Seas onally adjust ed gasoline
Many gasoline grades are blended to perform especially well for winter or summer dr iving . During seasonal change-over, we suggest tha t you .,..
190
Checking and Fillin g
fill up at busy gas stations where the seasonal adjustment is more likely to be made in time.
(D Note
- Methanol fuels which do not meet these requirements may cause corrosion and dam age to plastic and rubber components in the fuel system.
- Do not use fue ls that fail to meet the specified criteria in this chapter.
- If you are unable to determine whethe r o r not a particular fue l blend meets the specifications, ask your service station or its fuel supplier.
- Do not use fuel for which the contents cannot be identified.
- Fuel system damage and performance problems resulting from the use of fue ls different from those specified are not the respons ibility of Audi and are not covered under the New Vehicle or the Emission Control System Warranties.
- If you experience a loss of fuel economy or driveability and performance problems due to the use of one of these fuel blends, we recommend that you sw itch to unb lended fuel.
Gasoline additives
A ma jor concern among many auto manufacturers is carbon deposit build-up caused by the type of gasoline you use.
Although gasol ine grades differ from one manufacture r to another, they have certa in things in common . All gasoline grades contain substances that can cause deposits to collect on vita l engine parts, such as fue l injectors and intake valves. Although most gasoline brands include additives to keep engine and fuel systems clean, they are not equally effective .
Audi recommends using TOPTIER Detergent Gas oline. For more information on TOP TIER Deter"' gent Gasoline, please go to the off icial webs ite
N
~ (www.toptiergas.com).
co ,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
After an extended period of using inadeq uate fuels, carbon deposit build-ups can rob your engine of peak performance .
(D Note
Damage or ma lfunction due to poor fuel qual ity is not cove red by the Audi New Vehicle Limited Wa rranty.
Diesel fuel
Applies to vehicles: with diesel engine
Always use ULSD(Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel) No. 2 . The ULSDNo. 2 meets the ASTM0975.
Diesel fuel with concen t ra t ions of biodiese l hig her than 5 % such as Bl 1, B20 or 8100 are strictly prohibited .
Service stat io n fue l pumps a re labe led with the correct fue l information for easy recognit ion by the user . If the d iese l fue l pump is not labe led ask the station operator w hat fue l is being dispensed before fi lling up your vehicle.
ULSD No. 2 may not be available outside t he USA and Canada . Be sure to check before traveling to other countr ies .
ULSD No. 2 can become thicke r in very cold tempera t ures, and th is can impa ir t he engine's starting and running. Depending on the season, gas stations provide ULSDNo. 2 that flows better in cold temperatures so that you can continue operat ing your vehicle as usual.
@ Note
- Your vehicle's diesel engine was designed soley for use with ULSDNo. 2. Therefore, never use gasoline, heating oil, other fuels or flow improvers. These conta in substances that will severe ly damage the fuel system and the engine . Such damage will not be covered by you r New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
- If you put any amount of incorrect fuel in the fuel tank, do not start the eng ine under any circumstances. Immediate ly co ntact t he nearest authori zed Audi dealer or autho rized Audi Service Fac ility for assistance .
191
Che c king and Fill in g
These fuels contain substances that can se verely damage the fuel system and the engine if the engine is started . - If the diesel f uel quality is poor, it may be necessary to have the water d rained from the water separator in the fuel filter more often than specified in the maintenance schedule. This can help reduce engine ma lfunct ions c:>page 2 3.
Refueling
Fuel filler neck
The fuel filler neck is located on the right rear side pane l behind the fuel f iller flap.
If the power locking sys t em should fail, you can still open the flap manua lly - for detai led instruc tions see c:>page 194.
You can find the fue l t ank capacity of you r vehicle in c:>page 260.
The label on the inside of the fue l filler flap te lls you t he cor rect fuel for your vehicle. For more inform ation abo ut fue l specifications, see c:>page 190 .
Your vehicle fuel tank has an on board refue lling vapor re cove ry system . This feature helps to prevent fuel vapors from escaping from the t ank and pollut ing t he environment w hile you refue l your vehicle. In orde r to fill the tank properly whi le protecting the environment, please follow this refueling procedure carefully.
A WARNING
Under normal operating conditions, never ca rry additional fuel containers in your car . Gas canisters and ot her conta iners used to transport fuel can be dangerous . Such contai ners, full or empty, may leak and could cause a fire in a collision. If yo u m ust t ransport fue l to use for your lawn m owe r, snow b lower, etc., be very ca reful and a lways observe loca l and state laws rega rding the use, transportation and sto rage of such fuel containe rs. Make certain the container meets industry standards (ANSI/ASTMF852 - 86).
(D Note
Never drive your vehicle until the fue l tank is complete ly empty . The irregular supply of f uel can cause misfiring. Gasoline could enter the exhaust system and damage the catalytic converter.
Fueling procedure
0 --
~
ffl
Fig. 149 Right rea r vehicle s ide: open ing t he fuel filler door
Fig. 15 0 Fuel filler doo r wit h attac hed fuel cap
Read a nd fo llow t he informa ti on and war ning s whe n fi lling AdBlue c:>page 195 . The fuel filler doo r is unlocked or locked by the cent ral locking system. Opening the fuel flap .,..Press the left side of the fuel f iller door to open
it -arrow- c:>fig. 149 . .,..Unscrew the tank cap counterclockw ise . .,..Place the cap from above on the open fue l filler
door c:>fig . 150. Closing the fuel cap .,.T. urn the f uel cap clockwise until you hear it
lock . .,..Close fuel fi ller door until it latches.
192
Once the pump nozzle switches off, the fuel tank is "full". Do not fill the tank more. Otherwise the expansion space in the tank will be filled.
The correct fuel type for your vehicle can be found on a label located on the inside of the fuel filler door. For additional information on fuel , refer to ¢ page 190.
The fuel tank capacity of your vehicle is in the Technical Data ¢ page 260.
To avoid fuel spilling or evaporating from the fuel tank always close fuel filler cap properly and completely. An improperly closed fuel filler cap may also cause the MIL lamp ¢ page 25 to come on.
A WARNING
Not paying attention when fueling or han-
dling fuel incorrectly can lead to fires, explo-
sions or serious injuries.
- Fuel ignites easily and can cause serious
burns and other injuries.
- If you do not switch the engine off when fu-
eling and/or do not insert the fuel nozzle
completely into the tank opening, fuel can
leak out or run over . Leaked fuel can ignite
and start a fire.
- Do not use the telephone while fueling. The
electromagnetic rays can cause sparks,
which can ignite fuel vapors and start a fire .
- Do not sit in your vehicle while fueling . If
you must make an exception and enter your
vehicle again while fueling , close the door
and touch metal to discharge static electric-
ity before touching the fuel nozzle. Static
electricity can create sparks, which can ig-
nite vapors when fueling.
- Do not smoke or have an open flame in the
area when fueling your vehicle or filling a
fuel container because this increases the
risk of an explosion.
- For your safety, carrying fuel containers in
your vehicle is not recommended. Whether
full or empty, the container can leak and
M
N
cause a fire in the event of an accident .
0 c> o
,....,
- If you must make an exception and trans-
\!) 1.1'1
port a fuel container, note the following:
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
Checking and Filling
- Never fill the fuel container with fuel while it is in or on the vehicle . Static electricity is discharged when filling which can cause the fuel vapors to ignite and increases the risk of an explosion .
- Always place a fuel container on the ground before filling .
- Always hold the fuel nozzle completely in the fuel container when filling .
- If the fuel container is made of metal, the fuel nozzle must always be in contact with the container when filling it with fuel. This prevents static electricity from discharging .
- Never spill fuel in the vehicle or the lug gage compartment . Evaporated fuel is explosive and increases the risk of serious injury or death.
- Follow legal requirements when using, storing and transporting fuel containers .
- Make sure the fuel container conforms to industry standards (ANSI/ASTM F852-86).
Q) Note
- Remove spilled fuel from vehicle paint immediately , because it can damage paint .
- Never drive until the fuel tank is completely empty. The irregular supply of fuel that results from that can cause engine misfires . Uncombusted fuel will enter the exhaust system and increase the risk of damage to the catalytic converter.
- If the fuel tank runs completely empty in a vehicle with a diesel engine, the ignition must remain switched on for at least 30 seconds after refueling before starting the engine. It may take longer than usual for the engine to start, even up to a minute. This is because the air must first bleed out of the fuel system when starting the engine .
@ For the sake of the environment
- If the fuel nozzle is used correctly, it will in-
dicate that the tank is full the first time it
switches off automatically. Do not try to add
more fuel, because it can spill over. Also,
"'
193
Che c king and Fill in g
the expansion space in the tank will fi ll, which can result in fuel spi lling out when it becomes warm and polluting the environ ment.
(D Tips
- If the engine is run ning while fueling, vapors can escape or the fuel can spill over. Because of th is, the fuel nozz le switches off before t he tank is full.
- Do not fue l the vehicle when the ignition is switc hed on. Otherwise, the fuel gauge may not show the correct level after fueling the vehicle.
- Diesel vehicles are equipped with a d iesel misfueling guard l). It allows the vehicle to be fueled on ly with a diesel fuel pump nozzle .
- Aworn or damaged nozzle or a nozz le that is too sma ll may not be able to open the diese l m isfue ling protector. If this is the case, try turning the no zzle before inser ti ng it in the fue l filler neck, use a different fuel pump or see an a uthorized Audi dea le r or a uthorized Audi Service Facility for assistance .
- The misfueling guard does not open whe n adding fue l from a fuel contai ne r. You can bypass it by adding the diese l fuel s low ly.
- The fuel filler door on your vehicle does not lock when you lock the vehicle from the inside.
Fuel filler door emergency release
If the central locking system is faulty, the fuel filler door can be unlocked manually .
Fig. 15 1 Right rear luggage compartme nt: emergency release
The emergency release mechanism is located behind the right side trim panel in the luggage compartment.
.,.Remove the cover in the side panel.
.,.Loosen the loop from the retainer and then pu ll
c:0:>. on the loop ca refully-ar row-
The fuel fill-
er door is released .
.,.To open the fue l filler door, press o n the left
side opage 192, fig. 149 .
(D Note
Only pull on t he loop u ntil yo u feel resistance. You will not he a r it release. Ot herwise you could damage the emergency rele ase mechanism.
Catalytic converter
Applies to vehicles: with gaso line e ngine
It is very important that your emission control system (catalytic converter) is functioning properly to ensure that your vehicle is running in an environmentally sound manner .
.,.Always use lead-free gasoline c::p>age 190, Fuel supply .
.,.Never run the tank down all the way to empty . .,.Never put too much motor o il in your engine
o page 203, Adding engine oil 'l:::11. .,.Never try to push- or tow-sta rt you r vehicle .
l l Market -spec ific
194
Checking and Fillin g
The cata lytic conve rter is an efficient "clean -up" device bui lt into the exhaust system of the vehi cle. The catalytic converte r burns many of the pollutants in the exhaust gas before they are released int o the atmosphere.
The exclusive use of unleaded fue l is critically important for the life of the catalyt ic converter and proper functioning of the engine .
A WARNING
The temperature of the exhaust system is high, both when driving and after stopping the engine. - Never touch the exhaust tail pipes once they
have become hot. This could result in burns. - Do not park or operate the veh icle in areas
where the hot exhaust system may come in contact with dry grass, brush, fue l spill or other material which can cause a fire . - Do not apply additional undercoating or rustproofing on or near the exha ust man ifold, exhaust pipes, catalyt ic converte r or heat shields. During driv ing, the subs tance u5edfor undercoatingcould overheatand cause a fire .
(D Note
- Be awa re that just one tank f illing wit h lead-
ed fuel will a lready se riously degrade t he
performance of t he cata lytic conver t er.
- Do not exceed the co rrect engine oil leve l
9page203.
- Do not d rive until the fuel tank becomes
complete ly empty. The eng ine could misfi re.
Unburned f uel could al so ge t into the ex-
haust system and this could ca use the cata -
lytic converter to overheat.
- Do no t sw itch off the ignition wh ile t he vehi-
cle is moving.
- Do not con t inue to oper ate your vehicle un-
der these cond itions, as ot herwise fue l can
reach the catalytic converte r. This cou ld re-
su lt in overheating of the converter, requir-
M
ing its replacement.
N
0 c> o
- To assure efficient ope ration of the Emission
,....,
Control System:
\.!.) ,.,
....,,..,,
,....,
- Have your vehicle maintained properly and in accordance with the serv ice recommendat ions in yo ur Warranty & Maintenance booklet.
- Lack of prope r maintenance as we ll as improper use of the vehicle will impair the function of the emission control system and could lead to damage.
@ For the sake of the environment
Even when the Emiss ion Control System is operating properly, the exha ust gas can have a su lfur-like exhaust gas sme ll under some operating states. Th is depends on the s ulfur content of the fuel being used. Using a diffe rent bra nd of fue l may he lp, or filling the tank wit h lead-free su per grade gaso line.
Diesel particulate
Appli es to vehicles: wit h diesel engine
filter
The diese l part iculate filter filters nearly all of the soot pa rticles ou t of t he exha ust. The filter clea ns itself a utoma t ically unde r no rmal dr iving cond it ions. If the filte r cannot clean itse lf (for examp le, because you are only driving sho rt distan ces), t he fi lter becomes clogged with soot and
II the symbol for the diese l partic ulate fi lter il-
luminates 9page 22.
A WARNING
-
- Do not park your veh icle over flammable
materials such as grass or leaves because
the high temperature of the diesel part icu-
lat e filte r could sta rt a fire.
- Do not app ly an underbody protectant in the
exhaust system area or a fire cou ld start.
Selective catalytic reduction
General information
Appli es to vehicles: wit h diesel engine
In veh icles with selective catalyt ic reduction, a urea solution (AdBlue) is injected into the exhaust system before a nitrogen oxide cata lytic conve rter to redu ce nit rogen emissions.
195
Che c king and Fill in g
AdBlue is the market ing name for Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
The AdBlue is carried in a separate tank in the vehicle. The AdBlue usage accounts for approximately 0.5% to 1.2% of the diesel fuel that is used.
When a message about refil li ng the Ad Blue appears in the instrument cluster disp lay, you must refill the AdBlue yourself or have it refilled by an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
Facility ¢ page 197 .
A WARNING
-
Failure to heed AdBlue refill information in
the instrument cluster can prevent the vehicle
from being started and driven. If the vehicle
cannot be driven and an emergency arises,
personal inj ury can occur.
-Always have the AdBlue tank refilled well
before the tank runs dry.
(D Tips
- The instrument cluster display indicates the distance remaining that can be driven
¢ page 196. If the AdBlue tank is com-
plete ly empty, the engine w ill not start again after the ig nition is switched off. - AdBlue is required by law to operate this vehi cle.
Messages in the instrument cluster display
Applies to vehicles: with diesel engine
The display indicates if the Ad Blue level is low or if there is a system malfunction .
Fig. 152 I nstru ment clust er: indicat or in th e display
AdBlue level low
You w ill be informed if the AdBlue in the tan k drops below a certa in level.
AdBlue /;, Please refill AdBlue. Range
1500 mi (2400 km)
This message appears when there is only enough AdBl ue left to drive the distance ind icated in the drive r information system. Fill the AdBlue.
AdBlue /9 Refill AdBlue! No restart in
600 mile s (1000 km) ! See owner's manu al
This message appears when there is only enough
AdBlue left to drive the distance ind icated in the
dr iver information syst em. Fill the AdBlue. Other-
wise the engine w il l not start again if you stop it
once the distance indicated has been driven . As
long as the
ind icator light is on, you
can check t he remain ing range in the tr ip com-
puter*.
Refill AdBlue ! Engine start not possible! See owner 's manual
This message appears w hen the AdBlue tank is empty . Fill the Ad Blue. Otherwise you will not be able to start the engine again once you stop it .
The AdBlue must be refilled when the amount in the tank has reached t he minimum level
¢ page 197, Filling theAdBlue .
¢4tncorrect fill ing /s ystem malfuncti on
A message appears if the Ad Blue ta nk was fi ll ed with a f luid other than AdBlue and the system has detected that the tank was filled incorrect ly, or if there is a system malfunction.
AdBlue ./' AdBlue: System fault! No restart in
600 miles (1000 km). See owner's manual.
This message appears when it is on ly possible to drive the distance indicated in the driver informa tion system . Drive to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility to have the malfunct ion corrected. Ot herwise the engine will not sta rt again if you stop it once the distance indicated has been driven.
AdBlue: system fault . Engine start not possible! See owner 's manual
196
Checking and Filling
This message appears if the system has detected that the tank was filled incorrectly or that there is a malfunction. Drive immediately to the nearest authori zed Aud i dealer or authori zed Audi Service Facility to have the malfunction corrected . Otherwise you will not be able to start the en g ine again once you stop it.
Filling the AdBlue
Applies to vehicles: with selective catalyt ic red uctio n
A special refill bottle must be used to fill the AdBlue.
Fig. 153 Right rear vehicle side: removing the AdBlue cap
Fig. 154 AdBlue filler tube: inserting the refill bott le
The AdBlue tank opening is located near the diesel tank opening. Add at least 1 gallon (3.8 liters) of AdBlue (two bottles). This is the minimum amount required to ensure the system detects the refilling and to start the engine. You can add a maximum of approximately 4 gallons (15 liters) .
Opening the filler tube and adding AdBlue
...., Requirement: the request to add AdBlue must
N appear in the instrument cluster display.
0
c> o
rl
· Park your vehicle on a level surface.
I.O
"'
· switch the ignition off.
""rl ''
· Open the tank door q page 192. · Turn the cap on the tank opening to the left to
remove q fig. 153. · Remove the cap from the refill bottle. · Position the refill bottle on the filler tube and
turn the bottle clockwise until it stops turning @ q fig. 154. · Press lightly against the bottom of the bottle @ to empty it. Cont inue pressing the bottom of the bottle unti l it is empty or until f lu id stops flowing into the ta nk. · Turn the bottle to the left without pressing on the bottom.
Closing the filler neck
· Turn the AdBlue cap to the right on the filler tube until the cap clicks into place.
· Close the tank cover.
After filling
The vehicle must be driven. The system may take up to two minutes to detect that the AdBlue has been filled.
· If there was no AdBlue left in the tank and a range of O mi (0 km) was displayed in the instrument cluster, switch the ignition on fo r about 30 seconds before start ing the engine.
_& WARNING
=
AdBlue can irritate the skin, eyes and respiratory system . If there is contact with the fluid, flush immediate ly with plenty of water. Consult a physician if necessary.
(D Note
- Only use AdBlue that conforms to the standard ISO 22241-1. Do not mix any additives with the AdBlue and do not dilute it with water.
- Do not add AdBlue to the diese l tank or add diesel fuel to the AdBlue tank. Mixing can lead to damage to the engine and the AdBlue tank system. Warranty does not cover damage caused by this .
- AdBlue attacks surfaces such as painted vehicle components, plastic and carpet. Remove the fluid as quickly as possible with a ..,.
197
Che ck ing and Fill in g
damp cloth and plenty of cold water. If the AdBlue has already crysta llized, use warm water and a sponge. AdBlue residue that is not removed will crysta llize and can damage the affected surface. - Do not store the refill bottle in the vehicle. If it leaks, the escaping AdBlue could damage the vehicle inter ior. - Do not allow AdBlue to come into contact with clothing. If there is contact with the flu id, flush immed iate ly with plenty of water .
@ Tips
- Youcan obtain refill bott les from an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
- Followthe AdBlue manufacturer 's instructions for use and storage .
Engine compartment
Working in the engine compartment
Special careis requiredifyou are workingin the engine compartmen t
For work in the engine compartment such as checking and filling fluid s, there is a risk of injury, scalding, accidents, and burns. For thi s reason, follow all the following listed warning s and general safety precautions. The engine
compartment is a dangerous area! ~ &
A WARNING To reduce the risk of injuries, complete the following steps before opening the hood :
- Turn the eng ine off. - switch the ignition off. - Set t he parking brake. - Place the sele ctor lever in the P position. - Let the engine cool down. - Never open the hood when you see that
steam or coolan t drips from t he engine compartment- there is a da nger of burns! Wait unt il no steam or coolant flows out. - Keep children away from the engine compartm ent.
- Never sp ill fluids on a hot engine . These fluids (such as the freeze protection conta ined in the coolant) can catch fire.
- Avoidshort circuits in the electrica l system, especially the battery.
- When working in the engine compa rtment, remember that the radiator fan can switch on even if the ignition is switched off, which increases the risk of personal injury.
- Never open the cap on the coolant expansion tank when the engine is warm . The cooling system is under press ure.
- To protect your face, hands, and arms from hot steam or coolant, cover the cap with a large cloth when opening.
- Do not remove the engine cover under any circumstances . This increases the risk of burns.
- If tests need to be performed with t he engine running, there is additional danger due to moving components (such as t he ribbed belt , alternator and radiator fan) and from the high voltage ignition syst em.
- Never reach into the radiator fan. Theelec-
tric auxiliary fan is cont rolled by temperature and can switch on sudden ly. - Payattention to t he following warnings listed when work on the fue l system or on t he elect rical equipmen t is requ ired .
- Alwaysdisconnect the vehicle battery from the vehicle electrical system
- Do not smo ke - Never work near open flames - Alwayshave a working fire exting uisher
near by - To reduce t he risk of elect ric shock and in-
jury, never touch the following components when t he engine is running or is being started:
- Ign ition cable - Other components in the electronic high
voltage ignition system - If you must check or perform work on the
engine while it is running:
- Set t he parking bra ke and place the select or lever in the P (park) posit ion first .
198
- Always proceed with extreme caution so that clothing, jewelry or long hair do not become caught in the radia t or fan, fan belt or other moving components or do not come into contact with hot components . Tie back long hair before beg inning work and do not wear cloth ing that can hang down into the eng ine.
- limit your exposure to exhaust and chemicals to as short a time as possible q ,&.
..&,WARNING
California Propos ition 65 Warning: - Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,
and certai n veh icle components conta in or em it chemicals known to the State of Californ ia to cause cancer and birth defec t s and reproductive harm. In addition, certai n flu ids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California t o cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm . - Battery posts , terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chem icals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harms . Wash hands after hand ling.
(D Note
When filli ng flu ids, be sure not to m ix the fluids up . Otherwise seve re malfunctions and en gine damage will occur .
@ For the sake of the environment
You should regu larly check the grou nd under your veh icle in order to detect leaks quickly. If there are visible spots from oil or other f luids, b ring yo ur vehicle to an autho rized Aud i dea ler or authori zed Audi Service Facility to be checked.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Ch eck i n g a nd Fillin g Opening the hood The hood is released from the in terior .
Fig . 155 Sect ion from the driver's footwe ll: relea se leve r
Fig. 1 56 Rocker switch under the hood
Make sure t he wiper arms a re not raised up from the windsh ie ld . Oth e rwise the paint cou ld be damaged. .,.W ith the driver's door open, pull t he lever be-
low the instr ument pane l in the d irect ion of the arrow <=f>ig. 155 .
.,.Raise the hood slightly r:!>ff::...
.,.Press the rocker switch unde r the hood upward q fig. 156 . This re leases the catch .
.,.Open t he hood .
..&,WARNING
-=
Never open the hood when you see that steam or coolant drips from the engine compartment- there is a da nger of bu rns! Wait unt il no steam or coolant flows out . - Never open the hood when you see that
st eam or coo lant dr ips from the e ngine comp ar tment- the re is a dange r of burns ! Wait until no steam or coo lant flows o ut .
199
Che c king and Fill in g
Closing the hood
.. Push the hood down until the force of the strut is overcome.
.. Let the hood fall light ly into the Latch. Do not
press it in. c::>_&.
A WARNING
If the hood is not latched completely, it could
fly up while you are driving and obstruct your vision.
Gasoline engine compartment overview
The most important check points .
- For safety reasons, the hood must always be closed securely wh ile driving. Becauseof this, always check the hood after closing it to make sure it is Latched correctly . The hood is Latched if the front corne rs cannot be Lifted.
- If you notice that the hood is not Latched while you are dr iving, stop immediately and close it, because this increases the risk of an accident.
Fig. 1 57 Typical locat ion of t he reservo ir, eng ine oil dipstick, a nd engine oil filler open ing
(D Coolant expansion tank (_L) . . . . .
@ Engine oil dipstick . . ....... . .. .
@ Eng ine oil f iller opening ("!:::r.) . . .
© Brake fluid reservoir((())) .. . . . . .
® Batt ery(+) under a cover
® Body ground point(-)
0 Washer fluid reservoir (W) . . . . . .
® Fuse housing ... . ........ . ... .
206 The engine oil filler opening and the dipstick
203 (items @ and @) c::>fig. 157 may be Located in a
203 different area depending on engine version.
A 207 WARNING
209
-
Read and following the WARNINGS before
checking anyth ing in the engine compartment
212
c::p>ag e 198.
248
200
Diesel engine compartment overview The most important check points .
Checking and Filling
Fig. 158 Typical locat ion of the reservoi r, eng ine oil dipstick, and engine oil filler opening
CDCoolant expansion tank (-L) .....
206
@ Engine oi l dipstick ... . ..... . . . .
203
® Engine oil filler opening (~) . . .
203
© Brake fluid reservoir (0))
207
® Battery(+) under a cover
209
® Body ground point(-)
(J) Washer fluid reservoir (O) ... . . .
212
® Fuse housing ..........
. ..... .
248
The engine oil filler opening and the dipstick
(items ® and @ ) ¢ fig . 158 may be located in a
different area depending on engine version.
A WARNING
-
Read and following the WARNINGS before
checking anything in the engine compartment
¢page 198.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Engine oil
Engine oil specifications
The engine oil used must conform to exact specifications.
The service interval disp lay in the instrument cluster of your vehicle will inf orm you when it is time for an oil change. We recommend that you have your oil changed by an authorized Audi Service Advisor.
If you have to top off the oil between oil changes, use the Audi oil quality standard specified in the table .
Gasoline engine
Diesel engine
Audi oil quality standard
VW 502 00 or
vw 504 00
VW 507 00
201
Che ck ing and Fill in g
Using the proper engine oil is important for the functionality and service life of the engine. Your engine was f actory-fi lled w ith a high-quality oil which can usually be used throughout the ent ire year.
@) Note
Your Limited New Vehicle Warranty does not cover damage or malfunctions due to failure to follow recommended ma intenance and use requ irements as set forth in the Audi Owner's
Manual and Warranty & Maintenance booklet .
- Use only a high quality engine oil t hat expressly comp lies w ith the Audi oil quality standard specified for your vehicle's engine . Using any other oil can cause serious engine damage.
- Do not mix any lubricants or othe r addit ives into the engine oil. Doing so can cause engine damage.
(D Tips
If you need to add oil and there is none available that meets the Audioil quality standard
your engine requires, you may add a t ot al of no more than 0.5 quart/li t er of a high-quali ty "synthet ic"oil that meets the fo llowing specifications . - Vehicles wit h gasoline engine: ACEA A3 or
API SM with a viscosity grade of SAE0W- 30, SAESW-30 or SAESW-40 . - Vehicles with diesel engine: ACEAC3 or API CFwith a viscosity grade of SAE0W-30 or SAE SW-30. - For more information about engine oi l t hat has been approved for your vehicle, please contact either your authorized Audi dealer or Audi Customer Relations at 1 (800) 822-2834 or visit ou r web site at www.aud iusa.com or www .audicanada.ca.
Engine oil consumption
The engine in your vehicle depends on an adequate amount of oil to lubricate and cool all of its moving parts .
In order to provide effective lubrication and cooling of int ernal engine components, all internal
combust ion engines consume a certa in amoun t of oil. Oil consumptio n varies from engine to engine and may change sign ificant ly over the lif e of the engine . Typically, engines with a specif ied break-in period (see ¢ page 70) consume more oil dur ing the break-in period than they consume after oil consumption has st abilized .
Under normal cond itions, the rate of oil consump t ion depends on the quality and viscosity of the oil, the RPM (revolutions per minute) at wh ich t he engine is operated, the ambie nt t emperature and road condit ions. Furthe r facto rs are t he amo unt of oil di lution from water condensat ion or fue l residue and t he oxidat ion level of the oil. As any engine is subject to wear as mileage builds up, the oil consumption may increase over time unt il replacement of wo rn components may become necessary.
With all these variab les coming into play, no standard rate of oil consumption can be estab lished or specified. There is no alte rnative to regular and frequent checking of the oil level, see Note .
Ill If t he yellow engine oil level warning symbol
in the instrument cluster lights up, you should check the o il level as soon as possible ¢ page 203. Top off the oil at your earliest convenience ¢ page 203.
A WARNING
Before you check anythi ng in the engine compartment, always read and heed al l WARNIN GS¢ page 198.
(D Note
Driving w it h an insufficient oil level is likely to cause severe damage to the engine.
(D Tips
- The oil pressure warning display. is not an indicator of the oil level. Do not rely on it. Instead, check th e oil level in your engine at regular intervals, preferably each time you refuel , and always before going on a long trip.
202
- If you have the impression your engine consumes excessive amounts of oil, we recommend that you consult an authorized Audi dealer to have the cause of your concern properly diagnosed. Keep in mind that the accurate measurement of oi l consumption requires great care and may take some time. An authorized Audi dealer has instr uctions about how to measure oil consumption accurately.
Checking the engine oil level
Fig. 159 Gasoline engine oil dipstick: guide for measuring t he oil level (example)
Checking and Filling
· Evaluate the oil level c;, table on page 203. Add engine oi l if necessary ¢ page 203.
0 You must add oil. After adding oil, the level
shou ld be in the @ area.
@ You may add oil. After adding oil, the level
shou ld be in the @ area.
0 Do not add any oil.
@ Do not add any oil. You may continue driv-
ing .
0 Do not add any oil. Drive to an author ized
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately.
Applies to vehicles with diesel engines: if you operate your vehicle with biodiesel , fuel may enter the engine oil. This raises the oi l level in the engine. It also decreases the quality of the engine oil ¢page23.
The oil consumption of the engine may be up to 1/2 quart per 600 mi les (0 .5 liter per 1,000 km), depending on driving style and cond itions. Consumption may be higher during the first 3,000 miles (5,000 km). Becauseof this, the engine oil level must be checked regularly. It would be best to check each time you refue l your vehicle and before long drives .
Adding engine oil 't::7:
Fig. 160 Diesel engine oil dipst ick: guide for measuring the oil level (example)
Determining the oil level
· Park your vehicle on a level surface.
· Let the engine run in idle briefly while it is at
operating temperature and then shut the en-
gine off.
· Wait approximately two minutes.
· Remove the oil dipstick. Wipe off the oil dip-
stick with a clean cloth and insert it all the way
...., in again .
N
0 c> o
rl
· Remove the dipstick again and then read the oil level¢ fig. 159 or ¢ fig. 160.
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Fig. 161 Engine compa rtment: engin e oil fille r opening cover
· Turn the engine off .
· Unscrew the engine oil filler opening cap <t=;r:
c:;f,ig . 161, c:;p, age 200, fig. 157 .
· Carefully add 0.5 quart (0.S liter) of the appro-
priate oil c;, page 201.
.,..
203
Checking and Filling
"' Check the oil level again after two minutes ¢ page 203 , Checking the engine oil level.
"'Add oil, if necessary. "'Close the engine oil filler cap and push the dip-
stick all the way in.
A WARNING
- When adding oil, do not let oil drip onto hot engine components. There could be risk of a fire.
- You must secure the cap on the oil filler opening correctly so that oil does not leak out onto the hot engine and exhaust system when the engine is running, because this is a fire hazard.
- Always clean skin thoroughly if it comes into contact with engine oil.
(D Note
- Applies to vehicles with gasoline engines:
the oil level cannot be above the 0 range
¢ page 203, fig. 159, because this can cause damage to the catalytic converter or the engine. Contactan authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility to have excess oil extracted if necessary. - Applies to vehicles with diesel engines: the
oil level must not be in the (v range
¢ page 203, fig. 160 - The oil must not be extracted, because this can damage the engine. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility immediately. - Do not mix any additional lubricants into the engine oil. Damage cause by such additives is not covered by the warranty.
@ For the sake of the environment
- Oil should never enter the sewer system or come into contact with the ground.
- Pay attention to legal requirements when disposing of empty oil containers .
· Changing the engine oil
We recommend that have your oil changed by an authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service station.
Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always read and heed all WARNINGS ¢ page 198.
The engine oil must be changed according to the intervals specified in your Warranty & Maintenance booklet . This is very important because the lubricating properties of oil diminish gradually during normal vehicle use.
Under some circumstances the engine oil should be changed more frequently. Change oil more often if you drive mostly short distances, operate the vehicle in dusty areas or under predominantly stop-and-go traffic conditions, or have your vehicle where temperatures remain below freezing for extended periods.
Detergent additives in the oil will make fresh oil look dark after the engine has been running for a short time. This is normal and is not a reason to change the oil more often than recommended.
Because of the problem of proper disposal, along with the special tools and necessary expertise required, we strongly recommend that you have your oil changed by an authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service station.
If you choose to change your oil yourself , please note the following important information:
A WARNING To reduce the risk of personal injury if you must change the engine oil in your vehicle yourself: - Wear eye protection. - To reduce the risk of burns from hot engine oil, let the engine cool down to the touch. - When removing the oil drain plug with your fingers, stay as far away as possible. Always keep your forearm parallel to the ground to help prevent hot oil from running down your arm.
204
Checking and Fillin g
- Drain th e oi l into a container designed for this purpose, one large enough to hold at least the total amount of oil in your engine .
- Engine oil is poisonous . Keep it well out of the reach of children.
- Continuo us contact with used engine oil is harmful to your skin. Always protect your skin by washing oil off thoroughly w ith soap and water.
(D Note
Never mix oil addit ives with your engine oil. These additives can damage your engine and adversely affect your Audi Limited New Vehicle Warranty .
@) For the sake of the environment
- Before changing your oi l, f irst make sure you know where you can properly dispose of the used oil.
- Always dispose of used engine oil proper ly. Do not dump it on garden soil, wooded areas, into open streams or down sewage d rains .
- Recycle used engine oil by taking it to a used engine oil collection facility in your area, or contact a service station .
Cooling system
Coolant
The engine coolant performs two functions: it keeps the engine from overheating and it pro tects the engine from freezing in the winter.
The cooling system is sealed and generally requires lit t le atten t ion.
The cooling system has been filled at the factory
with a perma nent coolant which does not need to
be changed . The coolant consists of a mixture of
specially condit ioned wat er and the man uf actu r-
er's glycol -based coolant additive Gl3 antifreeze
with anticor rosion additives (SO%for USAmod-
M N
els'· 60% for Canadian models) . This m ixture bot h
0 c> o
,....,
assures the necessary fros t protection and protects meta l components in the engine 's cooling
\.!.) ,.,
....,,..,,
,....,
system from corros ion and scaling . It also raises t he boiling point of the coolant .
Do not reduce the concent rat ion of t he coolan t in the summer by addi ng plain water. The propo rtion of coolant additive must be at least 50% but not more than 60% to maintai n antifr eeze protection and cooling efficiency . If the coolant frost prot ect ion is too low, the coolant could freeze and damage the vehicle heating and engine cooling system .
For year-round driving, antifreeze is added at the factory for temperatures down to :
-- 31°F(-3S° C)USA - - 40 °F ( - 40 °C) Canada.
If you must add coolant, use a mixture of water and coolant additiv e. Mixing the coolant addit ive with distill ed wat er is recommended .
A WARNING
Befo re you check anythi ng in the engi ne compartment, always read and heed all WARN-
IN GS~ page 198.
(D Note
- Before wi nter sets in, have the coolant checked to see if t he cool ant additive in your vehicle is sufficient to meet the climate conditions . This is especially impo rtant if you live in a region where the winter is extreme ly cold . If necessary, increase the proportion of coolant additive to 60%.
- When adding coolant additive to your cooling system, remember: - We recommend using only coolant additive G12++ or G13 (check the label) fo r your vehicle. This coolant addi t ive is avail able at autho rized Audi dealers. Othe r types of ant ifreeze can significant ly reduce corrosion protection. The resulting corrosion can cause a loss of coolant and serious engine damage.
- Do not add any type of radiator leak sealant to your vehicle's engine coolant. Adding radiator repair fluid may adversely affect the function and perfo rmance of your cooling .,,.
205
Che c king and Fill in g
system and could result in damage not covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Adding coolant
Fig. 162 Engine compartment: markings on the coolant expansion tank
Read and follo w ing the WARNINGS before checking anything in the engine compartment r::;,page198 . Checking the engine coolant level .. Park your vehicle on a level surface. .. switch the ignition off. .. Read the coolant level on the coolant expansion
tank r::f;i,g . 162 . The coolant level must be be tween the mark ings when the engine in cold . When the engine is warm it can be slightly above the upper marking . Adding coolant Requirement : there must be a residual amount of
coolant in the expans ion tank c>Q).
.. Let the engine cool down. .. Place a cloth over the coolant expansion tank
cap and unscrew the cap counterclockwise
<&=>.
.,.Add coolant mixed in the correct ratio r::p;a, ge 205 up to the upper marking .
.. Make sure that the fluid level rema ins stable. Add more coolant if necessary.
.. Close the cap secure ly.
A coolant loss s uggests a leak. Immediate ly drive your veh icle t o an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility and have the cooling system inspected. If the coo ling system is not leaking, a loss can come from the coo lant boiling
thro ugh ove rheating and being pushed out of the cooling system.
A WARNING
The cooling system is pressurized and can become very hot. To reduce the risk of burns from hot coolant: - Do not open the coolant expansion tank cap
with the engine hot. There is a risk of burns . - Stop the eng ine and a llow it to cool. - Protect your face, hands and arms from es-
caping coolant and steam by covering the coo lant tank cap with a large, thick cloth. - Turn the coolant tank cap counterclockwise slowly and keep light pressure on the cap. - To reduce the risk of burns, do not allow any antifreeze or coolant to drip onto the exhaust system or hot engine components. The ethy lene glycol in engine coola nt can catch fire under certa in circumstances. - The coolant additive and the coo lant can be dangerous to your health. For this reason, keep the coolant in the o riginal container away from ch ildren . The re is a risk of poisoning . - W hen working in the engine compartment, remember that the rad iator fa n can switch on even if the ignition is switched off, wh ich increases t he risk of pe rsonal injury.
@ Note
Do not add coolant if the expans ion tank is empty . Air cou ld enter the cooling system and damage the eng ine. If this is the case, do not continue driving. See an author ized Audi deal er or a ut hori zed Audi Service Facility for assista nce .
. Radiator fan
The radiator fan switches on automatically by itself
An a uxiliary electric rad iato r fan switches on and off depending on coolan t temperature and other vehicle ope rat ing cond itions .
After you sw itch the engine off, the aux iliary fan can continue running for up to 10 m inutes - even .,,.
206
Ch eck i n g a nd Fillin g
with the ignition off. It can even switch on again later by itself ~ .&, if
- the temperature of the engine coolant rises due to the heat bui ld-up from the eng ine in the en gine compartment, or
- the engine compar t ment heats up because t he vehicle is parked in intense sunlight.
A,- WARNING
-
- To reduce the risk of personal injury never
touch the radiator fan.
- The auxiliary e lectric fan is temperature con-
trolled and can switch on suddenly even
when the engine is not running.
- The aux iliary radiator fan switches on auto-
matically when the engine coo lant reaches a
certain temperature and will continue to run
until the coolant temperature drops.
Brake fluid
Checking brake fluid level
-N
N N
":ll '
The fluid level may drop slightly after some time
due to the automatic adjustment of the brake pads . This is not cause for a larm.
1111 I. If the brake fluid leve l falls considerably below
the "MIN" mark, the brake warning/indicator
light
(U.S. mode ls)
(Canadian models)
will come on ~ page 17. Do not continue to oper-
ate the vehicle . The comp lete brake system
should be thoroughly checked by an authorized
Audi dealer or other qualified fac ility and the
cause corrected . If the brake flu id level is too low,
the brake warning/indicator light will illuminate .
Contact an a uthorized Audi dea ler immedi ate ly.
Changing brake fluid
Have the brake fluid changed by an experienced technician.
Brake fluid absorbs moisture from the air. If the water content in the brake flu id is too hig h, corros ion in the brake system may result after a per iod of t ime. The bo iling po int of the brake fluid will a lso decrease cons iderab ly and decrease braking performance.
Therefore, the brake fluid must be changed eve ry tw o years . Always use new brake flu id which conforms t o Federal Motor Vehicle Standard "FMVSS 116 DOT4" .
Fig. 163 Enginecompart ment: cover on the brake fluid reservoir
Before you check anything in the engine compa rtment, always read and heed all WARNINGS
~page 198.
...Read the brake fluid level from the b ra ke fluid
reservoir r¢ fig. 163, r:¢ page 200, fig. 157. The
brake f luid leve l must be between the "MIN" and "MAX"markings.
The location of the brake fl uid reservo ir can be ...., seen in the engine compartment illustration
N
~ r¢ page 200.
co
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
The brake fluid reservoir can be diff icu lt to reach, therefore, we recommend tha t you have the brake flu id changed by you r authorized Audi de aler. Your dea le r has the correct tools, the right brake fluid and the know-how to do this for you .
-A WARNING
-
- Brake flu id is poisonous. It must be stored
only in the closed original conta iner out of
the reach of children !
- Brake failure can resu lt from o ld or inappro-
priate brake fluid. Observe these precau-
tions:
- Use only brake fluid t hat meets SAE spe ci-
ficat ion J 1703 and conforms to Federa l
Motor Vehicle Standard 116. Always check with your a uthorized Audi dea ler to make ~
207
Che ck ing and Fill in g
sure you are using the correct brake f luid . The correct type of brake fluid is also indicated on the brake fluid reservoir . - The brake fluid must be new. Heavy use of the brakes can cause a vapor lock if the brake fluid is left in the system too long. This can ser iously affect the effic iency of the brakes as well as your safety . This could res ult in an accident.
(D Note
Brake flu id will damage the paint of your vehicle .
@ For the sake of the environment
Because of the problem of proper d isposa l of brake fluid as well as the spec ia l tools required and the necessary expertise, we recommend tha t you have the brake fluid changed by your author ized Audi dealer.
Battery
General information
The battery in your Audi does not need any ma intenance under normal operating conditions. Aud i recommends having the electro lyte level check by an author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility when the re a re high outside tempe ratu res or when dr iving a ll day. The electroly t e leve l sho uld a lso be checked ea ch t ime the bat t ery is charged 9 page 210 .
Have the battery checked when you br ing you r vehicle in fo r an inspec t ion. It is a good idea t o replace the batte ry if it is more t han 5 yea rs old .
During certai n types of a irbag dep loyments, the battery is disconnect ed from t he vehicle electr i-
cal system fo r safety reasons 9 .&.in Repair, care
and disposal of the airbags on page 163.
Disconnecting the battery terminals
Some veh icle functions (such as power windows) are not ava ilable when t he batte ry is disco nnected. These functions must be programmed after the ba tt ery is reconnec t ed. To avoid having to do t his , on ly disconnect t he bat tery from t he veh icle
electrica l sys t em when that is necessa ry to pe rform repairs.
To reprogram t he func t ion s, proceed as fo llows:
Function
Reprogramming
Powe r window one- 9 page 41, Correcting
t ouch up/down func- power window malfunc-
t ion
tions
Remote control key or If the vehicle does not
Conve nience key
reac t to the key, it must
be synchronized
9 page 35
Digita l clock
9 page 10
ESC indi cato r light
The ind icator light goes out afte r d riving a few meters
Not running the vehicle for long periods of time
If you do not d rive your vehicle for several days or weeks, e lectr ica l components are gradua lly reduced or switched off. This red uces energy consumption and maintains the vehicle's ability to start over a long per iod of t ime ¢ page 128. Some conven ience functions , such as inter ior light ing or power seats* may not wo rk. These convenienc e functions w ill be availabl e agai n o nce you switc h the ig nit ion on and sta rt the en gine.
Winter operation
During the winter months , it is common for the batte ry capaci ty to dec rease as the tempe rat ures become lower . This is because more powe r is needed to start the vehicle and componen t s such as t he he ad lights and t he rear window defogger are used more frequent ly.
Avoid using powe r unnecessar ily, especially in city dr iving or o n short t rips . Have your aut horized Audi de a ler or a uthor ized Audi Service Facility check the ba tt ery capacity before the start of winter ¢ page 210. A well-charged battery will not only reduce starting problems in cold weather, but it will a lso last longer .
208
A,~ WARNING
- Work on the battery requires expert knowledge. Contact an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for informat ion regarding the vehicle batte ry. There is a risk for chemical burns or explosions.
- Never open the vehicle battery . Do not try to change the batte ry elect rolyte level. Otherwise explosive gas will escape from th e battery and increase the ris k of an explosion.
@ Tips
If your vehicle is not driven for severa l wee ks in very cold tempe ratu res, remove the battery and st ore it in a place where it will not freeze. This prevents the bat t ery from being damaged and needing to be replaced .
Working on the battery
Be especially careful when working on or near the battery.
The bat t ery is locat ed in t he luggage compartment under the floor. Before you check anyt hing in t he luggage compart me nt, read and heed all
WARNINGS q ,&..
Always heed the safety warning s, when working on t he vehicle battery or t he vehicle electr ical syst em t o prevent injury.
The following WARNINGS are very important when work ing on the battery:
Always heed the following WARNING SYMBOLSand safety precaution s when working on
the battery .
® Always wear eye protect ion.
A Battery acid contains sulfuric acid. Al· ways wear gloves and eye protection.
@ No · sparks
- flame s
M
N
- smoking.
0 c> o
,....,
\!)
er,
er,
e,.r., ..,
Checking and Fillin g
& Wh en a battery is charged, it produces - hydrogen gas which is explosive and could cause personal injury.
® Always keep the battery well out of reach of children .
A WARNING
..,__
-
Whenever working on the battery or on the
electr ical system, the re is the risk of inj ury,
accident and even fire. Read and heed the fol-
lowing WARNINGS:
- Alwayswear eye protection. Do not let bat-
tery acid or any lead particles get on your
skin or clothing. Shield your eyes. Explosive
gases can cause blindness or ot her inju ry.
- Battery acid conta ins sulfuric acid. Sulfuric
acid can cause blindness and severe burns.
- Alwayswear gloves and eye protection. Do
not tilt the battery because acid could leak
out of the ventilation openings.
- If you get battery acid in your eyes or on
your skin, immed iate ly rinse with cold wa-
ter fo r several minutes and get medical at-
tent ion.
- If you shou ld ingest any battery acid, seek
med ical attent ion immed iate ly.
- Do not expose the batte ry to an open flame,
electric sparks or an open light.
- Do not smoke.
- Do not interchange the positive and nega-
tive cables .
- When working on the battery , be sure not to
short-c ircuit the terminals with tools or oth-
er metal objects . This would cause the bat-
tery to heat up very quickly, which could
lead to damage or explosion and perso nal
injur y.
- When a battery is charged, it produces hy-
drogen gas which is explos ive and could
cause persona l injury.
- Alwayskeep the battery well out of the
reach of children.
- Before work is done on the electrical sys-
tem, disconnect the negat ive ground cable.
- Before performing any work on t he electr i-
cal system, switch off the engine and igni-
tion as well as any electrical equ ipme nt. The .,..
209
Che c king and Fill in g
negative cable on the battery must be dis· connected. If you are just going to replace a light bulb, then it is enough to switch off the lights . - Before disconnecting the battery, switch off the anti-theft alarm system! Otherwise you will set off the alarm . - When disconnecting the battery, first disconnect the negative cable and then the posit ive cab le. - Before reconnect ing the battery, make sure all electrical consumers are switched off. Reconnect the pos itive cable first and then the negative cable . Never intercha nge the cables - t his could star t a fire! - Never charge a froze n or a thawed-out batte ry. It could explode! If a batte ry has frozen, then it m ust be repl aced. A d isc harged bat tery can free ze over at 3 2 °F (0 °C). - Make sure the vent hose is always attached to t he opening on the side of t he battery . - Never use batte ries which are damaged. The re is t he danger of an explos ion! Always replace a damaged battery.
_& WARNING
California Propos ition 65 Warning: - Battery posts , termina ls and re lated acces-
sories contain lead and lead compounds , chemicals known to the Sta t e of Ca lifornia to cause ca nce r and reproductive problems. Wash hands after hand ling.
(D Note
- Do not d isconnect t he ve hicle batt ery when the ignition is o n or when the engine is run ning, othe rwise , you will damage electronic components in the electrical system .
- If your vehicle is going to stand for a long period of time without be ing driven, protect the battery from "freezing", othe rwise it will be damaged and will then have to be replaced.
Battery charging
Starting the engine requires a well charged battery .
Fig. 164 Engine compa rtmen t: connecto rs fo r a charg er and jum p st art ca bles
Always read and heed all WARNINGS below
c>.& and q .& in Working on the battery on
page 209 . .,..Switch off the ignition and all elec t rical con-
sumers. .,..Make sure the area is we ll ventilated when you
charge the battery . .,..Open the eng ine hood q page 199 . .,..Open the red cover on the positive pole
q fig. 164 . .,..Clamp the charge r te rm inal clamps as inst ruct-
ed on the battery terminal (+) and only on the body ground point (· ). .,..Only now plug the mains lead for the charging equ ipmen t int o t he wall outlet and turn it on
~.&-
...Make sure the charging rate is not over 30 amps / 14 .8 Volt .
.,.W. hen the bat t ery is fully cha rged : Turn the charg ing equipment off and remove the mains lead from the wall outlet.
.,..Now remove the clamps fo r the charging equip ment .
.,..Close the red cover on the positive pole. .,..Close the hood c>page 200.
A d ischarged battery can freeze at temperatures of only 32 F0 (0 °C). Allow a frozen battery to thaw complete ly before attempting to charge it
~ .&. However, we recommend not using a
thawed battery aga in because the battery casing ..,_
210
Checking and Fillin g
can be cracked due to ice formation and can leak battery acid.
Battery charging (Maximum charging rate of 30 amps / 14.8 Volt)
When charging at low voltages (e.g . with a tri ckle
charger), the battery cab les do not have to be
d isconnected first. The battery caps shou ld not
be opened when charg ing a battery .
It is not necessary to remove the battery from the luggage compartment, and it is also not necessary to disconnect the cables .
Fast charging the battery (charging rate above 14.8 Volt s)
For technical reasons do not use a battery charger that us es voltage greater than 14 .8 Volts to charge your vehicle's battery.
A WARNING
Charging a battery can be dangerous. - Always follow the operating instructions
provided by the battery charger manufacturer when chargingyour battery. - Never charge a frozen battery. It may explode because of gas trapped in the ice. Allow a frozen battery to thaw out first. - Do not reuse batteries which were frozen . The battery hous ing may have cracked and weakened when the battery froze. - Charge the battery in a well ventilated area . Keep away from open flame or electrical spark . Do not smoke. Hydrogen gas generat ed by the battery is explos ive. - To reduce the danger of explosion, never connect or disconnect cha rger cables while the cha rger is operating . - Fast charg ing a battery is dangerous and should only be attempted by a competent tec hnician with the proper equipment . - Battery acid that may spill dur ing charg ing should be washed off with a so lution of wa rm water and baking soda t o neut ralize t he acid .
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
(D Note
Never use a fast charger as a booster to start the engine . This will ser iously damage sensitive electronic components, s uch as control units, relays, radio, etc., as well as the battery charger .
Battery replacement
The new bat tery mus t hove the some specifications and dimensions as the original equipmen t battery.
Intelligent energy management in your vehicle is responsible for distributing the electrical energy
t hroughout your vehicle Q page 128 . The intelli -
gent energy management system will keep the engine batt e ry charged better than vehicles without this system. To ma ke sure t he add it iona l elect rical energy is availa ble once again afte r yo u have changed t he battery, we recommend t ha t yo u install batteries of the same t ype and man ufacture on ly (the same as those insta lled at the t ime your vehicle was delivered). Specifications are listed on the battery hous ing . Your authorized dealer must code the battery in the energy manageme nt system to enab le you to use the energy ma nagement fu nctions cor rectly afte r replac ing the battery .
The new battery mus t have the same capacity , voltage (12 -volts), amperage, construction and plug seal ing.
When install ing the battery, make sure the ign it ion and all electr ical consumers are switched off.
(D Note
Make sure the ventilat ion hose on the side of the battery is connected, otherwise fumes or battery acid can lea k out.
~ For the sake of the environment
Because of the prob lem of proper disposal of a battery, we recommend you r authorized Audi dealer change the battery for you. Batteries contain sulfur ic acid and lead and must always be dispose d of properly in complia nce with a ll envi ronm ental regulations. Disposing ..,.
211
Checking and Filling
of vehicle batteries improperly is very dangerous to the environment.
Windshield system
washer
-M
"'
')'
""0a0,
Service interval display
The service interval display detects when your vehicle is due for service.
l6
M
0;:;.
cm o
Fig. 165 Engine compartment: washer fluid reservoir cap
The washer fluid reservoir O contains the wind-
shield washer fluid¢ page 200, fig. 157. Reservoir capacity¢ page 260 .
"' Read and fo llo w all WARNINGS before working in the engine compartment ¢ page 198 .
...Open the cap. ...Add the washer f luid and close the cap.
To reduce the risk of lime scale deposits on the spray nozzles, use clean water with low amounts of calcium. Always add a window cleaner to th water. It should contain freeze protection in the winter.
(D Note
- Never add radiator anti-freeze or other additives to the washer fluid.
- Do not use a glass cleaner that contains paint solvents, there is a risk of damaging the paint.
Fig. 166 Instrument cluster: Service interval display (ex· amp le)
Fig. 167 Display in the MMIpanel: service interval display (example)
The service interval display works in two stages: - Inspection or oil change reminder : After a cer-
tain distance driven , a message appears in the instrument cluster display each time the ignition is switched on or off¢ fig. 166. The remaining distance or time is disp layed briefly. - Inspection or oil change due: If your vehicle has reached an inspection or oi l change interval or both intervals at the same time, the message: Inspection due! or Oil change due! or Oil change and inspection due! appears briefly after switching the ignition on/off. Checking service intervals You can check the rema ining distance or time until the next oil change or next inspection in the
MMI ¢ fig. 167. Select the IMENU Ibutton> Car>
Systems* control button > Service & control >
Service intervals.
212
Resetting the indicator
Your authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility will reset the service interval display after performing service.
If you perform an oil change yourself to the Audi specifications, you must reset the service interval display.
To reset the display, select the IMENU Ibutton>
Car > Systems* control button > Service & control > Service intervals > Reset oil change interval.
(1) Note
- Only reset the oil change indicator if the oil was changed.
- Following the service intervals is critical to maintaining the service life and value of your vehicle, especially the engine. Even if the mileage on the vehicle is low, do not exceed the time for the next service.
- Calculating the time to the next oil change is interrupted when the vehicle battery is disconnected. If the vehicle is not driven for a long period of time, check the maintenance schedule so that you can follow the maintenance intervals.
Checking and Filling
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
213
Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
Wheels
General information
~check your tires regularly for damage (punctures, cuts, cracks and bulges). Remove foreign objects from the tire tread. ~ If driving over curbs or similar obstacles, drive slowly and approach the curb at an angle. ~ Have faulty tires or rims replaced immediately. ~ Protect your tires from oil, grease and fuel. ~ Mark tires before removing them so that the same running direction can be maintained if they are reinstalled. ~Laytires flat when storing and store them in a cool, dry location with as little exposure to light as possible.
(D Note
-Please note that summer and winter tires are designed for the conditions that are typical in those seasons. Audi recommends using winter tires during the winter months. Low temperatures significantly decrease the elasticity of summer tires, which affects traction
and braking ability. If summer tires are used in very cold temperatures, cracks can form on the tread bars, resulting in permanent tire damage that can cause loud driving noise and unbalanced tires. -Burnished, polished or chromed rims must not be used in winter driving conditions. The surface of the rims does not have sufficient corrosion protection for this and could be permanently damaged by road salt or similar substances.
Tire designations
Fig. 168 Tire specification codes on the
sidewall of a tire
.,_
214
(D Tires for passenger vehicles
(if applicable)
P indicates a tire for a passenger vehicle. T indicates a tire designated for temporary use.
@ Nominal width
Nominal width of the tire between the sidewalls in millimeters. In general: the larger the number, the wider the tire.
@ Aspect ratio
Height/width ratio expressed as a percentage.
© Tire construction
R indicates a radial tire.
® Rim diameter
Size of the rim diameter in inches.
@ Load index and speed rating
The load index indicates the tire's load-carrying capacity .
The speed rating indicates the maximum permitted speed ¢ A in
Winter tires on page 229.
"EXTRA LOAD", "xl" or "RF" indicates that the tire is reinforced or is an Extra Load tire.
Speed rat-
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
ing p
\!)
1.1'1 1.1'1
Q
1,..1..'1.,
Maximum permitted speed
up to 93 mph (150 km/h) up to 99 mph (160 km/h)
Tires and wheels
Speed rating
R
s
T
u
H
V
z
w
y
Maximum permitted speed
up to 106 mph (170 km/h) up to 110 mph (180 km/h) up to 118 mph (190 km/h) up to 124 mph (200 km/h) up to 130 mph (210 km/h) up to 149 mph (149.13 mi/h)al above 149 mph (240 km/h) 3l up to 168 mph (167.77 mi/h)al up to 186 mph (186 .4 1 mi/h)a)
a) Tire manufacturers sometimes use "ZR" for tires with a maximum speed above 149 mph (240 km/h).
(j) US DOT number (TIN) and
manufacture date
The manufacture date is listed on the tire sidewall (it may only appear on the inner side of the tire):
DOT ... 2214 ...
means, for example, that the tire was produced in the 22nd week of the year 2014.
@ Audi Original equipment
tires
Audi Original equipment tires with the designation "AO" or "RO" have been specially matched to your Audi. When used correctly, these tires meet the highest standards of safety and handling. An authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility will 1111-
215
Ti res and wheels
be happy to provide more information .
® Mud and snow capabilit y
"M/S" or "M+S" indicates the tire has characteristics that make it suitab l e for driving on mud and
snow. & indicates a winter tire.
@ Composition of the tire cord
and materi als
The number of plies indicates the number of rubberized fabric layers in the tire. In general : the more layers, the more weight a tire can carry. Tire manufacturers must also specify the materials used in the tire. These include steel , nylon, polyester and other materials.
@ Maximum permitted load
This number indicates the maxi mum load in kilograms and pounds that the tire can carry.
@ Uniform tire quality grade
standards for treadwear, traction and temperature resistance
Treadwear, traction and tempera-
ture ranges r:>page 231.
@ Running direction
The arrows indicate the running direction of unidirectional tires .
You m ust always follow the specified runn ing direction
.:>page 245.
@ Maximum permitted
inflation pressure
This number indicates the maxi mum pressure to which a tire can be inflated under normal operating condit ions.
Glossary of tire and loading terminology
Accessoryweight
means the combined we ight (in excess of those standard items which may be replaced) of automatic transmission, power stee ring, power brakes, power windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items are available as fac t ory-installed equipment (whether installed or not).
Aspect ratio
means the ratio of the height to
the width of the tire in percent .
Numbers of 55 or lower ind icate a
low sidewall for imp roved steer-
ing response and better overall
handling on dry pavement .
.,.
2 16
Tir es a nd whe e l s
Bead
means the part of the tire that is made of steel wires, w rapped or reinforced by ply cords a nd that is shaped to fit the rim.
Bead separation
means a breakdown of the bond between components in the bead.
Cord
means the strands forming the plies in the tire .
Cold tire inflation pressure means the t ire pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer for a tire of a designated size that has not been driven for more than a couple of miles (kilometers) at low speeds in the three hour period before the tire pressure is measured or adjusted.
Curb weight means the weight of a motor ve hicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, air condi tioning and add itional weight of optional equipment.
Extra load t ire
means a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher in-
flation pressures than the correspond ing standard tire. Extra load tires may be identified as "XL", "xl", "EXTRALOAD",or "RF" on the sidewall.
Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR")
means the load -carrying capacity of a single axle system, measured at the tire-ground interfaces .
GrossVehicle Weight Rating (" GVWR ")
means the maximum total loaded weight of the vehicle.
Groove
means the space between two adjacent tread ribs.
Load rating (code)
means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure . You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law.
Maximum load rating
means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum loaded vehicle
weight
means the sum of:
...
217
Ti res and wheels
(a) Curb weight (b) Accessory weight (c) Vehicle capacity weight, and (d) Production options weight
Maximum ( permissible ) inflation pressure
means the max imum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated. Also called "maximum inflation pressure."
Normal occupant weight means 150 lbs. (68 kilograms) times the number of occupants seated in the vehicle up to the total seating capacity of your vehicle .
Occupant distribution means distribution of occupan t s in a vehicle .
Outer diameter
means the overall diameter of an inflated new tire.
Overall width
means the linear distance be tween the exteriors of the sidewalls of an infla t ed tire, including elevations due to labeling , decorations, or protective bands or ribs.
Ply
means a layer of rubber -coated parallel cords.
Production options weight
means the comb ined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 lbs. (2.3 kg) in excess of those standard items which they rep lace, not pre viously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Radial ply tire
means a pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90 deg rees to the centerline of the tread.
Recommended inflation pressure see ~ page 217 , Cold tire inflation pressure.
Reinforced tire
means a tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire. Reinforced tires may be identified as
2 18
Tires and wheels
"XL" , "xl" , "EXTRA LOAD", or "RF" on the sidewall.
Rim means a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated.
Rim diameter means nominal diameter of the bead seat. If you change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new rim diameter .
Rim size designation means rim diameter and width.
Rim width
means nominal distance between rim flanges.
Sidewa ll means that portion of a tire between the tread and bead.
Speed rating ( letter code) means the speed at which a t ire is designed to be driven for extend ed periods of time . The ratings range from 93 mph (150 km/h)
to 186 mph (298 km/h)¢ table on page 215. You may not find
this information on all tires because it is not required by law .
The speed rating letter code, where applicable, is molded on the tire sidewall and indicates the maximum permissible road
speeds ¢ .&in Winter tires on page 229 .
Tire pressure mon itoring system *
means a system that detects when one or more of a vehicle's tires are underinflated and illumi nates a low tire pressure warning telltale .
Tread
means that portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Tread separation
means pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass.
Treadwear indicators (TWI )
means the projections w ithin the
principal grooves designed to give
a visual indication of the degrees
of wear of the tread. See
¢ page 223, Treadwear indicator
for more information on measur-
ing tire wear .
...
2 19
Ti res and wheels
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
is a tire information system devel oped by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) that is designed to help buyers make relative comparisons among tires. The UTQGis not a safety rating and not a guarantee that a tire will last for a prescribed number of miles (kilometers) or perform in a certain way . It simply gives tire buyers additional information to combine with other considerations, such as price, brand loyalty and dealer recommendations . Under UTQG,tires are graded by the tire manufacturers in three areas: treadwear, traction, and tempera ture resistance . The UTQGinformation on the tires, molded into the sidewalls.
U.S. DOTTire Identification Number (TIN )
This is the tire 's "serial number" . It begins with the letters "DOT" and indica t es that the tire meets all federal standards . The next two numbers or letters indicate the plant where it was manufactured, and the last four numbers represent the week and year of manufacture. For example,
DOT ... 2214 ...
means that the tire was produced in the 22nd week of 2014. The other numbers are marketing codes that may or may not be used by the tire manufacturer . This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall.
Vehicle capacity we ight
means the rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lbs . (68 kilograms) times the vehicle's designated seating capacity .
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
means that load on an ind ividual t ire that is determined by distrib uting to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehic l e weight and dividing by two.
Vehicle normal load on the tire
means that load on an individual
tire that is determined by distrib-
uting to each axle its share of the
curb weight, accessory weight ,
and normal occupant weight (dis-
tributed in accordance with ¢ ta-
ble on page 226) and dividing by
two.
...
220
Tir es a nd whe e l s
Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities
Refer to the tire inflation pressure labe l c:::p>age 224, fig. 171 for the number of seating positions . Refer to the table c:::>table on page 226 for the number of peo ple that correspond to the vehicle normal load.
New tires or wheels
Audi recommends having all work on tires or wheels performed by an authorized Audi dea ler or au thorized Audi Service Facility. These facilities have the proper knowledge and are equ ipped with the required tools and replacement parts .
.,,N. ew tires do not yet have the opt imum adhesion properties . Drive carefully and at moderate speeds for the first 350 miles (500 km) with new tires .
.,,U. se tires of the same construction, size (rolling circumference) and as close to the same tread pattern as possible on all four wheels .
.,,D. o not replace tires individually. At least replace both tires on the same axle at the same time . .,,A. udi recommends that you use Audi Original equipment tires. If you would like to use different tires, please note that the tires may perform different ly even if they are the same size c:::,>& . .,,I.f you would like to equip your vehicle with a tire/rim combination that is different from what was installed at the factory, consult with an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility before making a purchase c:::.>.1,..
The spare tire* is different from the regular tires installed on the vehicle - for example, if winter tires or wide tires are installed then only use the spare tire* temporarily in case of emergency and drive carefully while it is in use. It should be replaced with a regular tire as soon as possible.
On all wheel drive vehicles, all four wheels must be equipped with tires that are the same brand and have the same construction and tread pattern so that the drive system is not damaged by
22 1
Tires and wheels
different tire speeds. For this reason, in case of emergency, only use a spare tire* that is the same circumference as the regular tires .
.&,.WARNING
-
-Only use tire/rim combina-
tions and suitable wheel bolts
that have been approved by
Audi. Otherwise, damage to
the vehicle and an accident
could result.
-For technical reasons, it is not
possible to use tires from oth-
er vehicles - in some cases,
you cannot even use tires from
the same vehicle model.
-Make sure that the tires you
select have enough clearance
to the vehicle. Replacement
tires should not be chosen
simply based on the nominal
size, because tires with a dif-
ferent construction can differ
greatly even if they are the
same size . If there is not
enough clearance, the tires or
the vehicle can be damaged
and this can reduce driving
safety and increase the risk of
an accident.
-Only use tires that are more
than 6 years old when abso-
lutely necessary and drive carefully when doing so. -Do not use run-flat tires on your vehicle. Using them when not permitted can lead to vehicle damage or accidents. -If you install wheel covers on the vehicle, make sure they allow enough air circulation to cool the brake system. If they do not, this could increase the risk of an accident.
Tire wear/damage
Fig. 169 Tire profil e : treadwear ind icator
Tire wear
Check the tires regularly for wear.
-Inflation pressure that is too low
or high can increase tire wear
considerably.
-Driving quickly through curves,
rapid acceleration and heavy braking increase tire wear.
..
222
Tires and wheels
-Have an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility check the wheel alignment if there is unusual wear.
-Have the wheels rebalanced if an imbalance is causing noticeable vibration in the steering wheel. If you do not, the tires and other vehicle components could wear more quickly .
Treadwear indicato r
Original equipment tires contain treadwear indicators in the tread pattern, which are bars that are 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) high and are spaced evenly around the tire perpend icular to the running direc-
tion ¢ fig. 169. The letters "TW I "
or triangles on the tire sidewall indicate the location of the treadwear indicators.
The tires have reached the minimum tread depth l) when they have worn down to the treadwear indicators. Replace the tires with new ones¢ & .
Whe el rotation
Rotating the wheels regularly is recommended to ensure the tires
"N '
~
;;; l ) Obey any applicable regulat ion s in your
~
~.... country .
wear evenly. To rotate wheels, install the wheels from the rear axle on the front axle and vice versa. This will allow the tires to have approximately the same length of service life.
For unidirectional tires, make sure the tires are installed according to the running direction indicated on the tire sidewall¢ page 245.
Hidden damage
Damage to tires and rims can often occur in locations that are hid den. Unusual vibrations in the vehicle or pulling to one side may
indicate that there is tire damage . Reduce your speed immed iately . Check the tires for damage. If no damage is visible from the outside, drive slowly and carefully to the nearest authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility to have the vehicle inspect ed.
A WARNING
-
Tread that has worn too low or
different tread depths on the
tires can reduce driving safety.
This can especially have a
223
Tires and wheels
negative effect on handling, on the risk aquaplaning when driving through water, when driving through curves and when braking, which increases the risk of an accident.
Tire pressure
Fig. 170 Driver's side B-pillar: tire pressure label
-"'
( fa ·
(_,__,., .......-OIJI\ACl'..I
TOl... I """" I ~-
TOTAL
ltNAHt
--.,-.
l~ I ). ~~ -~
- KPA.a PSl
Fig. 171 Tire pressure label
The correct tire pressure for tires mounted in the factory and for the spare tire* is indicated on a label. The label is located on the Bpillar ¢fig. 170, r=:>fig1.71.
When the vehicle is partially loaded (up to 3 people), use the tire pressure specified for normal
loads c:>table on page 226. If driving the vehicle when fully loaded, you must increase the tire pressure to the maximum specified pressure ¢ &,.
Checking/correcting tire pressure
·Check the tire pressure at least once per month and also check it before every long drive. ·Always check the tire pressure when the tires are cold. Do not reduce the pressure if it increases when the tires are warm. ·Check the label ¢ fig . 171 for the correct tire pressure based on vehicle load. ·Correct the tire pressure if necessary . ·Vehicles with Tire Pressure Monitoring System*: store the modified tire pressure in the Infotainment system ¢ page 234. ·Check the pressure in the emer gency tire*/spare tire*. Always maintain the maximum temperature that is specified for the tire.
A WARNING
Always adapt the tire pressure
to your driving style and vehicle
load.
.,.
224
-Overloading can lead to loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of an accident. Read and follow the important safety precautions in
¢ page 22 7, Tires and vehicle load limits.
-The tire must flex more if the tire pressure is too low or if the vehicle speed or load are too high. This heats the tire up too much. This increases the risk of an accident because it can cause the tire to burst and result in loss of vehicle control.
-Incorrect tire pressure increas-
es tire wear and has a negative
Tires and wheels
effect on driving and braking behavior, which increases the risk of an accident.
Replace lost valve caps to reduce the risk of damage to the tire valves .
@ For the sake of the environment
Tire pressure that is too low increases fuel consumption.
(1) Tips
Audi recommends using the tire pressure specified for a nor-
mal load ¢ table on page 226
or for a full load when the vehicle is partially loaded.
Tire pressure table
Please note that the information contained in the following table was correct at the time of printing, and the information is subject to change. If there are differences between this information and the tire pressures specified on the label on the driver's side Bpillar, always follow the specification on the B-pillar label
¢ page 224, fig. 170.
Make sure that the tire designa tion on your tire matches the designation on the tire pressure label and the tire pressure table .
The following table lists recommended tire pressures in cold tires according to the load and the size of the tires installed.
225
Tires and wheels
Model/
Engine
Tire designation
Tire pressure
Normal load (up to 3 people)a>
Maximum load
front
rear
front
rear
PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA
A3 sedan: l.BL 4 cylinders (Gas o line en gine )
225/45 Rl 7 91 Y High Performance
225/40 Rl8 92Y XL High Performance
225/45 Rl7 91H All Season
30 2 10 26 180 35 240 35 240 35 240 32 220 35 240 35 240 32 220 29 200 39 270 39 270
225/40 Rl8 92H XL All Season
35 240 32 22 0 39 27 0 39 270
235/35 Rl9 91 Y XL High Performance
33 230 32 220 35 240 35 240
A3 sedan: 2.0L 4 cylinders (Gas oline engine)
225/45 Rl7 91Y High Performance
225/40 Rl8 92Y XL High Performance
225/45 Rl 7 91H All Season
30 21 0 28 190 36 250 36 250 35 240 32 220 36 250 36 250 33 230 30 210 41 280 41 280
225/40 R18 92H XL All Season
36 2 50 33 230 41 280 4 1 280
235/35 Rl9 91YXL High Performance
35 240 32 220 36 250 36 250
A3 sedan: 225/45 Rl7 91Y
2.0L
High Performance
4 cylinders 225/40 Rl8 92Y XL
(Diesel en - High Performance
gine)
225/45 Rl 7 91H
All Season
30 210 28 190 36 250 36 250 35 24 0 32 22 0 36 25 0 36 25 0 33 230 30 210 41 280 41 280
225/40 Rl8 92H XL All Season
36 25 0 33 23 0 41 280 41 280
235/35 Rl9 91 Y XL High Performance
35 240 32 220 36 250 36 250
53 sedan: 2.0L 4 cylinders (Gas oline engine)
225/40 Rl8 92Y XL High Performance
225/40 Rl8 92H XL All Season
235/35 Rl9 91YXL High Performance
39 270 36 250 42 290 42 290 38 2 60 3 5 24 0 4 1 280 4 1 280 39 270 36 250 44 300 44 300
XL= reinforced or extra load tire. It may also appear as xl, EXTRALOAD,or RF on the tire sidewall.
a) 2 people in the front, 1 person in the rear
226
Tires and wheels
.&_ WARNING
Please note the important safety precautions regarding tire pressure ¢ page 224 and load limits¢ page 227.
Tires and vehicle load limits
There are limits to the amount of load or weight that any vehicle and any tire can carry . A vehicle that is overloaded will not handle well and is more difficult to stop . Overloading can not only lead to loss of vehicle control, but can also damage important parts of the vehicle and can lead to sudden tire failure, including a blowout and sudden deflation that can cause the vehicle to crash.
Your safety and that of your pas sengers also depends on making sure that load limits are not exceeded. Vehicle load includes everybody and everything in and on the vehicle. These load limits are technically referred to as the vehicle's Gross Vehicle We ight Rating ("GVWR").
The "GVWR" includes the weight of the basic vehicle, all factory installed accessories, a full tank of fuel, oil, coolant and other fluids
plus maximum load . The maximum load includes the number of passengers that the vehicle is intended to carry ("seating capac ity") with an assumed weight of 150 lbs . (68 kg) for each passenger at a designated seating position and the total weight of any luggage in the vehicle . If you tow a trailer, the weight of the trailer hitch and the tongue weight of the loaded trailer must be included as part of the vehicle load.
The Gross Axle Weight Rating ("GAWR") is the maximum load that can be applied at each of the vehicle's two ax les.
The fact that there is an upper limit to your vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating means that the total weight of whatever is being carried in the vehic le (inc luding the weight of a trai ler hitch and the tongue weight of the loaded trailer) is limited. The more passengers in the vehicle or passengers who are heavier than the standard we ights assumed mean that less weight can be carried as luggage.
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and the Gross Axle Weight Rating .,..
227
Ti r es and wheels
are listed on the safety compliance sticker label located on the driver's side B-pillar ¢ page 224, fig. 170 .
-& WARNING
Overloading a vehicle can cause loss of vehicle control, a crash or other accident, serious personal injury, and even death. -Carrying more weight than your vehicle was designed to
carry will prevent the vehicle from handling properly and increase the risk of the loss of vehicle control. -The brakes on a vehicle that has been overloaded may not be able to stop the vehicle within a safe distance . -Tires on a vehicle that has been overloaded can fail suddenly, including a blowout and sudden deflation, causing loss of control and a crash. -Always make sure that the total load being transported including the weight of a trailer hitch and the tongue weight of a loaded trailer does not make the vehicle heavier than the vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.
Determining correct load limit
Use the example below to calculate the total weight of the passengers and luggage or other things that you plan to transport so that you can make sure that your vehicle will not be overload ed.
Step s for Determining Correct Load Limit
1. Locate the statement "THE COMBINEDWEIGHTOF OCCUPANTSANDCARGOSHOULD NEVEREXCEEDXXXKGORXXX LBS"on your vehicle's placard (tire inflation pressure label) ¢ page 224, fig. 170 .
2 . Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from "XXX"kilograms or "XXX" pounds shown on the sticker ¢ page 224, fig. 170 .
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity . For example, if the "XXX"amount equals 1400 lbs . and there will ...
228
Tires and wheels
be five 150 lbs. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 X 150) = 650 lbs.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehi-
cle. Consultthis manualto de-
termine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. .,.Checkthe tire sidewall (c>page 214, fig. 168) to determine the designated load rating for a specific tire.
Wheel bolts and rims
Wheel bolts
Wheel bolts must be clean and loosen/tighten easily.
Rims
Rims with a bolted rim ring* or with bolted wheel
covers* consis t of mul t iple pieces. These compo-
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
nents were bolted together using special bolts and a special procedure . You must not repair or
\!) 1.1'1
disassemble them Q ,& .
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
A WARNING
Wheel bolts that are tightened or repaired incorrectly can become loose and result in loss of vehicle control, which increases the risk of an accident . For the correct tightening specification, refer to ~ page 242, A~er changing a wheel. - Always keep the wheel bolts and the threads
in the wheel hub clean and free of grease. - Only use wheel bolts that fit the rim. -Always have damaged rims repaired by an
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility. Never repair or disassemble rims yourself, because this increases the risk of an accident.
Winter tires
Winter tires significantly improve the vehicle's handling when driving in winter conditions. Because of their construction (width, compound, tread pattern), summer tires provide less traction on ice and snow.
.. Use winter tires on all four wheels. .. Only use winter tires that are approved for your
vehicle . .. Please note that the maximum permitted
speed may be lower with winter tires Q _&. An
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility can inform you about the maximum permitted speed for your tires. .. Check the tire pressure after installing wheels Q page 224 .
The effectiveness of winter tires is reduced greatly when the tread is worn down to a depth of 0.157 inch (4 mm). The characteristics of winter tires also decrease greatly as the tire ages, regardless of the remaining tread.
A WARNING
- Never drive faster than the maximum permitted speed for your tires. This could cause the tires to heat up too much. This increases the risk of an accident because it can cause the tire to burst.
229
T ires and wheel s
- Always adapt your driving to the road and traff ic conditions. Drive carefully and reduce your speed on icy or slippery roads. Even winter tires can lose tract ion on black ice.
@ For the sake of the environment
Reinstall summer tires at the appropriate time, because they provide better handling when roads are free of snow and ice. Summer tires cause less road noise, tire wear and fuel consumptio n.
(D Tips
You can also use all season tires instead of w inte r t ires. Please note that in some count ries w here winter tires are requ ired, on ly wint er ti res wi t h the .& symbol may be perm itt ed.
Snow chains
Snow chains improve traction in the snow .
.,.Only install snow chains on the front wheels.
This applies also to veh icles with all wheel drive* . .,.Check and correct the seating of t he snow chains if necessary afte r driving a few feet. Follow the inst ructions from th e manuf act urer. .,.Note t he maximum permit t ed speed w hen driv ing with snow chains . Do not exceed 30 mph (SO km/h).
Snow chains not only im prove t he driving in win ter road conditions, but also t he braking .
Useof snow chains is only perm itted with certa in rim/t ire comb inat ion s due to techn ical reasons. Check w ith an aut hori zed Audi dealer or aut horized Audi Service Facility t o see if you may use snow chains.
Usefine -mesh snow chain s. They must not add mo re th an 0 .53 inch (13.S mm) in height, including the chain lock.
You must remove the chains when dr iving on
roads t hat are free of snow. W hen roads are free
of snow, snow chains can imp air handling and
damage the t ires, and the chains wi ll quick ly be dest royed.
A WARNING
Using incorrect snow chains or insta lling snow chains incor rectly can result in loss of veh icle control, which increases the risk of an accident.
(D Note
- Snow chains can damage the rims/wheel covers* if the chains come into direct contact with them. Remove the wheel covers* first . Use coated snow chains.
' Low aspect ratio tires
Your Audi is fac t ory-eq uipped w ith low aspect rat io t ires. These t ires have been thoroug hly test ed and been selected specifi cally f or your mode l for the ir superb performance, road f eel and handlin g under a var iety of dr iving condit ions. Ask your aut horized Aud i dealer fo r more details .
The low aspect ratio of t hese tir es is ind icated by a numeral of 55 or less in th e t ire's size design ation . The nume ral represents the ratio of the ti re's sidewall height in relatio n to its tread width expressed in percentage. Conventional tires have a height/width rat io of 60 or more .
The performance of low-aspect-ratio tire s is particularly sensitive to imprope r inflation pressure. It is therefore important that low aspect ratio tires are inflated to the specified pressure and that the inflation pressure is regularly checked and maintained. Tire pressures should be checked at least once a month and always
befor e a long trip Q page 224 .
What you can do to avoid tire and rim damage
Low aspect rat io t ires can be damaged mo re easily by impact w ith potho les, curbs, gull ies or ridges on t he road, parti cularly if t he tire is under inflated.
230
Tires and wheels
I n order t o m inim ize the occurrence of impact damage to the t ires of your vehicle, we recom mend that you observe the following precautions :
- Always maintain recommended inf lat ion pressures. Check your tire pressure every 2,000 miles (3,000 km) and add air if necessary.
- Drive carefu lly on roads with potholes, deep gul li es or ridges. The impact from dr iving th rough or over such obstacles can damage your tires. Impact with a curb may also cause damage to your tires.
- After any impact, immediately inspect your t ires or have them inspected by the nearest authorized Aud i dealer. Replace a damaged tire as soon as possible .
- Inspect your t ires every 2,000 miles (3,000 km) for damage and wear. Damage is not always easy to see. Damage can lead to loss of air and underinflation, which could eventually cause
t ire fa ilure. If you believe that a ti re may have
been damaged, rep lace t he tire as soon as possible. = These t ires may wear more quickly t han ot hers. - Please also remember that, wh ile thes e t ires deliver responsive handling, t hey may ride less comf ort ably and make more noise t han other choices.
Reduced performance in winter/cold season conditions
All t ires are designed f or cert ain purposes. The low aspect rat io, ult ra high perf ormance tires originally insta ll ed on your vehicle are intended for maximum dry and wet road perfo rmance and handling. They are not suitable for cold, snowy or icy weather condit ions . If you drive under those circumstances , you should equip your vehicle w ith all -season or winter tires , which offer better traction under those cond itions . We suggest you use the recommended snow or all -season t ires specified fo r you r vehicle , or the ir equivalent.
Refer to ¢ page 229 for mo re deta iled informa -
tion regard ing winter tires .
M N
0 c> o
,....,
Uniform t ire quality grading
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
- Tread wear
- Traction AA A B C - Temperature A B C
Quality grades can be found where applicab le on t he tire side wa ll between tread shoulder and
maxim um sect ion wid t h ~ page 214, fig. 168.
For example: Tread wear 200 , Traction AA, Temperature A.
All passenger car t ires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating
based on the wear rate of the t ire when tested under contro ll ed conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 15 0 wo uld wear one and one half (1 1/2) times as we ll on the government course as a t ire graded 100.
The relative perf orman ce of tires depends upon t he actual cond itions of thei r use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driv ing habits, service pract ices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from highest t o lowest, are
AA, A, Ban d C. Those grades represent t he tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under contro ll ed conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete . A tire marked C may have poor traction performance
~A .
Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the t ire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under cont roll ed conditions on a specified indoor labora t ory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the mate-
ria l of the tire to degenerate and reduce ti re life,
and excessive temperature can lead to sudden
t ire fail ure ¢ ,&..
.,,.
231
Tires and wheels
The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109 . Grades Band A represent higher levels of pe rformance on t he laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
A WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics.
A WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separate ly or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
A WARNING
Temperature grades apply to tires that are properly inflated and not over or underinflat ed .
Tire pressure monitoring system
CDGeneral notes
Applies to vehicles: with tire pressure monitoring system
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires).
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significant ly under-inflated. Accordingly,when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure . Drivingon a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stop ping ability.
Please note that the TPMSis not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMSlow tire pressure telltale.
Yourvehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combined with the low t ire pressure tel ltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start -ups as long as the ma lfunction exists .
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMSmalfunction telltale after replacing one or more t ires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function properly.
232
T i res a nd wheels
If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System indicator appears
Applies to vehicles: with tire pressure monitoring syste m
The tire pressure indicator in the instrument cluster informs you if the tire pressure is too low or if there is a system malfunction.
Fig. 172 Instrument cluster : ind icator light with message
Using the ABS sensors, the tire pressure monitoring system compares the t ire tread circumference and vibration characterist ics of the ind ividual tires. If the pressure changes in one or mo re tires, th is is indicated in the instrument cluster
RE display w ith an ind icator light and a message
¢ fig. 172. If only one tire is affected, the loca-
tion of that ti re will be ind icated . The message turns off after a few minutes . You can display the
message again r::;,page29.
The ti re pressures must be stored in the menu disp lay again each time the pressures change (switching between partia l and full load pressure) or after changing or replac ing a tire on your
vehicle¢ page 234. The tire pressure monitor-
ing system only monitors the tire pressure you have stored. You can find the recommended tire pressures for your vehicle on the label on the
driver's door pillar¢ page 224.
Tire tread circumference and vibration characteristics can change and cause a tire pressure warning if:
- If the tire pressure in one or more tires is too
low,
- the tire has structural damage,
....,
N
- The tire was replaced or the tire pressure
0 c> o
changed and it was not stored again
rl
¢ page 234.
I.O
"' ""rl ''
- the spare tire is insta ll ed .
Indicator lights
RE-Loss of pressure in at least one tire ¢ ,& .
Check the tires and replace or repair if necessary. Check/correct the pressures of all four t ires. Then
store the tire pressures in the MMI ¢ page 234 .
film(Tire Pressure Mon itor ing Syst em) Tire pres-
sure: System malfunction!. If @m appears after switching the ignition on or while driving and the
REind icator light in the instr ument cluster
blinks for approximate ly one minute and then stays on, there is system malfunction. Try to
store the correct tire pressures ¢ page 234. If
the indicator light does turn off or turns on again after a short period of time, dr ive to an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the malfunction corre cted.
,&. WARNING
RE - If the tire pressure warning light in the
instr ument cluster turns on, the pressure in one or more tires is too low . Reduce the vehicle speed immediate ly and avoid any hard steer ing or braking maneuvers. Stop as soon as possible, check the tire and inf late the tire to the correct pressure, which is specified on the t ire pressure label on the vehicle
r::;p, age 224. Driv ing with a tire with Low
pressure causes the tire to overheat and can result in fa ilure of the tire . Low pressure can also have a negative effect on t he driving and braking behavior of t he vehicle .
- The drive r is responsible for main taining the correct ti re pressures. You must check the tire pressures regu larly .
- Under certain conditions (such as a sporty driving style, winter conditions or unpaved roads), the pressure monitor indicator may be delayed.
- Do not use run-flat tires on your vehicle . Using them when not permitted can lead to vehicle damage or accidents.
(D Tips
- The tire pressure monitoring system can al-
so stop working when t here is an ESCmal-
function.
..,.
233
T ires and wheel s
- Using snow chains may result in a system malfunction.
- The t ires wi t h the ident ificat ion "AO" or
"RO"¢ page 221 have been matche d with
your Audi tire pressure monitoring system. We recommend that you use these t ires. - The tire pressure monitoring system can only mon itor the ti re pressure of the dr iving tires. Check the tire pressure of the spare whee l in the luggage compartment so that if necessary it is ready for use.
Storing tire pressures
Applies to vehicles: with tire pressure monitoring system
A change in tire pressure or a change in tires must be stored in the system .
The tire pressure is stored in the MMI. ..,Make sure befo re stori ng th at t he tire pressures
of all f our t ires meet the specified values and are adapted to the load . Otherwise the system
could malf unction ¢ page 224 .
..,Switc h on the ignition . .,.Select : the IMENU! button> Car > Systems*
control button > Service & control > Tire pres-
sure monitor > Stor e tire pressure > Yes, store now .
(]} Tips Do not store the t ire pressures if snow chains are installed . Otherwise the system could malf unct ion.
234
Care and cleaning
Care and cleaning
General information
Regular, proper care helps to maintain your vehi-
cle's value. It can also be a requirement when
submitting warranty claims for corrosion damage and paint defects on the body.
The necessary care products can be obtained from an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility . Readand fo ll ow the instructions for use on the packaging.
A WARNING
- Using clean ing and care products incorrectly can be dangerous to your health.
- Always store cleaning and care products out of reach of children to reduce the risk of poisoning.
@ For the sake of the environment
- Preferably use environmentally-friendly products when buying cleaning agents.
- Do not dispose of leftover cleaning and care products with household trash.
Car washes
The longer that deposits such as insects, bird droppings, tree sap or road salt rema in on the vehicle, the more the surface can be damaged. High temperatures such as those caused by sunlight increase the damaging effect.
Before washing, rinse off heavy deposits with plenty of water.
Stubborn deposits such as bird droppings or tree sap are best removed w ith plenty of water and a microfiber cloth.
Also, wash the underside of your vehicle once road salt stops being used for the season.
Pressure washers
W hen washi ng your vehicles w ith a pressure
M
N washer, always f oll ow the operating instr uctions
0c>o provided wi t h the pressure washer. This is espe-
,....,
\!) 1.1"1
cially importan t in regard to the pressure and
1.1"1
1,..1..".1,
spraying distance . Do not aim the spray direct ly
at seals on side w indows, doors, t he hood, the luggage compartment lid or the sunroof* or at tires, rubber hoses, insulating material, sensors* or camera lenses*. Keep a distance of at least 16 inches (40 cm).
Do not remove snow and ice with a pressure washe r. Never use rotary nozzles or high pressure nozzles. The wate r temperature must not be above 140 °F (60 ° ( ).
Automatic car washes Spray off the veh icle before washing.
Make sure that the w indows and roof* are closed and the windsh ield wipers are off. Follow instructions from the car wash operator, especially if the re are accessories attached to your vehicle .
If possible, use car washes that do not have
brushes .
Washing by hand
Clean the vehicle starting from the top and work ing down using a soft sponge or cleani ng brush. Use solvent -free cleaning prod ucts .
Washing vehicles with matte finish paint by
hand To avoid damaging the paint when washing, first remove dust and large particles from your vehicle. Insects, grease spots and fingerprints are best removed with a special cleaner for matte finish pai nt.
Apply the prod uct using a microfiber cloth . To avoid damaging the paint surface, do not use too much pressure.
Rinse the vehicle thoro ughly with water . Then clean using a neutra l shampoo and a soft microfiber cloth.
Rinse the vehicle thoroughly again and let it air dry. Remove any wate r residue using a sham my. .,.
235
Care and c leaning
& WARNING
- Only wash the vehicle when the ignition is off and follow the instructions fr om th e car wash operator to reduce the risk of accidents.
- To reduce the risk of cuts, protect yourself from sharp metal components when washing the underbody or the inside of the wheel hous i ngs.
- After washing the vehicle, the braking effect may be delayed due to moisture on the brake rotors or ice in the winte r. The bra kes must be dried first w ith a f ew caref ul bra ke applications .
@ Note
- If you wash the vehicle in an aut omatic car wash, you must fold the exterior m irrors in to reduce the risk of damage to the mirrors . Power folding exterior mirrors* must only be fo lded in and out using the power folding funct ion.
- To prevent paint damage, do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight.
- To reduce the risk of damage to the surf ace, do not use insect remov ing sponges, kitchen sponges or similar items.
- Mat t e finish painted vehicle components: - To reduce the risk of damage to the surface, do not use polishing agents or hard wax.
- Never use protective wax. It can destroy
the matte finish effect. - Do not place any stickers or magnet ic
signs on vehicle parts painted w ith matte finish paint. The paint could be damaged when the sticke rs or mag nets are removed.
@ For the sake of the environment
Only wash the vehicle in facilities specially designed fo r that purpose. This w ill reduce the risk of dir ty wat er contaminated w ith oil from entering the sewer system.
Cleaning and care information
When cleaning and caring for individua l vehicle components, refer to the following tables. The information conta ined there is simply recommendations. For quest ions or for components that
are not listed, consult an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility . Also follow the information found in ¢ _6 .
Exterio r cleaning
Component
Situation
Windshield wiper Deposits blades
Headlights / Tail lights
Deposits
Sensors/ camera lenses
Deposits
Snow/ ice
Wheel s
Road salt
Brake dust
Exhaust tail pipes Road salt
Decorative parts / Deposits trim
Solution
¢ page 50, Cleaning windshield wiper blades
Soft sponge with a mild soap solutiona)
Sensors: soft cloth with solvent-free cleaning solution Camera le·nses: soft clot h w ith alcohol-free cleaning solution Hand brush/solvent-free de- icing spray Water Acid-free special cleaning solut ion Water, clean ing solution suitab le for stain less steel, if neeessary Mild soap solution al, a clean ing solution suitable for stainless stee l, if necessary
236
Care and cleaning
Component
Situation
Solution
Paint
Paint damage
Refer to the paint number on the vehicle data label, repair
with touch up paint c>page 258
Spilled fuel
Rinse with water immediately
Surface rust
Rust remover, then protect with hard wax; for questions, consult an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
Corrosion
Have it removed by an authorized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility .
Water no longer beads on the surface of clean paint
Proteclt with hard wax (at least tw ice per year)
No shine even though paint has been protected/paint looks poor
Treat with suitable polish; then apply paint protectant if the polish that was used does not contain any protectant
Deposits such as in- Dampen with water immediately and remove with a microsects, bird droppings, fiber cloth tree sap and road salt
Grease-based con- Remove immediately w it h a mi ld soap solution a)and a taminants such as soft cloth cosmetics or sunb lock
Carbon parts
Deposits
clean the same way as painted parts c>page 235
Decorative decals Deposits
Soft sponge with a mild soap solutiona>
al Mild soap solut ion: maxim um two tablespoons of neutral soap in 1 quart (1 liter) of water
Internal cleaning
Component
Situation
Windows
Deposits
Decorative parts/ Deposits trim
Plastic parts
Deposits
Heavier deposits
Displays Controls Safety belts
Deposits Deposits Deposits
Solution Glass cleaner, then wipe dry Mild soap solution a>
Damp cloth Mild soap solution al, detergent-free plastic cleaning solution, if necessary Soft cloth with LCDcleaner Soft brush, then a soft cloth with a m ild soap solutiona> Mild soap solution a>,allow to dry befo re letting them retract
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
237
Care and c leaning
Component
Situation
Solution
Textiles artificial leath er, Alcantara
Deposits adhering to Vacuum cleaner the surface
Wate r-based depos its Absorben t cloth and mild soap solut ional such as coffee, tea, blood, etc.
Oil-based deposits such as oil, make-up, etc.
Apply a m ild soap solution al, blot away the d issolved oil or dye, treat afterwa rd with water, if necessary
Special deposits such as ink, na il polish, latex paint, shoe polish, etc.
Special sta in remover, blot with absorbent materia l, treat afterward with mild soap so lution, if necessary a)
Natural leather Fres h stains
Woo l cloth with a mild soap solut ional
Wate r-based depos its fresh stains: absorbent clot h such as coffee, tea, d ried stains: stain remover suitable for leathe r blood, etc.
Oil-based deposits
Fresh stains: absorbent cloth and stain remover su itab le
such as oil, make- up, for leather
etc.
dried stains: oil cleaning spray
Special deposits such as ink, nai l polish, latex paint, shoe polish, etc.
Spot remover sui t able for leather
Care
Regu larly app ly condi t ioning cream that protects from
light and penet rates int o the mate rial. Use specially -col-
ored conditioning cream, if necessary.
Carbon parts
Deposits
clean the same way as plastic parts
al Mild soap solution: maximum two tablespoons of neutral soap in 1 quar t (1 liter ) of water
_& WARNING The windshie ld may not be tre ate d wit h water- repelling wind sh ield coating agents. Unfavorab le conditions such as wetness, darkness, or low sun can resu lt in increased glare. Wiper blade chatter is also possible.
(D Note
- Headlights/tail light s - Never clean headlights or ta il lights with a dry cloth or sponge. - Do not use any cleaning prod uct that contains alcohol, because they could cause cracks to form.
- Wheels
- Never use any paint polish or other abrasive mate rials.
- Damage to the protective layer on the rims such as sto ne chips or sc ratches must be repaired immediately.
- Sensors / camera lenses
- Neve r use warm or hot wat er t o remove snow or ice from t he camera lens . This could ca use the lens to crack.
- Neve r use a bras ive cle a ning mat er ia ls or a lcohol to clea n the camera lens. This could ca use scratches and cracks .
- Door windows
- Remove snow and ice on windows and exterio r mirro rs with a plastic scraper. To
238
avoid scratches, move the scraper only in one direction and not back and forth.
- Never remove snow or ice from door win-
dows and mirrors using warm or hot water because this could cause cracks to form. - To avoid damage to the rear window defogger, do not apply any stickers on the
heating wires on the inside of the window.
- Decorative parts/trim
- Never use chrome care or cleaning products .
- Paint
- To reduce the risk of scratches, the vehicle
must be free of dirt and dust before polishing or waxing.
- To prevent paint damage, do not polish or wax the vehicle in direct sunlight.
- To reduce the risk of paint damage, do not polish away rust spots.
- Remove cosmetics and sunscreen immediately - these could damage the paint.
- Displays
- To avoid scratches, do not use dry cleaning methods on displays.
- Controls
- Make sure that no fluids enter the controls, because this could cause damage.
- Safety belts
- Do not remove the safety belts to clean them.
- Never clean safety belts or their components chemically or with corrosive fluids
or solvents and never allow sharp objects to come into contact with the safety belts. This could cause damage to the belt webbing.
- If there is damage to the webbing, the connections, the retractors or the buckles, have them replaced by an authorized Audi
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
- Textiles/artificial leather/Alcantara
- Never treat artificial leather/Alcantara
with leather care products, solvents, floor
M N
polish, shoe polish, spot remove or similar
0 c> o
products.
,....,
- Have a specialist remove stubborn stains
\!)
1.1'1 1.1'1
to prevent damage.
1,..1..'1.,
Care and cleaning
- Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard sponges, etc. when cleaning.
- Do not turn on the seat heating* to dry the seat.
- Objects with sharp edges such as zippers, rivets on clothing or belts can cause damage to the surface.
- Open hook and loop fasteners, for example on clothing, can damage seat covers. Make sure hook and loop fasteners are closed .
- Natural leather - Never treat leather with solvents, floor polish, shoe polish, spot remover or similar products . - Objects with sharp edges such as zippers, rivets on clothing or belts can cause damage to the surface . - Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard sponges, etc. when cleaning . - Do not turn on the seat heating* to dry the seat. - To help prevent the leather from fading, do not leave the vehicle in direct sunlight for long periods of time . If leaving the vehicle parked for long periods of time, you should cover the leather to protect it from direct sunlight.
(D Tips
- Insects are easier to remove from paint that has been freshly waxed .
- Regular waxing can prevent rust spots from forming.
239
Emergency assistance
Emergency assistance Luggage compartment lid emergency release
The luggage compartment can be opened from the inside in an emergency.
Fig. 173 Section of the luggage compartment: access to t he emergency release
To reach the emergency release mechanism, the rear bench seat backrest must be folded down ~ page 60 .,.Push the latch upward in the direct ion of the ar-
row unt il the lock releases. The trunk escape handle inside t he rear lid is made of f luorescent material to glow in the dark.
A WARNING
The trunk escape handle is to be used only in an eme rgency .
(D Tips
The emergency release lever should never be used as a handle for closing the rear lid.
General information
.,.Park the veh icle as far as possib le from moving traffic in the event of a flat tire. In the event of a flat tire, park the vehicle on a leve l surface . It you are on a steep incline, be especially careful.
.,.Set the parking brake . .,.Place the selector leve r in the P pos ition . .,.Swit ch the eme rgency flashers on . .,.Put on a reflective vest, if ava ila ble. .,.Set up the war ning triang le, if available.
.,.Have the passengers exit the vehicle. They should move to a safe place, for examp le behind a guard rail.
A WARNING
Pay attention to the steps above. They are for your protection and the for the safety of other drivers.
A WARNING
"' Imp roper use of the vehicle jack can cause serious pe rsonal injuries. - Never use the screw drive r hex head to tighten wheel bolts, since the bolts cannot attain the necessa ry tight ening torque if yo u use the hex head, poten t ially cau sing an accide nt. - The factory-s upplied jack is intended only for your veh icle mode l. Unde r no circumst ances shou ld it be used to lift heavy veh icles or othe r loads; you risk injuring yourse lf. - Never start t he engi ne when t he vehicle is raised, which could cause a n accident . - Suppor t t he vehicle secu rely wit h a ppropriate stands if work is t o be performed under neath the vehicle; otherw ise, there is a potential risk for injury . - Never use t he jac k supplied with your Audi on another vehicle, part icu lar ly on a heavier one. The jack is on ly suitable for use on the veh icle it came with.
(D Tips
- Some of the onboard it ems listed above are provided on certai n models only or are opt ional extras.
- Before stor ing the jack*, make sure it is wound back down as far as it will go.
240
Em e r g en cy a ss istan ce
Equipment
Vehicle tool kit
Applies to vehicles: with vehicle tool kit
Fig. 174 Luggage com pa rtmen t: cargo floor cover folded up ward
The vehicle tool kit is located in the luggage compartment under the cargo floor cover r::!;>fig. 174.
Cargo floor cover
· Hang the plastic hook on the luggage compartment weather strip -arrow- .
Replacing wheels
Before changing a wheel
Observe the following precautions for your own and your passenger's safety when changing a wheel.
· After you experience a tire fa ilure, pull the car well away from moving traffic and try to reach
level ground before you stop r::!;>_A.
· All passengers should leave the car and move to a safe location (for instance, beh ind the
guardrail) c:>_A.
· Engage the parking brake to prevent your vehicle from rolling unintentionally c:>,& .
· Move selector lever to position P c:>,& . · If you are tow ing a tra iler, unh itch the tra iler
from your vehicle. · Take the jack c:>pag e 241 and the spare tire
c:>page 246 out of the luggage compartment .
A ....,
WARNING
N
0c>o You or your passengers could be injured while
rl
chang ing a wheel if you do not follow these
I.O
"' safety precautions:
""rl ''
- If you have a flat tire, move a safe distance off the road. Turn off the eng ine, turn the emergency flashers on and use other warning devices to alert other motor ists .
- Make sure that passengers wait in a safe place away from the vehicle and well away from the road and traffic.
- To help prevent the vehicle from moving suddenly and possibly slipping off the jack, always fully set the parking brake and block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed . When one front wheel is lifted off the ground, placing the Automatic Transmiss ion in P (Park) will not prevent the vehicle from moving .
- Before you change a wheel, be sure the ground is level and firm . If necessary, use a sturdy board under the jack.
- Always store the veh icle tool kit, t he jack and the rep laced tire in the luggage com partment r::!p;>age 136.
Changing a wheel
When you change a wheel, follow the sequence described below step-by -step and in exactly that order.
1. Remove the decorative wheel cover* . For
more details see also c:>page 242, Decora-
tive wheel covers or c:>page 242, Wheels
with wheel bolt caps.
2. Loosen the wheel bolt s r::!p;>age 243 .
3. Locate the proper mounting point for the
jack and align t he jack below that point
r::!p;>age 243.
4 . Raise the car with the jack ~ page 243 .
5. Remove the wheel wit h th e fla t tir e and then
inst all th e spare c:>page 244.
6. Tighte n all whee l bolts lightly.
7. Lower the vehicle with the jack.
8. Use the wheel bolt wrench and firml y tighten
all wheel bolts c:>page 243.
9. Replace the decorative w heel cover* .
..,.
241
Emergency assistance
_& WARNING
Always read and follow all WARNINGS and in-
formation c:>& in Raising the vehicle on
page 244 and c:>page 245 .
After changing a wheel
A wheel change is not complete without the doing the following .
.. Always store the vehicle tool kit, the jack* and the replaced tire in the luggage compartment
c:>page 136 .
.. Check the tire pressure on the spare wheel immed iate ly after mounting it .
.. As soon as possible, have the tightening torques on all wheel bolts checked w ith a torque wrench. The correct tighte ning torque is 90 ft lb (120 Nm) .
.. Have the flat tire replaced as soon as possible.
@ Tips
- If you notice that the whee l bolts are corroded and difficult to turn while changing a tire, they should be replaced before you check the tightening torque.
- Drive at reduced speed until you have the tightening torques checked.
- After changing a wheel, the tire pressure in all four tires must be checked/corrected and the tire pressure mon itoring indicator must
be stored in the MMI c:>page 234.
Decorative wheel covers
Applies to vehicles: with decorative wheel covers
The decorative wheel covers must be removed first to access the wheel bolts .
Removing .. Insert the hook (provided with the vehicle tool
kit) in the hole in the wheel hub cover.
.. Pull off the decorative wheel cover c:>fig. 175.
Wheels with wheel bolt caps
Applies to vehicles: with wheel bolts with caps
The cops must be removed first from the wheel bolts before the bolts con be unscrewed .
Fig. 176 Changing a wheel: remov ing t he whee l bolt caps
Removing .. Push the plastic clip (provided with the veh icle
tool kit) over the whee l bolt cap until the inne r retaine rs on t he clip align with the edge of the cover . .. Remove the cap with the plastic clip (vehicle
tool kit) c:>fig. 176.
Refitting .. Place the caps over the whee l bolts and push
them back on. The caps are to protect and keep the wheel bolts clean.
Fig. 17 5 Changing a whee l: Removing the wheel cover
242
Loosening and tightening the wheel bolts
The wheel bolts must be loosened before raising the vehicle.
Emergen cy assistance
car to keep your balance and ta ke ca re not to slip .
Raising the vehicle
The vehicle must be lifted with the jack first before the wheel can be removed .
Fig. 177 Changing a wheel: loose ning the whee l bo lts
Loosening
...Slide the wheel wrench onto the wheel bolt as far as it w ill go .
...Take tight hold of the end of the wrench handle and turn the wheel bolts counter-clockwise about one single turn in the direction of arrow r:=>fi1g7. 7.
Tightening
...Slide the wheel wrench onto the whee l bolt as far as it will go .
...Take tight hold of the end of the wrench handle and turn each whee l bolt clockwise until it is seated.
A WARNING
- Do not use force or hurry when changing a wheel - you can cause the vehicle to sl ip off the jack and cause serious personal injuries.
- Do not loose n the wheel bolts more than one turn before you raise the vehicle with the jack. - You risk an injury.
(D Tips
- Never use the hexagonal socket in the han-
dle of the screwdriver to loosen or tighten
the wheel bolts.
- If a whee l bolt is very tight, you may find it
....,
easier to loosen by carefully pushing down
N
0 c> o
on the end of the wheel bo lt wrench with
rl
one foot only . As you do so, hold on t o the
I.O
"'
""rl ''
Fig. 178 Sill panels: marking s
Fig. 1 79 Sill: pos itio ning the vehicle jack
... Engage the parking brake to prevent your vehicle from rolling un intent ionally .
...Move the selector lever to position P. ... Find the marking (imprint) on the sill that is
nea rest t he wheel that will be changed q fig. 178. Behind the marking, there is a lifting point on the sill for the vehicle jack. ...Vehicles with a si ll: Note the pos ition of the sill when position ing the vehicle jack q fig. 179. ...Place the ve hicle jack (vehicle tool kit) on a firm surface. Use a flat, stable support if necessary. On a slippery surface such as tile , you should use a non-slip pad (such as a rubber mat) . ...Turn the vehicle jack located under the lifting point on the sill to ra ise the jack until its arm @ Q fig. 179 is lo cated under the designated plas-
tic mount q .&., q (j) _
...Align the jack so that its arm @ c:::f>ig. 179 en gages in the designated lifting point in th e door sill and the movable base @ lies flat on the ..,.
243
Eme r ge n cy ass ista n ce
ground. The base @ must be vertical under the lifting point @ . .. Wind the jack up further until the flat tire
comes off the ground c>.&_.
Position the vehicle jack only under the designated lifting points on the sill c>fig. 178. There is exactly one location for each wheel. The jack must not be positioned at any other location c>& c>Q).
An uns ta ble surface under the jack can cause the vehicle to slip off the jack. Always provide a firm base for the jack on the ground . If necessary place a sturdy board or sim ilar support under the jack. On hard, sli ppery su rfaces (such as tiles) use a rubber mat or similar to prevent the jack
from slipping c>& .
A WARNING
-
- You or your passengers could be injured
wh ile chang ing a wheel if you do not follow
these safety precautions:
- Position the vehicle jack only at the desig-
nated lifting points and align the jack.
Otherwise, the vehicle jack could slip and
cause an injury if it does not have suff i-
cient hold on the vehicle.
-A soft or unstable surface under the jack
may cause the vehicle to slip off the jack.
Always provide a firm base for the jack on
the ground. If necessa ry, use a sturdy
board under the jack.
- On ha rd, slippery surface (such as tiles)
use a rubber mat or similar to prevent the
jack from slipping .
- Only raise your vehicle with the vehicle
jack provided by the factory . If you use a
vehicle jack for another vehicle, your vehi-
cle can slide and cause injury.
- Changes in temperature or load can affec t
the height of the vehicle .
- Never start the engine when the vehicle is
raised, which could cause an accident.
- Support the vehicle securely with appro-
priate stands if work is to be performed
underneath the vehicle; otherwise, there
is a potentia l risk for injury.
- To help prevent injury to yourself and your passengers : - Do not raise the vehicle until you are su re the jack is securely engaged. - Passengers must not remain in the veh icle when it is jacked up. - Make sure that passengers wait in a safe place away from the veh icle and we ll away from the road and traffic. - Make sure jack position is correct, adjust as necessary and then continue to raise the jack.
- Changes in temperature or load can affect the height of the vehicle.
(D Note
Do not lift the vehicle by the sill. Position the vehicle jack only at the des ignated lifting points on the sill. Otherwise, your vehicle will be damaged.
Taking the wheel off/ installing the spare Follow these instructions step-by-step for changing the wheel.
Fig. 180 Chang ing a whee l: us ing the screwdriver hand le (with the blade removed) to tu rn the bolts
Fig. 181 Changing a wheel: al ignment pin inside the top hole
244
Emergency assistance
After you have loosened a ll wheel bolts and raised the vehicle off the ground, remove and replace the whee l as fo llows:
Removing the wheel
.,.Use t he hexagonal socket in the screwdriver handle to completely remove the topmost whee l bolt and set it aside on a clean surface ¢ fig. 180 .
.,.Screw the threaded end of the alignment pin from the tool kit hand-tight into the empty bolt hole¢ fig. 181.
.,.Then remove the other wheel bolts as descr ibed above .
.,.Take off the wheel leav ing the alignment pin in the bolt hole ¢ Q).
Putting on the compact spare wheel
.,.Lift the spare wheel and carefully slide it over the a lignment pin to guide it in place ¢ 0 .
.,.Use the hexagonal socket in the screwdr iver handle to screw in and tighten all wheel bolts slightly.
.,.Remove the alignment pin and insert and tighten the remaining whee l bolt slightly like the rest .
.,.Turn the jack handle counter-clockwise to lower the vehicle until the jack is fully released.
.,.Use the wheel bolt wrench to t ighten all wheel bolts firmly¢ page 243. Tighten them crosswise, from one bolt to the (approx imately) op pos ite one, to keep the wheel centered .
0 Note
When removing or installing the wheel, the rim could hit the brake rotor and damage the rotor. Work carefully and have a second person help you.
@ Tips
Never use the hexagonal socket in the handle
of the screwdr iver to loosen or tighten the
wheel bolts.
- Pull the reversible blade from the screwdriv-
M N
er before you use the hexagonal socket in
0 c> o
the handle to turn the wheel bolts.
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
- When mounting tires with unidirectional tread design make sure the tread pattern is pointed the right way ¢ page 245 .
- The wheel bolts shou ld be clean and easy to t ur n. Check for dirt and corrosion on the mating surfaces of both the wheel and the hub. Remove all dirt from these surfaces before remounting the wheel.
Tires with unidirectional tread design
Tires with unidirectional tread design must be mounted with their tread pattern pointed in the right direction .
Using a spare tire with a tread pattern intended for use in a specific direction
When using a spare t ire with a tread pattern intended for use in a specific direction, please note the following:
- The direct ion of rotation is marked by an arrow on the side of the tire.
- If the spare tire has to be insta lled in the incorrect direction, use the spare tire only temporarily since the tire w ill not be able to achieve its optimum performance characteristics with regard to aquaplaning, noise and wear .
- We recommend that you pay part icular attention to th is fact during wet weather and that you adjust your speed to match road conditions.
- Replace the flat tire with a new one and have it installed on your veh icle as soon as possible to restore the handling advantages of a unidirectional tire.
Notes on wheel changing
Please read the information ¢ page 221 if you are going to use a spare tire which is different from the tires on your vehicle.
After you change a tire:
- Checkthe tire pressureon the spare immedi-
ately after installation.
lill-
245
Emergency assistance
- Have the wheel bolt tightening torque checked with a torque wrench as soon as possible by your authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service station .
- With steel and alloy wheel rims, the wheel bolts are correctly tightened at a torque of 90 ft lb (120 Nm).
- If you notice that the wheel bolts are corroded and difficult to turn while changing a tire, they should be replaced before you check the tightening torque.
- Replace the flat tire with a new one and have it installed on your vehicle as soon as possible . Remount the wheel cover.
Until then, drive with extra care and at reduced speeds .
A WARNING
-
- If you ar e go ing to equip your vehicle with
t ires or rims wh ich differ from t hose w hich
were factory install ed, th en be s ure to read
t he info rmat io n ~ pag e 2 2 1 .
- Always make su re t he damaged wheel or
eve n a flat tir e and t he ja ck and t oo l kit are
properly secured in t he luggage compar t-
me nt an d are not loose in the passenge r
comp art ment.
- In an accide nt o r su dden mane uver t hey
cou ld fly forw ard, injuring anyone in t he ve-
hicle .
- Always store damaged w heel, jack and t ool s
se cur ely in t he Luggage comp art ment. Oth-
erwise , in an acciden t or sudden maneuve r
t hey could fly forward, ca us ing injury to pas-
sengers in the vehicle.
Spare tire
General information
Applies to vehicles: with space -saving spare tire {compac t spare tire)
Fig. 1 82 Luggage compartme nt: cargo floor cover folded upward
Fig. 183 Compact spare t ire
The spare t ire ~ fig . 183 is intended for shortte rm us e o nly. Have the damaged ti re chec ked and replaced if ne cessary by a n authori zed Audi de aler or aut hori zed Audi Se rvice Facility as soon as possible.
There are some restr ictions o n the use of t he compa ct spare tire . The compa ct spare t ire has been desig ned spec ifical ly for your type of vehicle. Do not replace it with t he spare t ire from an other type of vehicle.
Removing the spare tire
...lift t he cargo flo or by the p lastic handl e . ...Hang the plastic hook on the luggage compart-
ment weather strip -arrow- ~ fig. 18 2 . ...Turn the larg e screw coun t er-clockwise . ...Remove the spa re t ire.
Snow chains
For tec hnical reasons, the use of s now cha ins on
the compact spare t ire is no t permitte d .
.,.
246
If you have to drive with snow chains and a front tire fai ls, mount the spare wheel in place of a rear tire. Install the snow chains on the rear t ire that you removed, and install that in place of the front tire that failed.
A WARNING
- After installing a spare tire, the t ire pressure
must be checked as soon as possible. The
t ire pressure is availab le onr::::;,page224,
fig. 171.
- If the spare t ire is more than 6 years old,
use it only in an emergency and with ex-
t reme caution and careful d riving.
- The spare tire is intended only for tempora-
ry and short-term use. It should be replaced
as soon as possible with the normal wheel
and tire.
- After mounting the compact spare tire, the
t ire pressure must be checked as soon as
possible . The tire pressure of the compact
spare tire must be 61 psi (420 kPA); other-
wise, you risk having an accident .
- Do not drive faster than SO mph (80 km/h).
You risk having an accident.
- Avoid fu ll-throttle acce leration, heavy brak -
ing, and fast cornering . You risk having an
accident.
- Never drive using more than one spare
wheel and tire. You risk having an accident .
- Norma l summer or winter tires must not be
mounted on the compact spare wheel rim.
- For technical reasons, the use of ti re chains
on the spare tire is not permitted . If it is
necessary to drive with tire chains, the spare
wheel must be mounted on the front axle in
the event of a flat in a rear tire. The newly
available front wheel must then be installed
in place of the rear wheel with the flat tire.
Installing the tire cha in before mounting
the wheel and t ire is recommended.
- loose items in the passenger compartment
can cause ser ious personal injury during
hard bra king or in an accident. Never store
M N
the inflatable spare tire or jack and tools in
0
c> o
the passenger compartment.
,....,
\!)
- Norma l summer or winte r tires must not be
1.1'1
1.1'1
mounted on the comp act spare wheel rim.
1,..1..'1.,
Em e r ge nc y ass is tanc e 247
Fuses and bulbs
Fuses and bulbs Electrical fuses
Replacing fuses A fuse that has blown will have metal strips that have burned through.
Fig. 184 Steering column area: cover
Fig. 185 Left side of the engine compartment: fuse cover
Fuses in the interior The fuses are behind the cover in the steering column a rea r::;,fig.184. " Switc h the ignition and all e lectr ica l equipment
off . " Check the following table to see which fuse be-
lo ngs t o the equipment r::;p,age 249. " Remove the cover ("AIRBAG"label) r::;f,ig. 184 .
Begin at the bottom right cor ner -arrow-. " Remove the plastic clip from the fuse panel
cover in the engine compartment<=> fig. 185. " Remove the fuse using the plast ic clamp. " Replace the bur ned fuse with an identical new
one . " Install the cover . Fuses in the engine compartment " Turn off the ignit ion and the failed electrical
equipment.
" Check the following tab le to see wh ich fuse belongs to the eq uipment¢ page 250.
" Remove the fuse panel cover ¢ fig . 185. " Remove the plastic clip from the fuse pane l
cover r::;,fig. 185 . .. Remove the fuse using the plastic clamp . " Replace the burned fuse with an identical new
one . .. Reins tall t he cover.
The ind ividual circu its are protected by safety fuses . The fuses a re located under the steering whee l beh ind a cover and in the left s ide of the engine compa rt ment.
Fuse color identification
Color
Black Purple Light brown Brown Red Blue Yellow Wh ite or transparent green orange
Current rating in amps
1 3
5
7,5 10 15 20 25 30 40
&, WARNING
Do not repa ir fuse s and never replace a blown fuse w ith one t hat has a hig her amp rating. This ca n cause damage to t he e lectr ica l system and a fi re .
(D Note
If a new fuse blows again shortly after you have inst a lled it, have t he ele ct rical sys tem checked by an a ut horized Audi deale r o r au thorized Audi Service Facility.
{!) Tips
- The followi ng table does not list fuse locat ions tha t a re not used.
248
Fu ses a nd bulb s
- Some of the equipment listed in the following tab les applies only to certain model versions or certain opt ional equ ipment.
Interior fuse ass ignment ....
~
N
0 >
("0 '
Fig. 186 Vehicle inte rio r: fuse assignment
No. Equipment
Fl Engine components
F2 Seat adjustment
F3 Hydraulic pump cover (Cabriolet)
F4 MM controls, MMI-components
FS Gateway
F6 Anti-theft alarm system
Climate/heati ng control, selector lever F7 (automat ic transm ission), parking heater,
rear window heater relay coil
Diagnosis, electromechanical parking F8 brake switch, light sw itch, rain/light sen-
sor, interior lighting
F9 Steering column switch module
FlO Display
....,
Reversible driver's side safety be lt tension-
N
Fll
0
ers
c> o
rl
F12 MMI area
I.O
"' ""rl ''
F13 Adapt ive dampers control module
No. Equipment Fl4 Climate control system blower FlS Electronic steering column lock Fl6 MMI area F17 Instrument cluster F18 Rearview camera
Convince key system control mod ule, tank F19
system F20 Tank system
Exterior lighting, heated washer fluid noz F23
zles Panorama sunroof/ power top control F24 module, power top latch (Cabriolet) Door/driver 's side doors (for example powF25 er windows) F26 Seat heating F27 Sound-amplifier Power top control modu le, electronics F28 (Cabriolet) F29 Inter ior light ing F31 Exterior lighting F32 Driver assistance systems F33 Airbag Button illumination, coils for upper cabin heating relay (Cabriolet) and socket relay, F34 inte rior sound, back- up light sw itch, ternperature sensor, oi l level sensor Diagnosis, headlight range control system, F3S a ir quality sensor, automatic d imming rearview m irror F36 Right cornering light/ right LED-headlight F37 Left cornering light/ left LED-headlight Door/front passenger's side doors (for exF39 ample, power windows) F40 Sockets Reversible front passenger's s ide safety F41 belt tensioners Central locking components, windshield F42 washer system F43 Head lights, light ing F44 a ll wheel drive
249
Fuses and bulbs
No. Equipment F49 Starter, clutch sensor, headlight relay coil F53 Rear window defogger
The power seats* are protected via circuit breakers that automatically switch on after a few seconds after the overload has been reduced.
(0 Tips
Note that the following table was accurate at the t ime of printing and is subject to change.
Left engine compartment fuse assignment
No. Equipment Engine components, exhaust door, glow
F9 time control module, SULEVvalve
Fl0 Fuel injectors, fuel control module Fll Auxiliary heater heating element 2 F12 Auxiliary heater heating element 3 F13 Automatic transmission control module FlS Horn F16 Ign ition coil
ESCcontrol module, engine contro l modF17
ule F18 Terminal 30 (reference voltage) F19 Windshie ld wipers F20 Horn F22 Terminal 50 diagnosis F23 Starter F24 Auxiliary heater heating element 1 F31 Vacuum pump F32 LED headlights
(!') Tips
Note that the following tab le was accurate at the time of printing and is subject to change.
Fig. 187 Engine compartmen t : fuse ass ignme nt
No. Equipment Fl ESCcontrol module F2 ESC control module F3 Engine control module (gasoline/diesel)
Engine cooling, engine components, auxiliF4 ary heater coil relay (1+2), secondary a ir
injection pump relay FS Engine components, tank system F6 Brake light sensor F7 Engine components, water pumps F8 Oxygen sensor
Bulbs
Replacing light bulbs
Foryour safety , we recommend that you have your authorized Audi dealer replace burned out bulbs for you.
It is becoming increasingly more and more diffi-
cult to replace vehicle light bulbs s ince in many cases, other parts of the car must first be removed before you are able to get to the bulb. This applies especially to the light bulbs in the front of your car which you can only reach through the engine compartment.
Sheet meta l and bulb holders can have sharp edges that can cause serious cuts, and pa rt s must be correctly taken apart and then properly put back together to help prevent breakage of parts and long term damage from water that can .,,_
250
enter housings that have not been properly resea led .
For your safety, we recommend that you have your author ized Audi dealer replace any bulbs for you, since your dealer has the proper tools, the correct bulbs and the expertise .
Gas discharge lamp s (Xenon light s):
Due to the high electrical voltage, have the bulbs replaced by a qualif ied techn ician . Headlights with Xenon light can be identified by the high voltage sticke r.
LED headlights* requ ire no ma intenance . Please contact your authorized Audi dealer if a bulb needs to be replaced .
_& WARNING
Contact with high-voltage components of the electrical system and improper replacement of gas discharge (Xenon) headlight bu lbs can cause serious personal injury and death. - Xenon bulbs are pressurized and can ex-
plode when being changed. - Chang ing Xenon lamps requires the spe cial
training, instructions and equipment . - Only an authorized Aud i dea ler or othe r
qualified workshop shou ld change the bulbs in gas discharge lamps.
_& WARNING
There are parts with sharp edges on the openings and on the bul b holders that can cause ser ious cuts. - If you are uncertain about what to do, have
the work performed by an author ized Audi dealer or other qualif ied workshop. Ser ious persona l injury may result from improperly performed work .
- If you still pre fer to replace the light bulbs
yourself, be aware that the engine compart-
ment is a hazardous area to work in
M N
i:> page l 98 i:>.&
0 c> o
,....,
- It is best to ask your authorized Audi dealer
\.!.) ,.,
whenever you need to change a bulb.
....,,..,,
,....,
Fu ses a nd bulb s
251
Em e rg e nc y s it uat ion s
Emergency General
situations
This chapt er is inte nded fo r t rained emergency crews and wo rking personnel w ho have the necessary tool s and equipm ent t o perf orm the se operat ions.
Starting by pushing or towing
CDNote
Vehicles w ith an automatic transmission cannot be started by push ing or tow ing.
Starting with jumper cables
If necessary, the engine con be started by connecting it to the battery of another vehicle.
If the engine should fail to start because of a d ischarged or weak battery, the battery can be con-
nected to the battery of another vehicle, using a
pair of j ump er cabl es to start the engine.
Jump er cable s
Use only jumper cables of sufficiently large cross
section to carry the starter current safely. Refer to the manufacturer's specifications.
Use on ly jumper cables with insulated term inal
clamps which are d istinctly mar ked:
plus( +) cable in most cases colored red
minu s(-) cable in most cases colored black.
A WARNING
Batteries contain electricity, ac id, and gas. Any of these can cause very ser ious or fatal injury . Follow the inst ruct ions be low for safe hand ling of your veh icle's battery. - Always shield your eyes and avoid leaning
over the battery whenever possible. - A discharged battery can freeze at tempera-
tures just below 32 °F (0 °C). Before connect ing a jumper cab le, you must thaw the
frozen battery completely, otherwise it could explode. - Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes or skin. Flush any contacted area with water immediately. - Improper use of a booster battery to start a veh icle may cause an explosion. - Vehicle batteries generate explosive gases . Keep sparks, flame and lighted cigarettes away from batteries. - Do not try to jump start any vehicle with a low acid level in the battery. - The voltage of the booster battery must also have a 12-volt rating. The capacity (Ah) of the booster battery should not be lower than that of the discharged battery. Use of batter ies of different voltage or substantially different "Ah" rating may cause an explosion and personal injury. - Never charge a frozen battery. Gas trapped in the ice may cause an explosion . - Never charge or use a battery that has been frozen. The battery case may have be weakened . - Use of batter ies of different voltage or substantially d ifferent capacity (Ah) rating may cause an explosion and injury. The capacity (Ah) of the booster battery should not be lowe r than that of the discharged battery. - Before you check anything in the engine compartment, always read and heed a ll
WARNINGS qpoge 198.
CDNote
- App lying a higher voltage booster battery will cause expensive damage to sensitive elec t ronic components, such as control units, re lays, radio, etc.
- There must be no electrical contact between the vehicles as otherwise current cou ld already start to flow as soon as the positive (+) termina ls are connected.
@ Tips
The discharged battery must be properly con-
nected to the vehicle's electrical system.
.,.
25 2
Emergency situations
When jump starting or charging the battery, never connect the negative ground cable to the battery negat ive post because the battery manager system must be able to detect the battery's state of charge. Always connect the negative g round cab le to the negative ground post of the battery manager control unit .
Using jump start cables
Connect the jump start cables in the exact order described below.
Fig. 188 Engine compa rtment: connectors for jump start cables and a charger
Fig. 189 Jum p sta rting the battery with anot her vehicle:
@ - drained battery, @ - starter batt ery
The battery is located to the left in the eng ine
compartment. Do not jump start a frozen or
A thawed battery c> in Starting with jumper ca-
bles on page 252! Replace the battery. The pro-
cedure for connecting jump start cables that is
described next is designed to he lp jump start
your veh icle.
Vehicle with drained battery:
...., .. Read the following carefullyc> page 252
N
0c>o .. Set the parking brake and place the selector
rl
lever in the P position .
I.O
"' ""rl ''
.. Turn the ignition and electrica l equipment off in both vehicles.
Connecting the negative terminal(-) to the negative terminal(-) (black)
.. To reach the battery terminals, flip the battery cover cap to the side c>fig. 188 .
1. Clamp the end of the red jump start cable to the terminal © c>fig. 189 on the dead bat-
tery ® ¢ 0) in Starting with jumper cables
on page 252 . 2. Clamp the other end of the red jump start ca-
ble to the terminal @ on the charging battery @ .
Connect NEGATIVE (-) to NEGATIVE (-) (black)
3. Clamp the black end of the jump start cable preferably at the ground point , or o n the negative t erm inal @ on the charg ing battery
®·
4. Clamp the othe r black end of the jump start cable only on the ground point @)on your
vehicle ® ¢ (D.
5. Route the jump start cab les so they cannot get caught in the moving parts in the engine compartment .
Starting the engine
6. Start the engine in the vehicle giving the charge and let it run at idle.
7. Start the engine in the vehicle with the dead battery and wait two to three minutes until it "runs smoothly" .
8. If the engine does not start: stop the starting procedure afte r 10 seconds and then repeat it after approximately 30 seconds .
9. In the vehicle that is being jump started, switch the heater fan and rear window de froster on to reduce any voltage peaks that may occur when disconnecting the jumper cables. The headlights must be switched off .
10. With the engines running, remove the cables in reverse orde r of the way they were installed . Make sure the cables do not get caught in moving eng ine components .
11. Switch the heater fan and rear window defroster off.
12 . Close the battery cover .
253
Em e rg e nc y s it uat ion s
The battery is vented to the outside so that not gases enter the passenger compartment. Make sure that the connected pos itive terminal clamps on the jump start cable have sufficient contact with metal.
A WARNING
-
Follow the warnings and instructions from
the jump start cable manufacturer to reduce
the risk of ser ious injuries and vehicle dam-
age. If you are unsure about anyth ing, call
roadside assistance.
- The jump start cables must be long enough
so that the vehicles do not touch.
- Route the jump start cab les so they cannot
get caught in the moving parts in the engine
compartment.
- Always read and follow the warni ngs befo re
che cking anything in t he engine compa rt-
ment ¢page 198.
(D Note
Connecting jump start cables incorrectly can
destroy the alternator.
- Always connect the positive term inal(+) to the positive te rm inal(+) and the negative te rmi nal(-) to the negat ive termina l (-) on the body ground point, but not the negat ive te rminal on t he battery.
- Make sure the screw plugs on t he batte ry ce lls are insta lled securely. If no t , tighten the plugs before connec t ing the clamps to the negat ive termina l on the battery.
- Please note that the conne ct ing process described below for the j ump start cables is intended for when your vehicle is being jump started. If you are jump starting another vehicle, do not connect the negative cable to the negat ive termina l (·) on the drained battery, but rather connect it to a large metal component that is bolt ed secu rely to the eng ine block, o r to the engine bloc k itself. If the battery in the vehicle being jump started is no t vente d to the outs ide, there is a risk of explosion due to hyd rogen gas.
- Make sure t hat the connected positive t ermin a l clamps have sufficie nt contact with me t al.
- Do not use the battery negative terminal for jump starting or a ma lfunction could occur in the vehicle electrica l system.
Towing with a tow truck
General hints
Your Audi requires special handling for towing.
The following information is to be used by commerc ial tow truck operators who know how to operate the ir equipment safely.
- Never tow yo ur Audi. Towing will cause dam· age to the engine and t ransmission.
- Never wrap the safet y chains or winch cables around the brake line s.
- To prevent unnece ss ary damage, your Audi must be t ranspo rted with a flat bed truck.
- To load the vehicle on to the flat bed , use the towing loop found in the veh icle tools and att ach to the front o r rear anchorage ¢page 255 and ¢ page 255.
A WARNING
A vehicle being towed is not safe for passengers. Never a llow anyone to ride in a vehicle being towed, fo r any reason.
254
Front towing loop
Emergency situations Rear towing loop
Fig. 190 Right front bumper: removing the cover
Fig. 192 Right rea r t owing loop: cover
Fig. 191 Right front bumpe r: tow ing loop installed
The threaded opening for the towing loop is located behind a cover on the right side of the front bumper .
· Remove the towing loop from the vehicle tool kit ¢ page 241 .
· Press inward on the upper le~ side of the cap to remove it from the bumper r::::f>ig. 190.
· Inse rt the towing loop in the t hreaded open ing until it stops ¢ fig. 191 and tighten it with a wheel w rench.
· After using, place the towing loop back in the vehicle tool kit.
A WARNING
If the towing loop is not installed securely, it could loosen from the threads while towing and cause damage to the veh icle or injury to people.
....,
N
0 c> o
rl
I.O
"' ""rl ''
Fig. 193 Righ t rea r tow ing loop: towing loop installed
The towing loop threaded opening is located in the right of the rear bumper cover under a cover . · Remove the towing loop from the vehicle tool
kit¢ page 241 . .,.Press inward on the upper area -arrow- and lift
it upward from the lower area ¢ fig . 192. .,.Insert the tow ing loop in the threaded opening
until it stops ¢ fig. 193 and t ighten it with a wheel wrench. · After using, place the towing loop back in the vehicle tool kit. Depending on t he model, t he shape of the cover can va ry.
WARNING
If the towing loop is not installed securely, it could loosen from the threads while towing and cause damage to the vehicle or injury to people .
255
Emergency s ituation s Loading the vehicle onto a flat bed truck
Fig. 194 Vehicle on flat bed tr uck
Front hook up .. Align the vehicle w ith the centerline of the car
carrier ramp. .. Attach the winch hook to the front towline eye
previously installed . Rear hook up .. Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car
carr ier ramp . .. Att ach the winch hook to the rear towline eye
previously installed .
@ Tips
Check carefully to make sure the hook-up is secure before moving the car up the flatbed truck ramp .
Raising the vehicle
Lifting with workshop hoist and with floor jack The vehicle may only be lifted at the lifting points illustrat ed.
Fig. 19 5 Front lifti ng point
Fig. 19 6 Rear lift ing point
.. Read and heed WARNING ¢ .&,.
.. Locate lifting poi nt s ¢ fig. 195 a nd ¢ fig. 196 . .. Adjust lifting arms of wo rkshop hoist o r floor
jack to match vehicle lift ing points . .. Insert a rubbe r pad between the floor jack/
workshop hoist and the lift ing po ints .
If you must lift your vehicle with a floor jack to work underneath, be sure the vehicle is safely supported on stands intended for this purpose .
Front lifting point
The lifti ng point is located o n the floo r pan reinfo rcement about at t he same level as t he ja ck moun t ing poin t ¢ fig. 195. Do not lift the vehi· cle at the vertical s ill reinforcement.
Rear lifting point
The lifti ng po int is located o n the vert ica l re inforcement of the lower sill for t he on -boa rd jack ¢ fig . 196.
Lifting with vehicle jack
Refer to ¢ page 243.
,&. WARNING
- To reduce the risk of serious injury and vehicle damage. - Always lift the vehicle only at the specia l wor kshop hoist and f loor jack lift points illustrated ¢ fig. 195 and ¢ fig. 196. - Failure to lift the veh icle at these points could cause the vehicle to tilt or fall from a lift if there is a cha nge in vehicle weight distributi on and balance . This might happen, for example, when heavy components .,,_
256
such as the engine block or transmission are removed . - When removing heavy components like these, anchor vehicle to hoist or add corresponding weights to maintain the center of gravity . Otherwise, the vehicle might tilt or sli p off the hoist , causing serious personal injury .
([) Note
- Be aware of the fo ll owing points befo re lift ing t he vehicle: - The vehicle should never be lifted or jacked up from underneath the engine oil pan, the transmission housing, the front or rear axle or the body side members. This could lead to serious damage. - Toavoid damage to the underbody or chassis frame , a rubber pad must be in· serted between the floo rjack and the lift points. - Before driving over a wo rkshop hoist, check that the veh icle weight does not exceed the permiss ible lift ing capacity of the hoist. - Before driving over a workshop hoist, ensure that there is sufficient clearance between the hoist and low parts of the vehicle .
Emergency s ituations
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1"1 1.1"1
1,..1..".1,
257
Techni c al d ata
Technical data Vehicle identification
Fig. 197 Vehicle Ident ificat ion Number (VlN) plate: loca· tion on driver's side dash pane l
XXXXXXX- X- XXXX XXX XX
@-+~J:~t:::1xxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxx
IYPlf'VPE
XXXXXX
XX XXXXXXXX XX XX
XXX KW
XXX
15\I_L xxxx \YT IMMO.C:IOO.l/lll/Clf<AUBARk,CBN. OSOE
XXXXXX
@-+~~1:tr:~i XXXXI XXXXXXXI XX
II.- AUSS./TOPTNSIO
EOA 7D5 4UB 6XM SSG SRW
2EH JOZ lLB
lAS 1BA
3FC
SMU 7X1
FOA
9G3 OG7 OYH OJF
TL6 3 KA BEH Ul A X9B QZ7
l XW 803 908 8Z4 020
7T6 CV7 7KO 4X3 2K2
3L4
4KC 3YO 413 502
lS A
7GB 01 A
4GO
XX X XX X XX X xxxx
Fig. 198 The vehicle ide nt ification label - inside the lug· gage compar tm ent
Vehicle Identificat ion Number (VlN )
The Vehicle Iden t ifica t ion Number is located in differen t places :
- und er the windshield on the driver's side ¢ fig . 197.
- in the MMI: Select: the IMENU Ibutton> Car >
System s* cont ro l button > Service & control > VIN number . - on the vehicl e identification label.
Vehicle identification label
The vehicle identification label is located in the luggage compartment in the spare whee l we ll.
The label 9 fig . 198 shows the follow ing vehicle da t a:
(D Vehicle Ident ificat ion Number (VIN) @ Vehicle type, engine o utput, transmission @ Engine and transm ission code @ Pa int number and interior
® Optional equipment numbers
The information of the vehicle identification label can al so be fo und in your Warranty & Maintenance booklet.
Safety complianc e sticker
The safety compliance sticker is your assurance that your new vehicle complies with all applicable Federa l Mot or Vehicle Safety Standards which were in effect at the time the vehicle was m anu factured. You can find this sticker on the door jamb on the d river's side. It shows the month and year of production and the vehicle identification number of your veh icle (perforation) as we ll as the Gross Veh icle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
High volt age warning label
The hig h voltage warning label is located in the engine compartment next to the engine hood re lease. The spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002 .
Weights
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), and the Gross Axle We ight Rating (GAWR)for front and rear are listed on a st icker on the door jamb o n the dr iver 's side.
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating includes the
weight of the basic vehicle plus fu ll fuel tank, oil
and coolant, plus maxim um load, which includes
passenger weight (150 lbs/68 kg per designated
seat ing pos ition) and luggage we ight ¢ ,&..
..,_
258
Techni cal data
Gross Axle We ight Ratin g
The Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum load that can be applied at each axl e of the vehicle ~ .& .
Vehicle capacity weight
The vehicle capacity we ight (max. load) is listed either on the dr iver's side B-pillar or inside the f uel filler flap .
& WARNING
- The actual Gross Axle Weight Rating at the front and rear axles should not exceed the permissible weights, and their combination must not exceed the GrossVehicle Weight Rating.
- Exceeding permiss ible weight ratings can result in vehicle damage, accidents and personal injury.
(D Note
- The vehicle capacity weig ht figu res apply when the load is distributed evenly in the vehicle (passengers and luggage). When transport ing a heavy load in the luggage compartment, carry the load as near to the rear axle as possible so that the vehicle 's hand li ng is not impaired .
- Do not exceed the maximum permissib le axle loads or the maximum gross vehicle we ight. Always remember that the vehicl e's hand li ng will be affected by the extr a load. Therefore, adjust your speed accordingly.
- Always observe local regulat ions.
Dimensions
The dimens ions can vary depend ing on the mode l and equipment.
When drivi ng on poor roads, by curbs and on steep ramps, make sure t hat low -lying compo -
nents such as the spoiler and exhaust system do not come into contact with these or they could be damaged . This applies especially w hen the vehicle is fully loaded.
A3 Sedan
Lengt h Wid t h Width (across mir rors) Height (unloaded) al
in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)
al The height of t he vehicle depe nds on th e tir es and suspension .
53 Sedan
Length Width Width (across mirrors) Height (unloaded) al
in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)
al The height of t he vehicle depends on t he t ires and suspension .
175 .3 (44 56) 70 .7 (1796) 77 .1 (1960) 55 .7 (1416)
175.8 (4469) 70 .7 (1796) 77.1 (1960) 54 .8 (1392)
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\.!.) ,., ....,,..,,
,....,
259
Technical data
Capacities
Fuel tank Front wheel dr ive all wheel drive
Windshield washer system Windshield and headlight washer system*
gallons (liters) gallons (liters)
quarts (liters) quarts (liters)
approximately 13.2 (50.0)
approximately 14.5 (55.0)
approximately 3 .2 (3 .1)
approximate ly 4.7 (4.7)
260
Gasoline engines
A3 sedan l.8L, 4 cylinders
Maximum output SAE net Maximum torque SAE net Displacement Engine oil with filter change Fuel
A3 sedan 2.0L, 4 cylinders
Maximum output SAE net Maximum torque SAE net Displacement Engine oil with filter change Fuel
53 sedan 2.0L, 4 cylinders
Maximum output SAE net Maximum torque SAE net Displacement Engine oil with filter change Fuel
Diesel engine
A3, 2.0L TDI, 4 cylinder
Maximum output SAE net Maximum torque SAE net Displa cement Engine oil with f ilter change Fuel
Techni ca l data
hp@rpnn
170 @ 4500 - 6200
lb-ft@ rpm CID (cm3)
200@ 1600 - 4400 110 (1798)
quarts (liters)
5.5 (5.2)
Premium unleaded (91 AKI) , c>page 190, Gasoline
hp@ rpnn
220 @ 4500 - 6200
lb-ft@ rpm
258@ 1600 - 4400
CID (cm3)
121 (1984)
quarts (liters)
6.0(5.7)
Premium unleaded (9 1 AKI ), ¢ page 190, Gasoline
hp@ rpnn
292 @ 5400 - 6200
lb-ft@ rpm CID (cm3)
280@ 1900 - 5300 121 (1984)
quarts (li ters)
6.0(5.7)
Premium unleaded (9 1 AKI ), ¢ page 190, Gasoline
hp@ rp nn
150@ 3500 - 4000
lb-ft@ rpm
237@ 1750 - 3000
CID (cm3)
120 (1968 )
quarts (li ters)
5.8 (S.S)
ULSD-Diesel No. 2 , ¢ page 191, Diesel fuel
M N
0 c> o
,....,
\!) 1.1'1 1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
261
Consumer information
Consumer information
Warranty coverages
Your Audi is covered by the following warranties:
- New Vehicle Limited Warranty - Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perfora-
tion - Emissions Control System Warranty - Emissions Performance Warranty - California Emissions Control Warranty (USA
vehicles only) - California Emissions Performance Warranty
(USA vehicles only)
Detailed information regarding your warranties can be found in your Warranty & Maintenance
booklet .
Operating your vehicle outside the U.S.A. or Canada
Government regu lat ions in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for the U.S.A.and Canada differ from vehicles sold in other countr ies.
If you plan to take your veh icle outside the continenta l limits of the United States or Canada, there is the possibility that:
- unleaded fue ls for vehicles with catalytic converter may not be available;
- fuel may have a considerably lower octane rat ing . Improper fuel may cause engine damage;
- serv ice may be inadequate due to lack of proper serv ice facilities , tools or testing eq uipment;
- replacement parts may not be readily available . - Navigat ion systems for vehicles built for the
U.S.A.and Canada will not necessar ily work in Europe, and may not work in othe r countries outside North America .
(D Note
Audi cannot be responsib le for mechanical damage that could result from inadequate fuel, service or parts availability.
Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature
Audi Official Factory Service Manuals and Literature are published as soon as possible after model introduction. Service manuals and literature are available to order from the Audi Technical Literat ure Ordering Center at:
www.audi.techliterature .com
Maintenance
General
'
Your vehicle has been designed to help keep maintenance requirements to a minimum. However, a certain amount of regular maintenance is still necessary to assure your veh icle's safety, economy and reliability . For deta iled vehicle maintenance consult your Warranty & Maintenance book let .
Under difficult operating conditions, for example at extremely low outs ide temperatures, in very dusty regions , when towing a tra iler very frequently , etc., some service work should be performed between the intervals specified. This applies particularly to:
- oil changes, and - cleaning or replacing the air filter .
@) For the sake of the environment
Byregularly maintaining your veh icle, you help make sure that emission standards are maintained, thus min imizing adverse effects on the environment.
' Important considerations for you and your vehicle
The increasing use of electronics, sophisticated fuel injection and emission control systems , and the generally increasing technical comp lexity of llJJ,
262
today's automobiles, have steadily reduced the scope of maintenance and repairs which can be carried out by vehicle owners . Also, safety and environment al concerns place very strict limits on the nature of repa irs and adjustments to engine and transmission parts which an owner can perform.
Maintenance, adjustments and repa irs usua lly require spec ial tools, testing devices and other equ ipment available to specially trained workshop perso nnel in order to assure proper performance, reliab ility and safety of the vehicle and its many systems.
Improper ma intenance, adjustments and repairs can impair the operation and reliability of your vehicle and even void your vehicle warranty . Therefore, proof of se rvicing in accordance with the maintenance schedule may be a condit ion for upho lding a possib le warranty claim made with in the warranty period .
Above all, operational safety can be adversely affected, creating unnecessary risks for you and your passengers.
If in doubt about any servicing, have it done by your author ized Audi dealer or any other prope rly equ ipped and qua lified workshop. We st rongly urge you to give your authorized Audi dealer the opport unity to perform all sched uled maintenance and necessary repairs . Yourdealer has the facilities, origina l parts and trained specia lists to keep your vehicle runn ing properly.
Performing lim it ed ma inten ance yours elf
The following pages describe a limited number of proced ures which can be performed on your vehicle with ordinary tools, should the need arise and trained personne l be unavailable. Before performing any of these procedures, always thoroughly read all of the applicable text and carefullyfollow the instructions given. Alwaysrigorously observe the WARNINGS provided .
Bef ore you check anything in the engine com"' partm ent, always read and heed all WARNING S
N
~ c:>.&.and c:>page 198 .
co ,....,
\.!.) ,., ....,,..,,
,....,
Co n s um e r information
A WARNING
- Serious personal injury may occur as a result
of improperly performed maintenance, ad-
justments or repairs.
- Alwaysbe extremely careful when working
on the vehicle. Alwaysfollow commonly ac-
cepted safety practices and general com-
mon sense. Never risk personal injury.
- Do not attempt any of the maintenance,
checks or repairs descr ibed on the following
pages if you are not fully familia r wit h these
or other procedures with respect to the vehi-
cle, or are uncertain how to proceed .
- Do not do any work without the proper tools
and eq uipment. Have the necessary work
done by your authorized Audi dealer or an-
other properly equipped and qualified work-
shop .
- The engine compar t ment of any motor vehi-
cle is a potentially hazardous area. Never
reach into the area around or touch the radi-
ator fan. It is temperature contro lled and
can switch on suddenly - even when the en-
gine is off. The radiator fan switches on au-
tomatically when the coolant reaches a cer-
tain tempe ratu re and will continue to run
until the coolant temperature drops.
- Alwaysswitch off the ignition before anyone
gets under the vehicle.
- Alwayssupport your vehicle with safety
stands if it is necessary to work underneath
the vehicle. The jack supplied with the vehi-
cle is not adequate for this purpose and
could collapse caus ing serious personal in-
jury.
- If you must work underneath t he vehicle
with the wheels on the ground, always make
sure the vehicle is on level ground, that the
wheels are always secure ly blocked and that
the engine cannot be started.
- Alwaysmake sure the transmission se lector
lever (automatic transmiss ion) is in P (Park
position) and the park brake is applied.
Ill>
263
Con s umer informat ion
@ For the sake of the environment
- Changing the engine settings wi ll adversely affect emission levels . This is detrimental to the environment and increases fuel consumption.
- Always observe environmental regulations when disposing of old engine oil, used brake flu id, dirty engine coolant, spent batteries or worn out tires .
- Undeployed airbag modules and pretensioners might be classified as Perchlorate Material -special handl ing may apply, see www .dtsc .ca.gov/ha zardouswaste/perchlorate. When t he vehicle or parts of the restrai nt system incl uding airbag modules safety belt s wit h pretensioners are scrapped, all applicab le laws and regulations must be observed. Your author ized Audi dealer is familiar with these requirements and we recommend that you have your dealer perform this service for you .
Accessories and technical changes
Additional accessoriesand parts replacement
Always consult an authori zed Audi dealer before purcha sing accessories.
Your vehicle incorporates t he latest safety design features ensuring a high standard of active and passive safety.
This safety could be compromised by non-a pproved changes to the vehicle. For this reason, if parts have to be replaced, please observe the fo llowing points when insta lling addit ional accessories:
Approved Audi accessories and genuine Audi parts are available from authori zed Audi dealers.
These dealers also have t he necessary fac il ities , too ls and trained specialists to insta ll t he parts and accessories properly .
A -
WARNING
Using the wrong spare parts or usi ng non-ap-
proved accessories can cause damage to the
vehicle and serio us personal injury .
- Use only accessories expressly approved by
Audi and genuine Audi spare parts
- These parts and accessories have been spe-
cially designed to be used on your vehicle.
- Never install accessories such as telephone
cradles or beverage holders on airbag covers
or w ith in the airbag deployment zones. Do-
ing so will increase the r isk of injury if air-
bags are triggered in an accident!
- Before you check anything in t he engine
compa rtment, always read and heed all
WARNINGS <::p:>age 198 .
(D Note
- If items other than genu ine Audi spare parts, add-on equipmen t and accessory it ems are used or if repair wo rk is not performed accordi ng to specifie d met hods, t his can result in severe damage to your vehicle's engine and body (such as corrosion) and adversely aff ect your vehicle's war ranty .
- If emergency repairs must be perfo rmed elsewhere, have the vehicle examine d by an autho rized Audi dealer as soon as possible.
- The manufac t urer cannot be held lia ble fo r damage wh ich occurs due to fail ure to comply with these stipulations .
Technical Modifications
'
Our guid elin es must be complied with when tech nical modifications are made .
Always consult an aut hor ized Audi dealer before starti ng wor k on any modific ations.
This w ill help ensure t hat vehicle function , perfo rmance and safety are not impa ired <::&:>, .
Attempting to work on electronic components and t he software used with them can cause malfunct ions. Because of the way electronic components are inte rconnected wi t h each other, such malfunctions can also have an adverse aff ect on othe r systems t hat are not direct ly involved. This ..,_
264
Co n s um e r information
means that you risk both a substant ial reduction in the operational safety of your vehicle and an increased wear of vehicle parts ~ .& .
Author ized Audi dealers w ill perform this work in a professiona l and competent manner or, in special cases, refer you to a professional company that specializes in such modifications.
A WARNING
Improper repairs and modifications can change the way vehicle systems work and cause damage to the veh icle and serious personal injury .
If emergency repairs must be performed elsewhere, have the veh icle examined by an authorized Audi dealer as soon as possib le.
Declaration of Compliance, Telecommunication and Electronic
Systems
Radio Frequency Devices and Radiocommunication Equipment User Manual Notice.
The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment.
Devices
The fo ll ow ing devices each comply w ith FCCPart 15.19, FCC15.21 and RSS-GenIssue 1:
- Adaptive cruise control* - Audi side assist* - Cell phone package* - Convenience key* - Electronic immob ilizer - Homelink universal remote cont rol* - Remote contro l key
FCCPart 15.19
M N
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC
0
c>o Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
,....,
\!)
conditions :
1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
(1) This device may not cause harm f ul interfe rence, and (2) this device must accept any inte rfe rence received, including int erference t hat may cause undesired operation. FCCPart 15.21 CAUTI ON: Changes or mod ificat ions not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authori ty to operate the equ ipme nt . RSS-Gen Is sue 1 Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) t his device must accept any inte rference , includ ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
265
Index
A
A/C
refer to Climate control system (automatic) .66
refer to Climate control system (manual) . 65
A/C (automatic climate control system) . . . . 66
A/C (manual climate control system) . . . . . . 65
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 264
Active lane assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Activating vibration warning . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Adjusting steering t ime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Cleaning the camera area . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Adapt ive cruise control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cleaning the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Request for driver intervention . . . . . . . . . 102
Stop-and-go traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Adaptive dampers..................
. .. 112
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Adaptive light . . . ... . ... .. ... . . . . . . 43, 112
I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
AdBlue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Adjusting air distribution (Climate control sys-
t em).... . . . . . . . ................
. . . ... 67
Adju sting air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Adjusting air vents (manual climate control
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Adjusting automatic headlights . . . . . . . . . . 45
Adjusting the center console lighting . . . . . . 47
Adjusting the temperature
manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . 65
advanced key
refer to Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Advanced Airbag-System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Advanced Airbag System components . . . 155
Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Child restraints ... . . . . ..............
. 174
Components (front airbags) . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Danger of fitting a child seat on the front
passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 153
How do the front airbags work? . . . . . . . . 158
How many airbags does my vehicle have? 155
How the Advanced Airbag System compo-
nents work together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Important safety instructions on the knee
airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Knee air bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFFlight . . . . . . . . . 160
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Warning/Indicator ligh ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
When must the system be inspected? . . . 160
Alarm system
refer to Anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . 33
Alignment pin (changing the whee l) . . . . . . 241
All-weather lights (LED headlights) . . . . . . . . 43
All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
All wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Alternator
refer to Alt ernator (indicator light) . . . . . . 19
Alternator (indicator light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Ambient lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Ant i-freeze
refer to Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Anti-lock braking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Anti-slip regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Ant i-t heft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Anti -theft protection
Electronic immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Audi active lane assist
refer to Active lane assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Audi adaptive cruise control
refer to Adaptive cruise control. . . . . . . . . . 96
Audi adaptive light
refer to Adapt ive light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
266
Index
Audi drive select refer to Drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Audi magnetic ride refer to Adaptive dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature 262 Audi side assist
refer to Side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
AUTO Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . 66 Automatic headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Auto Lock (central locking system) . . . . . . . . 34 Automatic belt retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Automatic climate control system
refer to Climate control system (automatic) .66 Automatic headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Automatic post-collision braking system . . 123 Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Emergency mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Hill descent control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Ignition key safety interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Launch Control-Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Selector lever emergency release . . . . . . . . 89 Selector lever lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Selector lever posit ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Shifting manua lly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Steer ing whee l w it h shift paddles . . . . . . . . 87 S tronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Automatic wipe/wash system . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Auto Safety Hotline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Auxiliary heater (vehicles w ith diesel eng ines) .69 Average consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Average speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Charge level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Charging . . . . . ..............
. . . . . 19,210
Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Important warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
\!) 1.1'1
Locat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Working on the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Belt tens ioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Blended gasol ine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Blower
automatic Climate control system . . . . . . . 67
Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . 65
Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Boost pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Brake fluid
Changing t he brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . 207
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Brake assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Brake booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Indicator ligh t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
New brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Brake system
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 7
Brake fluid specifications for refill and re-
placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Worn brake pads symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Braking
Emergency braking function . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Starting on inclines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Break-in per iod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Breaking in
New t ires . . ... . . . ............
. ... . . 221
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
C
California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . . . 199 Battery specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Capacities AdBlue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Fuel tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 olso refer to Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Cargo area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
267
Index
Cargo net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
CD-ROMplaye r (navigation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
CD change r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Centra l ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Centra l locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Centra l locking switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Emergency locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Folding the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Luggage compa rtment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Panorama sun roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 power wi'n dows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Safety cent ral locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 8
Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Child restr aints Danger of using chil d restra ints in the front
seat . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 149 Where can I get additiona l information
about child restra ints and their use? . . . . 189
Child restra int syst em anchors . . . . . . . . . . 185
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Important safety instructions fo r using child
safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 5
Tether anchors
188
Tethe r str aps . . ... . ........ . . . . . . . . . 188
Child safety lock
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0 Rear doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Child safety seats
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Convertible child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
How do I properly install a child safety seat
.m myve h'1cle?. .. . ..............
. . . . . . 175
I nfant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
I nsta ll ing a child restr aint using the LATCH
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 7
LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Lower anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Mounting and releasing the anchorage
hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Safety instructions..............
. . . .. 175
Unused safety belts on the rear seat . . . . 177
Child seats
178
Securing
182
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 35
Cleaning/removing ice from windows . . . . . 237
Cleaning Alcan t ara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Cleaning art ificial leathe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Cleaning carbon parts . . . . . . .... . . . 237, 238
Cleaning contr ols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 7
Cleaning decorative parts and trim . . . 236, 237
Cleaning disp lays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3 7
Cleaning exhaust tail pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Cleaning plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Cleaning rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Cleaning seat covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Cleaning tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Cleaning t extiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 38
Cli mate control system
Key recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Climate control system (automatic)
Adjusting air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 68
Air distrib ution, air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
AUTO (climate control system) . . . . . . . . . . 66
Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Defrost ing t he windshie ld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Rear window def ogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Recirculation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Setting t he temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 synchronizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Cli mate control system (manual)
Adjusti ng air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 , 68
Adjus t ing the tempera t ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Air distrib ution, air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Defrost ing windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Recirculation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Closing
Hood ..... . . . ... . . . . . . . ..........
. . 200
Panorama sunroo f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Windows . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 40
Closing/ope ning
by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
wi t h the centra l locking switch . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
268
Index
with the convenience key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
with the door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Cockpit (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Coming home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Compass in the mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Consumer information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Consumer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Consumption (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Contacting NHTSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Convenience key
Emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Starting the engine (STARTENGINE STOP
button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Stopping the engine (START ENGINE STOP
button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Switching on the ign it ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
unlocking/locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Convenience opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Convertible child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Convertible locking retractor
Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Using to secure a child safety seat . . . . . . 184
Coolant
refer to Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Cooling mode (automatic climate control sys-
tem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Cooling mode (manua l climate control sys-
tem).................................
65
Cooling system
Adding coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Coolant level checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Coolant temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . 12
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Cornering light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Cruise control system
Changing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Preselecting speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Switch ing off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
~
switching on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
0
iii Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
,....,
~ Current consumpt ion ................
27, 28
Vl
V,.l ...,
D
Data recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Date display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Daytime running light s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Declaration of compliance
Adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Audi side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Cell phone package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Electronic immobili zer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Homelink universal remote control . . . . . 265 Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Defective ligh t bulb warning Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Defrost ing (windshield) automatic climate control system . . . . . . . 67 manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . 65 DEF (instrument cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Deluxe automatic climate control refer to Climate control system (automatic) .66 Determining correct load limit . . . . . . . . . . 228 Diesel
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Preheating (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Preheating (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Diesel particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Digital compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Dimming the rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Door/luggage compartment lid warning . . . 27 Door contact switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Doors Child safety lock (mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Driver informa t ion system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 CD/radio display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Door/luggage compartment lid warning . . 27 Efficie ncy program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Engine oil temperature indicator . . . . . . . . 30 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Lap timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Outside temperature disp lay . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
269
Ind ex
Service int erval disp lay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 12
Using the multif unction steering whee l . . . 27
Driver seating posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1
Drive select . . . . . ................
. . . .. 112
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Driving economically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Driving safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Driving t ime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Dust filter
refer to Poll utant filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
E
ECOmode (automatic climate control system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Efficiency program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Descript ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Fuel economy messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Other equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Electrical accessories refer to Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Electromechanica l par king brake refer to Parking bra ke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Electromechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Electronic different ial lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Electron ic immobili zer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 also refer to I mmobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Electron ic speed lim ite r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Electron ic stabilization control (ESC) Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) . . . . . 123 Eme rgency assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Emergency flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Eme rgency f lashers I ndicator ligh t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Eme rgency operation Eme rgency braking fu nction . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Front passenger's door/ rear doors . . . . . . . 39 Luggage compartmen t lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 0 Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 with convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Emergency release
Fuel f ill er door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Selector lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Emerge ncy st arting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Engine
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20S
Preheating (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Preheating (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Star ti ng with jumper cables . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Starting (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Start ing (dr iver messages with convenience key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Star ti ng (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
stopp ing (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
stopp ing (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Engine compartment
Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Overview . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . 200, 201
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Engin e control (indicato r light) . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Radiator fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
adding . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 203
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Checking the oi l level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Dipst ick ... . . . ... . . . . . ...... 200, 201, 203
Ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Oil consumpt ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Specificat ion and viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Tempe rat ure indicat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Use ...... . . . ... . . . . . . . ..........
. . 203
Engine speed lim itation (indicato r light) . . . 23
Environment
Break-in per iod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Diesel particulate f ilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19S
Disposing of your veh icle battery . . . . . . . 211
Drivi ng at high speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Letting the vehicle stand and warm up . . . . 71
Proper disposal of drained bra ke fl uid . . . 20 7
Proper disposal of drained engine oi l . . . . 204
Unleaded f uel . . . . . . . ................
190
Wha t shou ld I do with an old battery? . . . 211
EPC(engine cont rol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
270
Index
ESC
Automatic post-collision braking system 123
Electronic stabilization control . . . . . . . . . 123
Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
also refer to Elect ronic Stabili zat ion Control
(ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
ESP
refer to Electronic Stabilization
Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Event Data Recorder (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Exterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Exterior mirrors
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7
Dimming . . . . . . . . ..........
. . . . . . . . . . 48
folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
F
Fastening Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Convertible child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . 179 Infant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Fog lights/rear fog light(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Folding the exterior mirrors
Center locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 Folding the rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Foot pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Footwell lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 For the sake of the environment
Environmentally-friendly driving . . . . . . . . 70 Fueli ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Leaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Freeze protection Windshield washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Front airbags
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Frontal collisions and the laws of physics . . 141
Front armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Front passenger's door emergency locking . . 39
M Front seats
N
0 c> o
,....,
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Child restra ints in the front seat . . . . . . . . 149
\!)
1.1"1 also refer to Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 60
1.1"1
1,..1..".1,
Fuel
Additives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Blended gasoli ne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Fuel filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 11
Fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Gasoline addit ives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Saving fuel . ... . . ................
70, 112
Fuel economy messages (efficiency program) 30
Fueling
Fuel filler door emergency release . . . . . . 194
Fuel gauge . . . . . . ..... . ..........
. . . . 11
Fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Opening the fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Fuses
Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
G
Garment hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Gasdischarge lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Glossary of tire and loading terminology . . 216 Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
CDchanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) . . . . . 258
H
Headlight range control system . . . . . . . . . . 43 Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 45 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Headl ight range control system . . . . . . . . . 43 Left hand dr ive, right hand dr ive . . . . . . . . . 46 Travel mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 removing and installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
271
Index
Heated
exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Washer fluid nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Heating (diesel engine auxiliary heater) . . . . 69
Heavy clothing and safety belts . . . . . . . . . . 142
Hex socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
High voltage warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Highway light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Hill descent control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Hill hold assist
refer to Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
How are child restraint system anchors relat-
ed to child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
How many airbags does my vehicle have? . . 155
How safety belt pretensioners work
146
I
I gnition I ndicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Switching on/off (with button) . . . . . . . . . . 75
Ignition key safety interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Ignition lock
mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 I mbalance (wheels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Important things to do before driving . . . . 130 I mp roperly worn safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 I nfant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Inflation pressure (tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Inspection interval
with driver information system . . . . . . . . . 212 I nstalling chi ld safety seats
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 I nstalling the upper tether strap on the anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Adjusting the lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 I nterior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Intermittent (windshield wipers) . . . . . . . . . 49
J
Jump-starting
252
Jump start cables
253
K
Key........ . . . . . . . . . . . ............
. . . 33
Checking the number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Driver messages (mechanical ignition key) . 77
Driver messages (with convenience key) . . . 77
Key not recognized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Key replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
unlocking/locking . . ............
35, 36 , 37
Key recognition
Climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Kick-down
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 7
Knee airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Important safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . 166
L
Lane assist
refer to Active lane assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Lap timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Evaluating recorded times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Installing a child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Mounting and releasing the anchorage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Launch Control-Program (automatic transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Leather care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Leaving home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 LED headlights
All-weather lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Left hand drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Lifting jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Light
Adaptive light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Adjusting automatic headlights . . . . . . . . . 45
272
Index
Coming/Leaving home.................
45
Fog lights/rear fog light(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Headlight flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 45
Highway light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Low beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Parking light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Switch ing daytime running lights on and off .45
Travel mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Light/ rain sensor
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Intermittent (windshield wipers) . . . . . . . . 49
Lighting
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Lights Ambient lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Headlight range control system . . . . . . . . . 43
Interior/reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Loading the roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Locking/unlocking
by remote contro l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
with the central locking switch . . . . . . . . . . 37
with the convenience key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 with the door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Long-term memory
28
Low beam
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Low beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Lower universal anchorages (Canada) . . . . . 185
Luggage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Cargo net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Increasing the size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Loading . . . . . . . ... . . .... . . . . . . . . . . ... 59
Pass-through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Reversible mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Storage hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Storing cargo correctly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Stowing luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Tie-downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Luggage compartment lid
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
M
N
0 c> o
,....,
Emergency release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Lumbar support
54,55
\!) 1.1'1
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
M
Magnetic ride
refer to Adaptive dampers
112
Maintenance . . . . . . . ... . . .... . . . . . . . . . 262
Maintenance intervals
with driver information system ..... . . . . 212
Mirror
Digital compass switching on and off. . . . . 51
d1' mm.ing . . . ... . . ................
. . .. 48
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Mirror compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Mirrors
Adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . . 160
Motor
stopping (driver messages with mechanical
ignition key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Multifunction steering whee l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
N
Natural leather care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Navigation system
CD-ROMplayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
NHTSA
Contacting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Nitrogen oxide (NOx) catalytic converter
refer to AdBlue. . . . ............
. . . . . . 195
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Number of vehicle keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
0
Occupant protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Occupant seating posit ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Oil
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 also refer to Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . 201, 203 Oil change interval with driver information system . . . . . . . . . 212 On-Board-Diagnost ic System (OBD) System indicator light (MI L) . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 On-board computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Operation (multifunct ion steering wheel) 28
273
Index
On-Board Diagnostic System (OBD)
Data Link Connector (DLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Electronic speed lim iter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Opening. . . . . . . . . . ... . . ... .... . . . . . . . . 33
Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Luggage compartment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Windows . . . . . ... . ..........
. . . . . ... 40
Opening/closing
with the central locking switch . . . . . . . . . . 37
with the convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
with the door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7
Othe r equipment (eff iciency program) . . . . . 30
Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Overview (Cockpit) .............. Owner's Literature
. . . . ... . 8
s
p
Paint damage
237
Paint No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Convenience opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Emergency closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Parking aid
Cleaning sensors/camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Emergency braking function . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Power supply fa ilure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Setting/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Starting from a stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
also refer to Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Parking light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Parking system
Adjusting the display/warning tone . . . . . 121
Cleaning the rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . 118
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Parking system plus . . ...... . ... . . . . . . 116
Peripheral display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
a/sorefertoPark ingsystems ... . . . 116,117
Parking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Rear parking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Parking (automatic transmission) . . . . . . 84, 85
particulate filter
refer to Diesel particu late filter . . . . . . . . 195
Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Pass-through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
PASSENGERAI R BAG OFFlight . . . . . . . . . . 160
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Peripheral display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Physical principles of a frontal collision . . . 141
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Pollen filter
refer to Pollutant filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Pollutant filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Power
seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . .... . . . 40
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Convenience opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Pregnant women Special considerations when wearing a safe-
ty belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Preheating
With button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Pre sense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Basic (description) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Driver messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 106 Front (description) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Pressure (tires) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Proper occupant seating positions . . . . . . . 131
Proper safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Proper seating posit ion
Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Occupants. . ... . . . . . . . ............
. . 131
Rear passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Protecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Protection mat
refer to Reversible mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Q
Question What happens to unbelted occupants? . . 141
274
Ind ex
R
Radiator fan
206
Radio clock
refer to Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Rain/light sensor
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Intermittent (windshield wipers) . . . . . . . . 49
Switching on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Range (tank contents) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Rear armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Rear lid
refer to luggage compartment lid . . . . . . . 39
Rear light
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Rearview camera
refer to Parking systems
116,117
Rearview mirror
refer to Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Rearview mirror dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Recirculationmode
automatic control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reducing fue l consumption Efficiency program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Remote control refer to Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34 Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Synchron izat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 unlocking/locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Repair manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Repairs Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Replacement key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Replacing Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Replacing windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . 50
Report ing Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
M N
Reset button (tr ip odometer) . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
0c>o Resetting the tr ip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
,....,
\!) 1.1'1
Retract
1.1'1
1,..1..'1.,
New brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Reverse (automatic transmission) . . . . . . . . . 82
Reversible mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Right hand dr ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Rims ......... . . . . . .................
229
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Roof weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
s
Saddlebag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Safe drivi ng habits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Safety
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Correct seating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Safety belt height adjustment . . . . . . . . . 146
Safety belts worn by pregnant women
145
Safety belt pretensioner
Service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 143
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7
Danger to passengers who do not wear a
safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Height adj ustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Improperly wo rn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Indicator lig ht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Not worn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Saf et y belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Safety instr uctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Securing child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Special considerations for pregnant wom-
en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Warning/ind icator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Worn properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Safety belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Safety centra l locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Safety compliance sticker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
275
Index
Safety features f or occupant restraint and protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Safety guidelines
Seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S3 Safety instructions
for side curta in airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 for using child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 fo r using safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . 162 Safety systems (indicator light) . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Screwdriver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Seat adjustment Driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Front passenger's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Safety guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Seating position Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 How to adjust the front seats . . . . . . . . . . 132 Incorrect seat posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Occupants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Rearpassengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Seats adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 55 Correct seating posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Seats (number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Selective catalytic reduction refer to Ad Blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Select ive wheel torque control . . . . . . . . . . 123 Selector lever (automatic transmission) Emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Service and disposal Safety belt pretensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Service interval display wit h driver information system . . . . . . . . . 212 Setting the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Setting the date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Sett ing the temperature automatic climate control system . . . . . . . 67 Setting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 SETUP(basic settings) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Shift paddles (automat ic transm ission) . . . . 87 Short-term memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Side airbags
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Howtheywork . . . . . . ................
168
Side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Adjusting the brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Cleaning the sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Sensor range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 also refer to Side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 How they work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Sliding/tilting sunroof refer to Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 All wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Sources of information about child restraints
and their use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Speed warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Stabilization program refer to Electronic Stabilization
Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Star button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
STARTENGINESTOPbutton (convenience
key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
STARTENGINESTOP(convenience key) . . . . . 76
Start ing
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Starting from a stop
Hill start assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Starting (engine)
Malfunction (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Malfunction (key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
With button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7S
With key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Steering
Electromechanical steering ..........
126, 0
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Locking steering (ignition key) . . . . . . . . . . 74
Locking the steering (button) . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Locking (mechanical ignition lock) . . . . . . . 73 also refer to Electromechanical steer ing . 126
276
Index
Steering whee l
adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Buttons. . . . . . ..............
. . . . . . . . . 28
Multifunction steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Shift paddles (aut omatic t ransmission) . . . 87
Steps for determining correct load limit . . . 228
Stopping (engine)
with button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Storage compartmen t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 59
Storage hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
S tron ic (automatic transmission) . . . . . . . . . 82
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Switching daytime running lights on and off 45
Switching the ign ition on/off (with key) . . . . 73
Symbols
refer to Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
System indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . 22, 25
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 11
TD! clean diesel
referto AdBlue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Technical mod ifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Temperature display
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Tether anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
The first 1,000 miles (1,500 km) and after -
wards. . . . . . . . . . ..........
. . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Tie-downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 , 137
Tips for the environment
Saving fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
tip t ronic (automatic transmission) . . . . . . . . 87
Tires... . . . . . . . . .....................
214
Low aspect ratio tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Tire pressure moni t oring syst em . . . 232, 233
M N
Tire pressure table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
0 c> o
Treadwear ind icators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
,....,
\!)
Unidirect ional ............
. . . . . . . . . . . 216
1.1'1
1.1'1 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . 231
1,..1..'1.,
Tires and wheels
Glossary of tire and loading terminology . 216 Tires and veh icle load limits ...... . . . . . 227
Tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Torn or frayed safety belts
142
Towing Tow trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Towing loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
TPMS (t ire pressure monitoring syst em) . . . 233
Trai ler mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Trai ler tow ing
Operating instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Technical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 92
Transmission malfunction (indicator light) . . 88
Transport Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Travel mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Trunk
refer to Luggage compartment. . . . . . . . . . 59
Turning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Turn signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
u
ULSDNo. 2 (Diesel fue l) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Unfastening safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Unlocking/locking
by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 with the central locking switch . . . . . . . . . . 37 with the convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 with the door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
V
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Vehicle
Care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23S Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Vehicle control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Vehicle identification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Vehicle Identific ation Number (VIN) . . . . . . 258 Vehicle jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 243 Vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1
277
Ind ex
w
Warning/ indicator lights System indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Warn ing/Ind icator lights
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Warn ing lights
refer to Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Washer fluid level (indicator ligh t) . . . . . . . . 24
Washing matte finish paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
What happens if you wear you r safety belt too loose? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
What happens to unbelted occupants? . . . . 141
What impairs dr iving saf ety? . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 1
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Wheels . . . . . . . . ................
. . . .. 214
All wheel dr ive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Glossary of t ire and load ing terminology . 216
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1
Tires and vehicle load limits . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Wheel wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
When must a safety belt be rep laced? . . . . 14 2
When must the airbag system be inspected? 1.60
Where are lower anchorages located? . . . . . 186
W indows
Cleaning/remov ing ice ................
23 7
W indshield
cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
defrosting (automatic climate cont rol system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
defrosting (man ual climate contro l system) .65 also refer to Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 9
W indshield washe r system ....... . .. 49, 212
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Reservoir capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
W indshield wipers
Cleaning wipe r blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Folding up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 I ndicato r light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Replacing w indshield wiper blades . . . . . . . 50
Switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Win t er driving Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Win t er operation Batt ery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Windshie ld washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Winter t ires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Winter use
Car washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 defrost ing the windsh ield (automat ic cli mate control system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Removing ice from windows . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
X
Xenon-Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 46
278
© 2014 AUDI AG
It has always been Aud i's policy to continuously
improve its produc ts . Audi, therefore, reserves t he right to make changes in design and specifications, and to make additions or improvements in its products without incurr ing any obligation to install them on products previously manufactured. Text, illustrations and specificat ions in this book are based on the most up-to-date information available at the time of printing.
These instruct ions may not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without wr itten
consent of AUDI AG. All rights reserved by AUDI AG. Subject to alteration or amendment. Printed in Germany.
Editorial deadline: 19 .08.14
@ For the sake of the environment
Printed on environmen t ally friendly paper (bleached without chlorine, recyclable)
Owner's Manual 2015 Audi A3 Sedan 2015 Audi S3 Sedan Englisch USA 11.2014 155 .561 .BV0.23
I 111 1111111 1555618V023
www.audi.com